Main Search Form List of CHANDRA Catalogs Tips Archive Hera Data Analysis Help

Chandra Mission Description

Chandra X-Ray Center


ACCEPTCAT Catalog

This table, the Archive of Chandra Cluster Entropy Profile Tables (ACCEPT) Catalog, contains the radial entropy profiles of the intracluster medium (ICM) for a collection of 239 clusters taken from the Chandra X-ray Observatory's Data Archive. Entropy is of great interest because it controls ICM global properties and records the thermal history of a cluster. The authors find that most ICM entropy profiles are well fitted by a model which is a power law at large radii and approaches a constant value at small radii: K(r) = K0 + K100 (r/100 kpc)alpha, where K0 quantifies the typical excess of core entropy above the best-fitting power law found at larger radii. The authors also show that the K0 distributions of both the full archival sample and the primary Highest X-Ray Flux Galaxy Cluster Sample of Reiprich (2001, Ph.D. thesis) are bimodal with a distinct gap between K0 ~ 30 - 50 keV cm2 and population peaks at K0 ~ 15 keV cm2 and K0 ~ 150 keV cm2. The effects of point-spread function smearing and angular resolution on best-fit K0 values are investigated using mock Chandra observations and degraded entropy profiles, respectively. The authors find that neither of these effects is sufficient to explain the entropy-profile flattening they measure at small radii. The influence of profile curvature and the number of radial bins on the best-fit K0 is also considered, and they find no indication that K0 is significantly impacted by either.

All data and results associated with this work are publicly available via the project web site http://www.pa.msu.edu/astro/MC2/accept/.

The sample is collected from observations taken with the Chandra X-ray Observatory and which were publicly available in the CDA (Chandra Data Archive) as of 2008 August.


AEGISX Catalog

This table contains the X-ray sources detected in the AEGIS-X survey, a series of deep Chandra ACIS-I observations of the Extended Groth Strip (EGS). The survey comprises pointings at eight separate positions, each with nominal exposure of 200 ks, covering a total area of approximately 0.67 deg2 in a strip of length 2 degrees. In their paper, the authors describe in detail an updated version of the data reduction and point-source-detection algorithms used to analyze these data. A total of 1325 band-merged sources have been found to a Poisson probability limit of 4 x 10-6, with limiting fluxes of 5.3 x 10-17 erg cm-2 s-1 in the soft (0.5 - 2 keV) band and 3.8 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 in the hard (2 - 10 keV) band. They present simulations verifying the validity of their source-detection procedure and showing a very small, <1.5%, contamination rate from spurious sources. Optical/NIR counterparts have been identified from the DEEP2, CFHTLS, and Spitzer/Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) surveys of the same region. Using a likelihood ratio method, they find optical counterparts for 76% of their sources, complete to RAB = 24.1, and, of the 66% of the sources that have IRAC coverage, 94% have a counterpart to a limit of 0.9 uJy at 3.6 um (mAB = 23.8). After accounting for (small) positional offsets in the eight Chandra fields, the astrometric accuracy of Chandra positions is found to be 0.8 arcseconds rms; however, this number depends both on the off-axis angle and the number of detected counts for a given source.

AEGISXDCXO Catalog

This table is based on the results of deep Chandra imaging of the central region of the Extended Groth Strip, the AEGIS-X Deep (AEGIS-XD) survey. When combined with previous Chandra observations of a wider area of the strip, AEGIS-X Wide (AEGIS-XW), these provide data to a nominal exposure depth of 800ks in the three central ACIS-I fields, a region of approximately 0.29 deg2. This is currently the third deepest X-ray survey in existence; a factor ~2-3 shallower than the Chandra Deep Fields (CDFs), but over an area ~3 times greater than each CDF. This table contains a catalog of 937 point sources detected in the deep Chandra observations, along with identifications of the X-ray sources from deep ground-based, Spitzer, GALEX, and Hubble Space Telescope imaging. Using a likelihood ratio analysis, the authors associate multiband counterparts for 929/937 of their X-ray sources, with an estimated 95% reliability,making the identification completeness approximately 94% in a statistical sense. Reliable spectroscopic redshifts for 353 of the X-ray sources are available predominantly from Keck (DEEP2/3) and MMT Hectospec, so the current spectroscopic completeness is ~38%. For the remainder of the X-ray sources, the authors compute photometric redshifts based on multiband photometry in up to 35 bands from the UV to mid-IR. Particular attention is given to the fact that the vast majority of the X-ray sources are active galactic nuclei and require hybrid templates. The photometric redshifts have a mean accuracy sigma = 0.04 and an outlier fraction of approximately 5%, reaching sigma = 0.03 with less than 4% outliers in the area covered by CANDELS.

The new AEGIS-XD Chandra data were taken at three nominal pointing positions, which the authors have designated AEGIS-1, AEGIS-2, and AEGIS-3. These observations were all taken in the time period 2007 December 11 to 2009 June 26 using the ACIS-I instrument. The centers of the 3 AEGIS fields correspond fairly closely to those of the EGS-3, EGS-4, and EGS-5 fields of Laird et al. (2009, ApJS, 180, 102).

The Rainbow Cosmological Surveys Database (http://rainbowx.fis.ucm.es/Rainbow_Database/Home.html; see Section 4 of the reference paper for more details) contains many multiwavelength photometric datasets giving information on optical and infrared sources in these fields. The characteristics of these datasets are given in Table 7 of the reference paper.


AKNEPDFCXO Catalog

This table contains results from the 300-ks Chandra survey in the AKARI North Ecliptic Pole (NEP) deep field. This field has a unique set of 9-band infrared photometry covering 2-24 micron from the AKARI Infrared Camera, including mid-infrared (MIR) bands not covered by Spitzer. The survey is one of the deepest ever achieved at ~15 micron, and is by far the widest among those with similar depths in the MIR. This makes this field unique for the MIR-selection of AGN at z ~1. The authors have designed a source detection procedure, which performs joint Maximum Likelihood PSF fits on all of their 15 mosaicked Chandra pointings covering an area of 0.34 square degrees. The procedure has been highly optimized and tested by simulations. A point source catalog with photometry and Bayesian-based 90%-confidence upper limits in the 0.5-7, 0.5-2, 2-7, 2-4, and 4-7 keV bands has been produced. The catalog contains 457 X-ray sources and the spurious fraction is estimated to be ~1.7%. Sensitivity and 90%-confidence upper flux limits maps in all bands are provided as well.

In their study, the authors searched for optical MIR counterparts in the central 0.25 square degrees, where deep Subaru Suprime-Cam multi-band images exist. Among the 377 X-ray sources detected therein, ~80% have optical counterparts and ~60% also have AKARI mid-IR counterparts. The authors cross-matched their X-ray sources with MIR-selected AGN from Hanami et al. (2012, PASJ, 64, 70). Around 30% of all AGN that have MID-IR SEDs purely explainable by AGN activity are strong Compton-thick AGN candidates.

The source catalog contained in this table uses an internal threshold of ML = 9.5 which corresponds to MLempir ~12 (see Sect. 4.3.3 of the reference paper for more details). In total, 457 sources are detected, of which 377 objects fall in the deep Subaru imaging region (shown in Figure 1 of the reference paper). This catalog is designed to identify X-ray emitting objects in the Chandra/AKARI NEP deep field. Together with the optimized cross-identification procedure, the clear advantage of the catalog is the very high reliability, while the catalog sacrifices completeness for objects with low counts (see Figure 9 in the paper). Only ~1.7% of the objects listed in the source catalog are expected to be spurious source detections.

The two sources that have an ML-threshold in the 0.5-7 keV band below 9.5 originate from a 0.5-7 keV single-band source detection run. To quote similar ML values for all objects, the authors list the total 0.5-7 keV ML values from the joint 3-energy band source detection run. The listed counts, count rates, fluxes, and the corresponding uncertainties in the 0.5-7 keV band are taken from the single-band detection run.

Considering the uncertainty in the astrometric calibration, all sources should be considered as possible X-ray counterparts that are within a radius of rmatch = sqrt(sigmatotal2+sigmaastro2), with sigmatotal = 5 * sqrt(sigmasys2+sigmastat2) and sigmasys = 0.1 arcseconds and sigmaastro = 0.2 arcseconds (astrometric uncertainty).

The authors also created a low-probability source catalog (not contained in this present HEASARC table): they caution that, due to the significant number of spurious sources in the low-probability catalog, it should NOT be used to select X-ray sources or to increase the sample size of X-ray-selected objects. It can be of interest if the scientific goal requires one to EXCLUDE potential X-ray emitting objects from a sample with a high completeness, since, using this strategy, one accepts those objects that are excluded are not associated with an X-ray-emitting object. The low-probability source catalog (available at http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J_MNRAS/446/911/ as the files lowpscat.dat.gz and lowpscat.fits) has a lower maximum likelihood threshold than the main source catalog (an internal threshold of ML = 5, corresponding to MLempir ~9.5). This catalog contains 626 detected sources, of which 506 are located within the deep Subaru imaging region. Based on their simulated data, the authors conclude that 19% of all the low-probability source catalog entries are false detections. Considering only the deep Subaru imaging area the spurious source fraction drops to 15%.

When using information from this catalog, please cite the reference paper: Krumpe et al. (2015, MNRAS, 446, 911).


ARCQUINCXO Catalog

The Galactic centre (GC) provides a unique laboratory for a detailed examination of the interplay between massive star formation and the nuclear environment of our Galaxy. Here are presented some of the results from a 100-ks Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) observation of the Arches and Quintuplet star clusters in the form of a catalog of 244 point-like X-ray sources detected in the observation.

The deep Chandra ACIS-I observation (Obs. ID: 4500) was carried out on 2004 June 9. The Arches cluster was placed about 1-arcmin away from the aim point to minimize the effect of the CCD gaps on mapping the extended X-ray emission around the cluster.


BMWCHANCAT Catalog

This table contains the BMW-Chandra source catalog drawn from essentially all Chandra ACIS-I pointed observations with an exposure time in excess of 10 ks that were public as of March 2003 (136 observations). Using the wavelet detection algorithm developed by Lazzati et al. (1999ApJ...524..414) and Campana et al. (1999ApJ...524..423C), which can characterize both point-like and extended sources, the authors identified 21325 sources. Among them, 16758 are serendipitous, i.e. not associated with the targets of the pointings, and do not require a non-automated analysis. This makes this catalog the largest compilation of Chandra sources as of the date of publication of this catalog (August 2008). The 0.5 - 10 keV absorption corrected fluxes of these sources range from ~3 x 10-16 to 9 x 10-12 erg/cm2/s with a median of 7 x 10-15 erg/cm2/s.

The catalog consists of count rates and relative errors in three energy bands (total, 0.5 - 7 keV; soft, 0.5 - 2 keV; and hard, 2 - 7 keV), and source positions relative to the highest signal-to-noise detection among the three bands. The wavelet algorithm also provides an estimate of the extension of the source. The authors include information drawn from the headers of the original files, as well, and extracted source counts in four additional energy bands, SB1 (0.5 - 1 keV), SB2 (1 - 2 keV), HB1 (2 - 4 keV), and HB2 (4 - 7 keV). They computed the sky coverage for the full catalog and for a subset at high Galactic latitude (|b| > 20 degrees). The complete catalog provides a sky coverage in the soft band (0.5 - 2 keV, S/N = 3) of ~8 deg2 at a limiting flux of 10-13 erg/cm2/s, and ~2 deg2 at a limiting flux of ~10-15 erg/cm2/s. The total numbers of matches with the FIRST, IRASPSC, 2MASS, and GSC2 catalogs obtained after a closest-distance selection are 13, 87, 6700, and 4485, respectively.


CANDELSCXO Catalog

Improving the capabilities of detecting faint X-ray sources is fundamental to increase the statistics on faint high-z AGN and star-forming galaxies. The authors performed a simultaneous maximum likelihood point-spread function (PSF) fit in the 0.5-2 keV and 2-7 keV energy bands of the 4 Ms Chandra Deep Field South (CDFS) data at the position of the 34,930 CANDELS H-band selected galaxies. For each detected source, they provide X-ray photometry and optical counterpart validation. The authors validated this technique by means of a ray-tracing simulation, and detected a total of 698 X-ray point-sources with a likelihood L > 4.98 (i.e.> 2.7sigma). They show that the prior knowledge of a deep sample of Optical-NIR galaxies leads to a significant increase of the detection of faint (i.e. ~ 10-17 erg s-1 cm-2 in the 0.5-2 keV band) sources with respect to "blind" X-ray detections. By including previous catalogs, this work increases the total number of X-ray sources detected in the 4 Ms CDFS, CANDELS area to 793, which represents the largest sample of extremely faint X-ray sources assembled to date. These results suggest that a large fraction of the optical counterparts of our X-ray sources determined by likelihood ratio actually coincides with the priors used for the source detection. Most of the newly detected sources are likely star-forming galaxies or faint absorbed AGN. The authors identified a few sources with putative photometric redshift z > 4. Despite the low number statistics, this sample significantly increases the number of X-ray selected candidate high-z AGN.

The 4-Ms CDFS consists of 23 observations described in Table 1 of Luo et al. (2008, ApJS, 179, 19) plus 31 other pointings described in Xue et al. (2011, ApJS, 195, 10, hereafter X11) for a total exposure of ~4 Ms. For the purpose of this paper, the authors employed only observations taken with a focal temperature of <= -120 C, since at higher temperatures the background cannot be modeled with their technique.


CARGM31CXO Catalog

Gum 31 is a prominent, but still rather poorly studied, HII region around the stellar cluster NGC 3324 at the northwestern periphery of the Carina nebula complex. The aim of the authors aim was to reveal and characterize the young stellar population in Gum 31. An X-ray survey is the only efficient way to identify young stars in this region, which has extremely high galactic field-star contamination, that can avoid the strong biases of infrared-excess-selected samples of disk-bearing young stars.

The authors used the Chandra observatory to perform a deep (70 ks) X-ray observation of the Gum 31 region and detected 679 X-ray point sources. This extends and complements the X-ray survey of the central Carina nebula regions performed in the Chandra Carina Complex Project (CCCP, available in the HEASARC database system as the CARINACXO table). Using deep near-infrared images from their recent VISTA survey of the Carina nebula complex, their comprehensive Spitzer point-source catalog, and optical archive data, the authors identify counterparts for 75% of these X-ray sources.

The aimpoint of the ACIS-I observation was set to be RA(J2000) = 10h 37m 36.6s, Dec(J2000) = -58o 41' 18". This position is close to the center of the H II region, and allows both the stellar cluster NGC 3324 and the cluster G286.38-0.26 to be in the inner parts of the field-of-view, where the point-spread function is still very good. The pointing roll angle (i.e., the orientation of the detector with respect to the celestial north direction) was 138.35o. The ACIS field-of-view is just wide enough to cover the full spatial extent of the optically bright Gum 31 H II region and some parts of the surrounding dust shell (see Fig. 1 of the reference paper). The ACIS-I field of view is 17' x 17', which corresponds to 11.3 p x 11.3 pc at the Gum 31 distance of 2.3 kpc). The total net exposure time of the observation was 68,909s (19.14 h). The details of the source detection procedures are described in Section 21. of the reference paper. The final X-ray catalog contains 679 individual point sources. The number of extracted counts ranges from 3 for the faintest sources, up to 920 for the strongest source, while the median value is 11 counts.

This table contains the basic X-ray properties and near- and mid-infrared photometry of the X-ray sources detected in the Gum 31 field. The details of the IR matching to the X-ray sources are given in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the reference paper.


CARINACLAS Catalog

The Chandra Carina Complex Project (CCCP) provides a sensitive X-ray survey of a nearby starburst region over > 1 deg2 in extent. Thousands of faint X-ray sources are found, many concentrated into rich young stellar clusters. However, significant contamination from unrelated Galactic and extragalactic sources is present in the X-ray catalog. In their paper, the authors describe the use of a naive Bayes classifier to assign membership probabilities to individual sources, based on source location, X-ray properties, and visual/infrared properties. For the particular membership decision rule adopted, 75% of CCCP sources are classified as members, 11% are classified as contaminants, and 14% remain unclassified. The resulting sample of stars likely to be Carina members is used in several other studies, which appear in the special issue of Astrophysical Journal Supplement (Volume 194, May 2011 Issue) which was devoted to the CCCP.

CARINACXO Catalog

This database table contains a catalog of >~ 14,000 X-ray sources observed by the ACIS instrument on the Chandra X-ray Observatory within a 1.42 deg2 survey of the Great Nebula in Carina, known as the Chandra Carina Complex Project (CCCP). The study from which this table is taken appeared in a special ApJS issue which was devoted to the CCCP. In it, the authors described the data reduction and analysis procedures performed on the X-ray observations, including calibration and cleaning of the X-ray event data, point-source detection, and source extraction. The catalog appears to be complete across most of the field to an absorption-corrected total-band luminosity of ~ 1030.7 erg s-1 for a typical low-mass pre-main-sequence star. Counterparts to the X-ray sources were identified in a variety of visual, near-infrared, and mid-infrared surveys. The X-ray and infrared source properties presented herein form the basis of many CCCP studies of the young stellar populations in Carina.

The prefixes 'fb', 'sb' and 'hb' on the names of photometric quantities designate the full or total (0.5-8 keV), soft (0.5-2 keV), and hard (2-8 keV) energy bands. Source significance quantities (fb_prob_no_src, sb_prob_no_src, hb_prob_no_src, prob_no_src_min) were computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to maximize significance (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, hereafter B10, Section 6.2). X-ray source position quantities (RA, Dec, error_radius) were computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to minimize the position uncertainty (B10, Sections 6.2 and 7.1). All other quantities were computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to balance the conflicting goals of minimizing photometric uncertainty and of avoiding photometric bias (B10, Sections 6.2 and 7).

A summary of the counterpart catalogs that were correlated with the Chandra Carina sources is given in Table 5 of the reference paper and is listed below:

Catalog   Scope                                Reference

Skiff   Visual spectral types                  Skiff (2009, VizieR Online Data Catalog, 1, 2023)
KR      Visual photometry                      Kharchenko & Roeser (2009, VizieR Online Data Catalog, 1280, 0)
PPMXL   CCD proper motions (PMs)               Roeser et al. (2010, AJ, 139, 2440)
UCAC3   CCD PMs                                Zacharias et al. (2004, AJ, 127, 3043)
BSS     Bright star PMs                        Urban et al. (2004, VizieR Online Data Catalog, 1294, 0)
CMD     Photographic PMs, Tr 14, Tr 16, Cr 232 Cudworth et al. (1993, AJ, 105, 1822)
DETWC   Visual photometry, Tr 14 & 16          DeGioia-Eastwood et al. (2001, ApJ, 549, 578)
MDW     Visual spectral types, Cr 228          Massey et al. (2001, AJ, 121, 1050)
MJ      Visual photometry, Tr 14 & 16          Massey & Johnson (1993, AJ, 105, 980)
CP      High-mass photometry, Cr 228           Carraro & Patat (2001, A&A, 379, 136)
DAY     Low-mass photometry, Cr 228            Delgado et al. (2007, A&A, 467, 1397)
HAWK-I  Deep near-infrared photometry          Preibisch et al. (2011, ApJS, 194, 10, CCCP HAWK-I Paper)
2MASS   Shallow near-infrared photometry       Skrutskie et al. (2006, AJ, 131, 1163)
SOFI    Deep near-infrared photometry, Tr 14   Ascenso et al. (2007, A&A, 476, 199)
NACO    Deep near-infrared photometry, Tr 14   Ascenso et al. (2007, A&A, 476, 199)
Sana    Deep near-infrared photometry, Tr 14   Sana et al. (2010, A&A, 515, A26)
SpVela  Mid-infrared photometry (Spitzer)      Povich et al. (2011, ApJS, 194, 14, CCCP IR YSOs Paper)
SpSmith Mid-infrared photometry (Spitzer)      Smith et al. (2010, MNRAS, 406, 952)
AC      ACIS observation of Tr 16              Albacete-Colombo et al. (2008, A&A, 490, 1055)

CBFGRXECXO Catalog

Apparently diffuse X-ray emission has been known to exist along the central quarter of the Galactic Plane since the beginning of X-ray astronomy; this is referred to as the Galactic Ridge X-ray emission (GRXE). Recent deep X-ray observations have shown that numerous X-ray point sources account for a large fraction of the GRXE in the hard band (2 - 8 keV). However, the nature of these sources is poorly understood. Using the deepest X-ray observations made in the Chandra bulge field, the authors present the result of a coherent photometric and spectroscopic analysis of individual X-ray point sources for the purpose of constraining their nature and deriving their fractional contributions to the hard-band continuum and Fe K line emission of the GRXE. Based on the X-ray color-color diagram, they divided the point sources into three groups: A (hard), B (soft and broad spectrum), and C (soft and peaked spectrum). The group A sources are further decomposed spectrally into thermal and non-thermal sources with different fractions in different flux ranges. From their X-ray properties, the authors speculate that the group A non-thermal sources are mostly active galactic nuclei and the thermal sources are mostly white dwarf (WD) binaries such as magnetic and non-magnetic cataclysmic variables (CVs), pre-CVs, and symbiotic stars, whereas the group B and C sources are X-ray active stars in flares and quiescence, respectively. In the log N - log S curve of the 2 - 8 keV band, the group A non-thermal sources are dominant above ~10-14 erg/cm2/s, which is gradually taken over by Galactic sources in the fainter flux ranges. The Fe K-alpha emission is mostly from the group A thermal (WD binaries) and the group B (X-ray active stars) sources.

The authors retrieved 10 archived data sets of the Chandra bulge field (CBF) taken with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer-I (ACIS-I; 0.5 - 8.0 keV energy band with a spectral resolution of ~280 eV for the full width at half-maximum at 5.9keV) array on board Chandra. The observations were carried out from 2008 May to August with a total exposure time of ~900 ks.

The authors first extracted point-source candidates using the wavdetect algorithm in the CIAO package. They set the significance threshold at 2.5 x 10-5, implying that one false positive detection would be expected at every 4 x 104 trials. As a result, 2596 source candidates were found. The number of their source candidates is nearly the same as that found by Revnivtsev et al.(2009, A&A, 507, 1211) in the same region. To select significant point sources from the candidates, the authors examined their validity based on their photometric significance (PS) and the probability of no source (PB). The PS is defined as the background-subtracted source counts (Cnet) divided by its background counts normalized by the area. PB is the probability that the source is attributable to a background fluctuation, assuming Poisson statistics. The authors recognized a source to be valid if it satisfied both these criteria: PS >= 1.0 and PB <= 1.0 x 10-2. As a result, they obtained 2002 valid point sources.


CCOSMOSCAT Catalog

The Chandra COSMOS Survey (C-COSMOS) is a large, 1.8 Ms, Chandra program that has imaged the central 0.5 deg2 of the COSMOS field (centered at RA, Dec of 10 hours , +02 degrees) with an effective exposure of ~ 160 ks, and an outer 0.4 deg2 area with an effective exposure of ~ 80 ks. The limiting source detection depths are 1.9 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 in the soft (0.5 - 2 keV) band, 7.3 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 in the hard (2 - 10 keV) band, and 5.7 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 in the full (0.5 - 10 keV) band. In this paper, the authors describe the strategy, design, and execution of the C-COSMOS survey, and present the catalog of 1761 point sources detected at a probability of being spurious of < 2 x 10-5 (1655 in the full, 1340 in the soft, and 1017 in the hard bands). By using a grid of 36 heavily (~ 50%) overlapping pointing positions with the ACIS-I imager, a remarkably uniform (+/-12%) exposure across the inner 0.5 deg2 field was obtained, leading to a sharply defined lower flux limit. The widely different point-spread functions obtained in each exposure at each point in the field required a novel source detection method, because of the overlapping tiling strategy, which is described in a companion paper. This method produced reliable sources down to a 7-12 counts, as verified by the resulting log N-log S curve, with sub-arcsecond positions, enabling optical and infrared identifications of virtually all sources, as reported in a second companion paper.

Supporting data products for this table (including images, event files, and exposure maps) are available at the COSMOS Survey website and at IRSA. At the IRSA website, it is also possible to search a database that includes "postage stamps" of the X-ray data for each source, along with the multi-wavelength optical and infrared data, including the I-band, K-band, and Spitzer 3.6-micron (Band 1) images used in the Part III paper (Civano et al. 2012) to identify the sources.

See also the related table CCOSMOSOID for the optical and infrared identifications of the surveyed X-ray point sources.


CCOSMOSOID Catalog

The Chandra COSMOS Survey (C-COSMOS) is a large, 1.8-Ms, Chandra program that has imaged the central 0.9 deg2 of the COSMOS field down to limiting depths of 1.9 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s in the soft (0.5-2 keV) band, 7.3 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s in the hard (2-10 keV) band, and 5.7 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s in the full (0.5-10 keV) band. In this Paper III of the series of papers on this survey, the authors report the i, K, and 3.6-um identifications of the 1761 X-ray point sources. They use the likelihood ratio technique to derive the association of optical/infrared counterparts for 97% of the X-ray sources. For most of the remaining 3%, the presence of multiple counterparts or the faintness of the possible counterpart prevented a unique association. For only 10 X-ray sources, they were not able to associate a counterpart, mostly due to the presence of a very bright field source close by. Only two sources are truly empty fields. The full catalog, including spectroscopic and photometric redshifts and classification described here in detail, is available herein.

See also the related table CCOSMOSCAT for the the surveyed X-ray point sources.


CCOSMPHOTZ Catalog

In their paper, the authors release accurate photometric redshifts for 1692 counterparts to Chandra sources in the central square degree of the Cosmic Evolution Survey (COSMOS) field. The availability of a large training set of spectroscopic redshifts that extends to faint magnitudes enabled photometric redshifts comparable to the highest quality results presently available for normal galaxies. The authors demonstrate that morphologically extended, faint X-ray sources without optical variability are more accurately described by a library of normal galaxies (corrected for emission lines) than by active galactic nucleus (AGN) dominated templates, even if these sources have AGNlike X-ray luminosities. Preselecting the library on the bases of the source properties allowed them to reach an accuracy sigma[Delta-z/(1+Zspec)] ~ 0.015 with a fraction of outliers of 5.8% for the entire Chandra-COSMOS sample. In addition, in this study the authors released revised photometric redshifts for the 1735 optical counterparts of the XMM-detected sources over the entire 2 deg2 of COSMOS (these sources are listed in the HEASARC table XMMCPHOTZ). For 248 sources, their updated photometric redshift differs from the previous release by Delta-z > 0.2. These changes are predominantly due to the inclusion of newly available deep H-band^ photometry (HAB = 24 mag). The authors illustrate once again the importance of a spectroscopic training sample and how an assumption about the nature of a source together, with the number and the depth of the available bands, influences the accuracy of the photometric redshifts determined for AGN. These considerations should be kept in mind when defining the observational strategies of upcoming large surveys targeting AGNs, such as eROSITA at X-ray energies and the Australian Square Kilometre Array Pathfinder Evolutionary Map of the Universe in the radio band.

This table contains the photometric redshifts and related quantities for 1694 (note that there appears to be 2 more sources than the above-quoted abstract states) Chandra sources in the central square degree of the COSMOS field. Notice that in the original as-published paper no positional information was provided. The HEASARC has assumed that the source numbers used in the present catalog are in the same source numbering scheme as used by Elvis et al. (2009, ApJS, 184, 158, the Chandra COSMOS Survey Point Source Catalog, available at the HEASARC as the CCOSMOSCAT table) and thus obtained the positions and (position-based) names corresponding to these sources.


CCOSRSSFAG Catalog

X-ray surveys contain sizable numbers of star-forming galaxies, beyond the AGN which usually make up the majority of detections. Many methods to separate the two populations are used in the literature, based on X-ray and multi-wavelength properties. The authors aim at a detailed test of the classification schemes and to study the X-ray properties of the resulting samples. They build on a sample of galaxies selected at 1.4 GHz in the VLA-COSMOS survey, classified by Smolcic et al. (2008, ApJS, 177, 14) according to their optical colors and also observed by Chandra. A similarly selected control sample of AGN is also used for comparison. The authors review some X-ray based classification criteria and check how they affect the sample composition. The efficiency of the classification scheme devised by Smolcic et al. (2008) is such that ~30% of composite/misclassified objects are expected because of the higher X-ray brightness of AGN with respect to galaxies. The latter fraction is actually 50% in the X-ray detected sources, while it is expected to be much lower among X-ray undetected sources. Indeed, the analysis of the stacked spectrum of undetected sources shows, consistently, strongly different properties between the AGN and galaxy samples. X-ray based selection criteria are then used to refine both samples. The radio/X-ray luminosity correlation for star-forming (SF) galaxies is found to hold with the same X-ray/radio ratio valid for nearby galaxies. Some evolution of the ratio may be possible for sources at high redshift or high luminosity, though it is likely explained by a bias arising from the radio selection. Finally, in their paper the authors discuss the X-ray number counts of star-forming galaxies from the VLA- and C-COSMOS surveys according to different selection criteria, and compare them to the similar determination from the Chandra Deep Fields. The classification scheme proposed here may find application in future works and surveys.

This table contains the catalogs of radio-selected SF- and AGN-candidate sources with an X-ray detection in C-COSMOS which were contained in Tables 2 and 3 of the reference paper, respectively. The HEASARC has merged these into a single table, adding a new parameter sample which is set to 'SFG' for radio-selected SF-candidate sources from Table 2 and to 'AGN' for the AGN-candidate sources from Table 3.


CDFN2MSNEW Catalog

This table contains the improved point-source catalog for the 2-Ms Chandra Deep Field-North (CDF-N) Survey, implementing a number of recent improvements in Chandra source-cataloguing methodology. For the CDF-N, the main catalog (entries from which are indicated with parameter values of source_sample = "Main" in this HEASARC representation) contains 683 X-ray sources detected with wavdetect at a false-positive probability threshold of 10-5 that also satisfy a binomial-probability source-selection criterion of P <= 0.004. Such an approach maximizes the number of reliable sources detected: a total of 196 main-catalog sources are new compared to the Alexander et al. (2003, AJ, 126, 539) CDF-N main catalog. The authors also provide a CDF-N supplementary catalog that consist of 72 sources (entries from which are indicated with parameter values of source_sample = "Supp" in this HEASARC representation) detected at the same wavdetect threshold and having P of 0.004-0.1 and Ks <= 22.9 mag counterparts. For all 755 CDF-N sources, including the 234 newly detected ones (these being generally fainter and more obscured), the authors determine X-ray source positions utilizing centroid and matched-filter techniques; they also provide multi-wavelength identifications, apparent magnitudes of counterparts, spectroscopic and/or photometric redshifts, basic source classifications, and estimates of observed active galactic nucleus and galaxy source densities around respective field centers. Simulations show that the CDF-N main catalog is highly reliable and reasonably complete. Background and sensitivity analyses indicate that the on-axis mean flux limits reached represent a factor of ~1.5-2.0 improvement over the previous CDF-N limit.

The 2 Ms CDF-N consists of a total of 20 separate Chandra observations taken between 1999 November 13 and 2002 February 22 with ACIS (see Alexander et al., 2003, AJ, 126, 539 for more details).


CDFN2MSOI2 Catalog

This table contains the redshift catalog for the X-ray sources detected in the Chandra Deep Field-North (CDF-N). The catalog for the CDF-N includes redshifts from previous work. The authors have extended the redshift information for the full sample using photometric redshifts. The goal of the OPTX Project is to use this survey, together with the Chandra Large-Area Synoptic X-Ray Survey (CLASXS) and the Chandra Lockman Area North Survey (CLANS), which are among the most spectroscopically complete surveys to date, to analyze the effect of spectral type on the shape and evolution of the X-ray luminosity functions and to compare the optical spectral types with the X-ray spectral properties. The CLANS and CLASXS surveys bridge the gap between the ultra-deep pencil-beam surveys, such as the Chandra Deep Fields, and the shallower, very large-area surveys.

This table also contains updated optical and infrared photometric data for the X-ray sources in the CDF-N. Typical photometric uncertainties are given in Section 3.6 of the reference paper (Trouille et al. 2008).

The X-ray information for the sources detected in the CDF-N 2-megasecond exposure which was published in Alexander et al. (2003, AJ, 126, 539) is available as the HEASARC CHANDFN2MS table, while the earlier catalog which listed information about optical and infrared counterparts (Barger et al. 2003, AJ, 126, 632) is available as the HEASARC CDFN2MSOID table.


CDFN2MSOID Catalog

The Chandra Deep Field North (CDFN) 2-Megasecond (2Ms) Optical and IR Catalog is an optical and near-infrared catalog for the X-ray sources in the 2Ms Chandra observation of the Hubble Deep Field North region. It has high-quality multicolor imaging data for all 503 X-ray point sources in the X-ray-selected catalog and reliable spectroscopic redshifts for 284. The authors have spectroscopically identified six high-redshift (z > 1) type II quasars (L2-8keV > 1044 ergs/s) in their sample. The spectroscopic completeness for the R <= 24 sources is 87%. The spectroscopic redshift distribution shows two broad redshift spikes that have clearly grown over those originally seen in the 1Ms exposure. The spectroscopically identified extragalactic sources already comprise 75% of the measured 2-8 keV light. Redshift slices versus 2-8 keV flux show that an impressive 54% of the measured 2-8 keV light arises from sources at z < 1 and 68% from sources at z < 2.

The X-ray sample is presented in Alexander et al. (2003, AJ, 126, 539, hereafter ABB2003) and in CDS Catalog <J/AJ/126/539>, and is also available in the HEASARC Browse system as the CHANDFN2MS table. The optical imaging data consist of Johnson B, Johnson V, Cousins R, Cousins I, and Sloan z' observations obtained with the Subaru prime-focus camera Suprime-Cam on the Subaru 8.2m telescope during February-April of 2001 and 2002.


CDFSAGNCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of a detailed X-ray spectral analysis of the sources in the 1 Ms catalog of the Chandra Deep Field South (CDFS, Giacconi et al. 2002, CDS Cat. J/ApJS/139/369, available in Browse as the CHANDFS1MS table), taking advantage of optical spectroscopy and photometric redshifts for 321 extragalactic sources out of the total sample of 347 sources. As a default spectral model, the authors adopt a power law with a slope Gamma with an intrinsic redshifted absorption NH, a fixed Galactic absorption and an unresolved Fe emission line. For 82 X-ray bright sources, they are able to perform the X-ray spectral analysis leaving both Gamma and NH free. The weighted mean value for the slope of the power law is 1.75 +/- 0.02, and the distribution of best fit values shows an intrinsic dispersion of 0.30. The authors do not find hints of a correlation between the spectral index Gamma and the intrinsic absorption column density NH. They then investigate the absorption distribution for the whole sample, deriving the NH values in faint sources by fixing Gamma to be 1.8. The authors find that the fraction of absorbed sources (with NH > 1022 cm-2) in the sample is constant (at the level of about 75%) or moderately increasing with redshift. Finally, they compare the optical classification to the X-ray spectral properties, confirming that the correspondence of unabsorbed (absorbed) X-ray sources to optical type I (type II) AGN is accurate for at least 80% of the sources with spectral identification (1/3 of the total X-ray sample).

CENACXO Catalog

This table contains the results from two Chandra X-ray Observatory observations of the X-ray point source population in the nearby radio galaxy Centaurus A (NGC 5128). Using a wavelet decomposition detection algorithm, 246 individual point sources are detected above a limiting luminosity of ~ 2 * 10^36 ergs/s, 82 of which are detected in both data sets where the fields of view overlap. Thirty-eight sources were detected in only one observation but were within the field of view of both pointings, implying considerable variability. Eight foreground stars were identified in these observations, and nine of the sources were identified with known globular clusters in Centaurus A. All previously observed ROSAT sources within our field of view were detected. The faintest source in this table has 5 counts, which corresponds to a limiting luminosity of ~2.2 x 10^36 erg/s at the center of the field of view.

The two observations of Cen A were made with the ACIS-I array (observation IDs were 00316 and 00962) on 1999 December 5 and 2000 May 17, with 35.9 36.5 ks exposures, respectively.


CEPBOB3CXO Catalog

This table contains the Cepheus B star formation region (the Cep B molecular cloud and the Cep OB3b OB association) Chandra X-Ray point source catalog. The Cepheus B (Cep B) molecular cloud and a portion of the nearby Cep OB3b OB association, one of the most active regions of star formation within 1 kpc, have been observed with the ACIS detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. 431 X-ray sources have been detected, of which 89% are confidently identified as clustered pre-main-sequence (PMS) stars. Two main results are obtained. First, the best census to date for the stellar population of the region has been made, with many members of two rich stellar clusters, the lightly obscured Cep OB3b association and the deeply embedded cluster in Cep B, whose existence was previously traced only by a handful of radio sources and T Tauri stars, being identified. Second, a discrepancy between the X-ray luminosity functions of the Cep OB3b and the Orion Nebula cluster has been found. This may be due to the different initial mass functions of the two regions (an excess of ~=0.3 M_solar stars) or different age distributions. Several other results are obtained. A diffuse X-ray component seen in the field is attributed to the integrated emission of unresolved low-mass PMS stars. The X-ray emission from HD 217086 (O7n), the principle ionizing source of the region, follows the standard model, involving many small shocks in an unmagnetized radiatively accelerated wind. X-ray source 294 joins a number of similar superflare PMS stars for which long magnetic structures may connect the protoplanetary disk to the stellar surface.

The Chandra observation of Cep B and Cep OB3b was obtained on 2003 March 11.51-11.88 with the ACIS camera. Only results from the imaging array (ACIS-I) covering about 17' x 17' on the sky are considered here. The aim point of the array was 22 56 49.4 +62 39 55.6 (J2000.0 RA and Dec), and the satellite roll angle was 7.9 degrees. The total net exposure time was 30 ksec, with no background flaring or data losses.


CEPBOB3OID Catalog

The Cepheus B (Cep B) molecular cloud and a portion of the nearby Cep OB3b OB association, one of the most active regions of star formation within 1 kpc, have been observed with the Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) detector on board the Spitzer Space Telescope. The goals were to study protoplanetary disk evolution and processes of sequential triggered star formation in the region. Out of ~400 pre-main-sequence (PMS) stars selected with an earlier Chandra X-ray Observatory observation, ~95% are identified with mid-infrared sources and most of these are classified as diskless or disk-bearing stars. The discovery of the additional >200 IR-excess low-mass members gives a combined Chandra+Spitzer PMS sample that is almost complete down to 0.5 * Msun outside of the cloud, and somewhat above 1 * Msun in the cloud.

The X-ray observations of the Cep B/Cep OB3b region and their data analysis are described in detail by Getman et al. (2006, CDS Cat. J/ApJS/163/306, HEASARC CEPBOB3CXO table). The 30 ks exposure was obtained on 2003 March 11.51-11.88 with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) detector on board the Chandra X-ray Observatory as part of the ACIS Instrument Team's Guaranteed Time Observations (ObsId No. 3502, P.I.: G. Garmire). The mid-IR observation of Cep B and Cep OB3b was obtained on 2007 February 18 with the IRAC detector on the Spitzer Space Telescope in the 3.6, 4.5, 5.8, and 8.0 micron channels. This was a General Observer project (program identification No. 30361; P.I.: J. Wang).

This table contains the optical and infrared counterpart information on the 431 X-ray sources detected by Chandra. It does not contain the 224 IR-excess objects which were not detected as X-ray sources (listed in Table 3 of the reference paper) that are thought to be additional low-mass members of this complex.


CG12CXO Catalog

The mysterious high Galactic latitude cometary globule CG 12 has been observed with the ACIS detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. 128 X-ray sources are detected, of which half are likely young stars formed within the globule's head. This new population of >~ 50 T Tauri stars and one new embedded protostar is far larger than the previously reported few intermediate-mass and two protostellar members of the cloud. Most of the newly discovered stars have masses of 0.2-0.7 Msolar, and 9% - 15% have K-band excesses from inner protoplanetary disks. X-ray properties provide an independent distance estimate consistent with the unusual location of CG 12 >~200 pc above the Galactic plane. The star formation efficiency in CG 12 appears to be 15% - 35%, far above that seen in other triggered molecular globules. The median photometric age found for the T Tauri population, assuming Siess et al. (2000, A&A, 358, 593) isochrones, is ~4 Myr with a large spread of <1 - 20 Myr and ongoing star formation in the molecular cores. The stellar age and spatial distributions are inconsistent with a simple radiation-driven implosion (RDI) model and suggest either that CG 12 is an atypically large shocked globule or that it has been subject to several distinct episodes of triggering and ablation. In their paper the authors report a previously unnoticed group of B-type stars northwest of CG 12 that may be the remnants of an OB association that produced multiple supernova explosions that could have shocked and ablated the cloud over a 15 - 30 Myr period. HD 120958 (B3e), the most luminous member of the group, may be currently driving an RDI shock into the CG 12 cloud.

The current project combines four X-ray observations of the globule:

Field   ObsID   Start Time             Expo.       R.A.     Decl.    Roll Angle
                (UT)                   (ks)          (J2000.0)         (deg)
I....   6423    2006 Apr 15 16:19:17   30.8    13 57 44.52  39 58 48.31  11.5
II...   6424    2006 Jun 02 07:25:09    3.1    13 57 42.87  39 43 01.76 285.0
III..   6425    2006 Apr 13 08:44:08    3.1    13 56 19.40  39 42 47.94  14.7
IV...   6426    2006 Apr 15 12:54:20    3.1    13 56 19.40  39 58 48.09  11.1
where the units of right ascension are hours, minutes, and seconds, and the units of declination are degrees, arcminutes, and arcseconds, ObsID values are from the Chandra Observation Catalog, exposure times are the sum of Good Time Intervals (GTIs) for the CCD at the telescope aim point (CCD3) minus 1.3% to account for CCD readouts, and the aim points and roll angles are obtained from the satellite aspect solution before astrometric correction was applied.

There is one primary field (I in Fig. 1 of the reference paper) with ~31 ks exposure directed at the globule's core and three secondary fields (II, III, and IV in Fig. 1) with ~3 ks exposures positioned contiguously to the north and west of the core. The primary pointing is intended to detect the population of pre-main sequence (PMS) stars forming in the molecular head of the globule. The secondary pointings are designed to locate an older population of stars expected if the present cloud is only the ablated remnant of a larger cloud that experienced sequential star formation triggering events, similar to the sequence of stars found in the authors' Chandra study of IC 1396N (Getman et al. 2007, ApJ, 654, 316, available in Browse as the IC1396NCXO table).

Source searching was performed with data images and exposure maps constructed at three spatial resolutions (0.5", 1.0", and 1.4" pixel-1) using the CIAO wavdetect tool. The authors ran wavdetect with a low threshold P = 10-5, which is highly sensitive but permits false detections at this point in the analysis. This was followed by visual examination to locate other candidate sources, mainly close doubles and candidate sources near the detection threshold. Using ACIS Extract, photons were extracted within polygonal contours of ~90% encircled energy using position-dependent models of the PSF. The background was measured locally in source-free regions. Due to the very low, spatially invariant ACIS-I background in the Chandra observations of CG 12, there is a one-to-one correspondence between a source's significance and net counts. Following the procedure of Getman et al. (2007, ApJ, 654, 316), the list of candidate sources ws trimmed to omit sources with fewer than ~5 estimated source net counts, net full-band counts/PSF fraction <~ 4.5. In the case of the CG 12 observations, the above criterion is equivalent to accepting sources with a source significance of >~ 1.1. Thus, most of the statistically insignificant source candidates found during the wavdetect step were eliminated by the application of these source existence criteria.

For Chandra sources with > 20 net counts, the authors performed spectral analysis with the XSPEC spectral fitting package version 12.2. The unbinned source and background spectra were fitted with one-temperature APEC plasma emission models using the maximum likelihood method. They assumed 0.3 times solar elemental abundances previously suggested as typical for young stellar objects (YSOs) in other star-forming regions. Solar abundances were taken from Anders & Grevesse (1989, Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, 53, 197). X-ray absorption was modeled using the atomic cross sections of Morrison & McCammon (1983, ApJ, 270, 119). For absorbed thermal spectra characteristics of PMS stars, the absorption NH can be estimated to roughly a factor of 2 precision for 20 count sources.


CHAINTHCXO Catalog

This table contains the Chamaeleon (Cha) I North Cloud Chandra X-Ray point source catalog. Sensitive X-ray imaging surveys provide a new and effective tool to establish the census of pre-main-sequence (PMS) stars in nearby young stellar clusters. A deep Chandra X-Ray Observatory (CXO) observation of PMS stars in the Chamaeleon I North cloud achieved a limiting total-band X-ray luminosity of log Lt ~ 1027 ergs/s (0.5 - 8 keV band) in a 0.8 x 0.8 pc2 region. Of the 107 X-ray sources, 37 are associated with Galactic stars, of which 27 are previously recognized cloud members. These include 3 PMS brown dwarfs: the protostellar brown dwarf ISO 192 has a particularly high level of magnetic activity. Follow-up optical photometry and spectroscopy establish that 9-10 of the Chandra sources are probably magnetically active background stars. No new X-ray-discovered stars were confidently found despite the high sensitivity of the Chandra observation. From these findings, the authors argue that the sample of 27 PMS cloud members in the Chandra field is uncontaminated and complete down to K = 12 or a stellar mass of about 0.1 solar masses.

A 16'x 16' region of the Cha I North cloud was observed with the imaging array of the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. The observation took place on 2001 July 2.25-3.04 UT with the detector aimpoint set at 11 10 00.0, -76 35 00 (J2000.0 RA and Declination). The effective exposure was 66.3 ksec. The authors also obtained VI-band CCD images of most of the ACIS field with the 1m telescope and CCD detector at the South African Astronomical Observatory (SAAO) during 2002 February.


CHAMPHXAGN Catalog

This table contains the results from an X-ray and optical analysis of 188 active galactic nuclei (AGN) identified from 497 hard X-ray (observed flux in the (2.0 - 8.0 keV) band > 2.7 x 10-15 erg/cm2/s) sources in 20 Chandra fields (1.5 square degrees) forming part of the Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP). These medium-depth X-ray observations enable the detection of a representative subset of those sources responsible for the bulk of the 2 - 8 keV cosmic X-ray background. Brighter than the survey's optical spectroscopic limit, the authors achieve a reasonable degree of completeness (77% of X-ray sources with counterparts r' < 22.5 have been classified): broad emission-line AGNs (62%), narrow emission-line galaxies (24%), absorption-line galaxies (7%), stars (5%), or clusters (2%).

To construct a pure AGN sample, the authors required the rest-frame 2.0-8.0 keV luminosity (uncorrected for intrinsic absorption) to exceed 1042 erg s-1, thereby excluding any sources that may contain a significant stellar or hot ISM component. The most luminous known star-forming or elliptical galaxies attain at most LX = 1042 erg s-1. Since many of the traditional optical AGN signatures are not present in obscured sources, high X-ray luminosity becomes the authors' single discriminant for supermassive black hole accretion. They believe that almost all of the NELGs and ALGs harbor accreting SMBHs based on their X-ray luminosity. They find that 90% of the identified ChaMP sources have luminosities above this threshold. These selection criteria yield a sample of 188 AGNs from 20 Chandra fields with f(2-8 keV) > 2.7 x 10-15 erg cm-2 s-1, r' < 22.5, and LX > 1042 erg s-1. The authors removed five objects identified as clusters based on their extended X-ray emission.


CHAMPLANE Catalog

The authors have carried out optical and X-ray spectral analyses on a sample of 136 candidate optical counterparts of X-ray sources found in five Galactic bulge fields included in their Chandra Multiwavelength Plane (ChaMPlane) Survey. They used a combination of optical spectral fitting and quantile X-ray analysis to obtain the hydrogen column density toward each object, and a three-dimensional dust model of the Galaxy to estimate the most probable distance in each case. They present the discovery of a population of stellar coronal emission sources, likely consisting of pre-main-sequence, young main-sequence, and main-sequence stars, as well as a component of active binaries of RS CVn or BY Dra type. They identify one candidate quiescent low-mass X-ray binary with a sub-giant companion, but note that this object may also be an RS CVn system. They report the discovery of 3 new X-ray-detected cataclysmic variables (CVs) in the direction of the Galactic center (at distances <~2 kpc). This number is in excess of predictions made with a simple CV model based on a local CV space density of <~10-5 pc-3, and a scale height of ~200 pc. They discuss several possible reasons for this observed excess in their paper.

CHAMPLANEX Catalog

This table contains the Chandra Multiwavelength Plane (ChaMPlane) Survey catalog of X-ray point sources in the window and four Galactic bulge fields, specifically all source detections with net counts >= 1 in the 0.3-8 keV broad band. In the reference paper, the authors present the log N-log S and spatial distributions of X-ray point sources in seven Galactic bulge (GB) fields within 4 degrees of the Galactic center (GC). They compare the properties of 1159 X-ray point sources discovered in their deep (100 ks) Chandra observations of three low extinction Window fields near the GC with the X-ray sources in the other GB fields centered around Sgr B2, Sgr C, the Arches Cluster, and Sgr A* using Chandra archival data. To reduce the systematic errors induced by the uncertain X-ray spectra of the sources coupled with field-and-distance-dependent extinction, they classify the X-ray sources using quantile analysis and estimate their fluxes accordingly. The result indicates that the GB X-ray population is highly concentrated at the center, more heavily than the stellar distribution models. It extends out to more than 1.4 degrees from the GC, and the projected density follows an empirical radial relation inversely proportional to the offset from the GC. They also compare the total X-ray and infrared surface brightness using the Chandra and Spitzer observations of the regions. The radial distribution of the total infrared surface brightness from the 3.6-micron band images appears to resemble the radial distribution of the X-ray point sources better than that predicted by the stellar distribution models. Assuming a simple power-law model for the X-ray spectra, the closer to the GC, the intrinsically harder the X-ray spectra appear, but adding an iron emission line at 6.7 keV in the model allows the spectra of the GB X-ray sources to be largely consistent across the region. This implies that the majority of these GB X-ray sources can be of the same or similar type. Their X-ray luminosity and spectral properties support the idea that the most likely candidate is magnetic cataclysmic variables (CVs), primarily intermediate polars (IPs). Their observed number density is also consistent with the majority being IPs, provided the relative CV to star density in the GB is not smaller than the value in the local solar neighborhood.

CHAMPPSC Catalog

This table represents the `Main Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP) X-Ray Point Source Catalog' and contains the basic parameters, photometry, and fluxes of 6512 ChaMP sources in 130 Chandra observations from Chandra Cycles 1 and 2. This table lists fluxes for 2 assumed spectral energy distributions with the photon indices of Gamma=1.4 and Gamma=1.7. This catalog was distributed by the ChaMP team based on the "Chandra Multiwavelength Project: X-ray Point Source Catalog (Kim et al., 2007, ApJS, 169, 401)", and was downloaded from http://hea-www.harvard.edu/CHAMP/. If you have any comments/questions on this catalog, please contact mkim @ cfa.harvard.edu or dkim @ cfa.harvard.edu.

The full Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP) X-ray point source catalog lists ~ 6800 X-ray sources detected in 149 Chandra observations covering ~ 10 square degrees. The full ChaMP catalog sample is 7 times larger than the initial published ChaMP catalog (Kim et al. 2004, ApJS, 150, 19). The exposure times of the fields in this sample range from 0.9 to 124 ks, corresponding to a deepest X-ray flux limit in the 0.5 - 8.0 keV band of 9 x 10^-16 ergs cm^-2 s^-1. The ChaMP X-ray data were uniformly reduced and analyzed with ChaMP-specific pipelines and then carefully validated by visual inspection. The ChaMP catalog includes X-ray photometric data in eight different energy bands as well as X-ray spectral hardness ratios and colors, source reliability, detection probability, and positional uncertainties. The false source detection rate is ~1% of all detected ChaMP sources, while the detection probability is better than ~ 95% for sources with counts >~ 30 and off-axis angle <5'. The typical positional offset between ChaMP X-ray source and their SDSS optical counterparts is 0.7" +/- 0.4", derived from ~ 900 matched sources.

This HEASARC table contains the main ChaMP catalog of 6512 X-ray point sources in 130 ChaMP fields observed once and in the overlapping fields which had the longest exposures. It does not contain the supplementary ChaMP catalog of 853 sources in 19 ChaMP overlapping fields with shorter exposure times.


CHAMPSDSSA Catalog

The combination of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) and the Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP; Green et al. 2004, ApJS, 150, 43) currently offers the largest and most homogeneously selected sample of nearby galaxies for investigating the relations between X-ray nuclear emission, nebular line emission, black hole masses, and the properties of the associated stellar populations. The authors provide X-ray spectral fits and valid uncertainties for all the galaxies with counts ranging from 2 to 1325 (mean 76, median 19). They present in their paper novel constraints that both X-ray luminosity LX and X-ray spectral energy distribution bring to the galaxy evolutionary sequence HII -> Seyfert/Transition Object -> LINER -> Passive suggested by optical data. In particular, the authors show that both LX and Gamma, the slope of the power law that best fits the 0.5 - 8 keV spectra, are consistent with a clear decline in the accretion power along the sequence, corresponding to a softening of their spectra. This implies that, at z ~ 0, or at low-luminosity active galactic nucleus (AGN) levels, there is an anticorrelation between Gamma and L/LEdd, opposite to the trend which is exhibited by high-z AGN (quasars). The turning point in the Gamma - L/LEdd LLAGN + quasars relation occurs near Gamma ~ 1.5 and L/LEdd ~ 0.01. Interestingly, this is identical to what stellar mass X-ray binaries exhibit, indicating that the authors have probably found the first empirical evidence for an intrinsic switch in the accretion mode, from advection-dominated flows to standard (disk/corona) accretion modes in supermassive black hole accretors, similar to what has been seen and proposed to happen in stellar mass black hole systems. The anticorrelation the authors find between Gamma and L/LEdd may instead indicate that stronger accretion correlates with greater absorption. Therefore, the trend for softer spectra toward more luminous, high-redshift, and strongly accreting (L/LEdd >~ 0.01) AGNs/quasars could simply be the result of strong selection biases reflected in the dearth of type 2 quasar detections.

The cross-match of all ChaMP sky regions imaged by Chandra/ACIS with the SDSS DR4 spectroscopic footprint results in a parent sample of 15,955 galaxies on or near a chip and a subset of 199 sources that are X-ray detected. Among those, only 107 sources have an off-axis angle (OAA) Theta <0.2 degrees and avoid ccd=8 due to high serial readout noise; these 107 objects comprise the main sample that the authors employ for this study and that are listed in this table.

The authors performed direct spectral fits to the X-ray counts distribution using the full instrument calibration, known redshift, and Galactic 21-cm column nHGal. Source spectra were extracted from circular regions with radii corresponding to energy encircled fractions of ~90%, while the background region encompasses a 20 arcsec annulus, centered on the source, with separation 4 arcsecs, from the source region. Any nearby sources were excised, from both the source and the background regions. The spectral fitting was done via yaxx ('Yet Another X-ray eXtractor': Aldcroft 2006, BAAS, 38, 376), an automated script that employs the CIAO Sherpa tool. Each spectrum was fitted in the range 0.5 - 8 keV by two different models: (1) a single power law plus absorption fixed at the Galactic 21-cm value (model 'PL'), and (2) a fixed power law of photon index Gamma = 1.9 plus intrinsic absorption of column nH (model 'PLfix'). For the nine objects with more than 200 counts, the authors employed a third model in which both the slope of the power law and the intrinsic absorption were free to vary (model 'PL_abs').


CHANDFN1MS Catalog

This table is the Chandra Deep Field North 1-Megasecond Catalog. It lists point sources detected in an extremely deep X-ray survey (1 Ms) of the Hubble Deep Field North (HDF-N) and its environs (~450 square arcminutes) which has been performed with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. This is one of the two deepest X-ray surveys ever performed; for point sources near the aim point, it reaches 0.5 - 2.0 keV and 2 - 8 keV flux limits of ~3 x 10^-17 and ~2 x 10^-16 ergs cm-2 s-1, respectively. 370 distinct point sources have been detected: 360 in the full (0.5 - 8.0 keV) band, 325 in the soft (0.5 - 2.0 keV) band, 265 in the hard (2 - 8 keV) band, and 145 in the ultrahard (4 - 8 keV) band. Source positions are accurate to within 0.6 - 1.7 arcseconds (at ~90% confidence), depending mainly on the off-axis angle. Source densities of 7100 (+1100, -940) deg^-2 (at 4.2 x 10^-17 ergs cm^-2 s^-1) and 4200 (+670, -580) deg^-2 (at 3.8 x 10^-16 ergs cm^-2 s^-1) are observed in the soft and hard bands, respectively.

CHANDFN2MS Catalog

The Chandra Deep Field North (CDFN) 2-Megasecond Catalog contains the point sources found in the ~2 Megasecond (Ms) exposure of the Chandra Deep Field North, currently the deepest X-ray observation of the universe in the 0.5 -8.0 keV band. Five hundred and three (503) X-ray sources were detected over an ~448 square arcminute area in up to seven X-ray bands. Twenty (20) of these X-ray sources lie in the central ~5.3 square arcminute Hubble Deep Field North (13600 (+3800,-3000) sources/deg^2). The on-axis sensitivity limits are ~2.5x10^-17 ergs/cm^2/s (0.5 - 2.0 keV) and 1.4x10^-16 ergs/cm^2/s (2 - 8 keV). Source positions are determined using matched-filter and centroiding techniques; the median positional uncertainty is ~0.3". The X-ray colors of the detected sources indicate a broad variety of source types, although absorbed AGN (including a small number of possible Compton-thick sources) are clearly the dominant type. The average backgrounds in the 0.5 - 2.0 keV and 2 - 8 keV bands are 0.056 and 0.135 counts Ms^-1 pixel^-1, respectively. The background count distributions are very similar to Poisson distributions. This 2 Ms exposure is approximately photon limited in all seven X-ray bands for regions close to the aim point. This observation does not suffer from source confusion within ~6 arcminutes of the aim point.

CHANDFS1MS Catalog

The Chandra Deep Field South (CDFS) 1-Megasecond Catalog is the source catalog obtained from a 942 kilosecond exposure, using the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on the Chandra X-ray Observatory. Eleven individual pointings made between 1999 October and 2000 December were combined to generate the final image used for object detection. Catalog generation proceeded simultaneously using two different methods: a method of the authors' own design using a modified version of the SExtractor algorithm, and a wavelet transform technique developed specifically for Chandra observations. The detection threshold was set in order to have less than 10 spurious sources, as assessed by extensive simulations. The catalog as published was subdivided into four sections: the primary list consisting of objects common to the two detection methods, two secondary lists containing sources which were detected by either the SExtractor algorithm alone or by the wavelet technique alone, and the fourth list consisting of possible diffuse or extended sources. The flux limits at the aimpoint for the soft (0.5 - 2 keV) and hard (2 - 10 keV) bands are 5.5 x 10^-17 erg/s/cm^2 and 4.5 x 10^-16 erg/s/cm^2, respectively. The total number of sources is 346; out of them, 307 were detected in the 0.5 - 2 keV band, and 251 in the 2 - 10 keV band.

Optical identifications are also presented for the catalogued sources. The primary optical data are R band imaging from VLT/FORS1 to a depth of R ~ 26.5 (Vega). In regions of the field not covered by the VLT/FORS1 deep imaging, the authors use R-band data obtained with the Wide Field Imager (WFI) on the ESO-MPI 2.2 m telescope, as part of the ESO Imaging Survey (EIS), which cover the entire X-ray survey. The FORS1/Chandra offsets are small, ~1 arcsecond. Coordinate cross-correlation finds 85% of the Chandra sources covered by FORS1 R to have counterparts within the 3-sigma error box (>~1.5 arcseconds, depending on off-axis angle and X-ray signal-to-noise). The unidentified fraction of sources, approximately 10% - 15%, is close to the limit expected from the observed X-ray flux to R-band ratio distribution for the identified sample.


CHANDFS2MS Catalog

This table contains point-source catalogs for the ~2 Ms exposure of the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S) this is one of the two most sensitive X-ray surveys ever performed. The survey covers an area of ~436 arcmin2 and reaches on-axis sensitivity limits of ~1.9 x 10-17 and ~1.3 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 for the 0.5-2.0 and 2-8 keV bands, respectively. Four hundred and sixty-two X-ray point sources (source_sample = 'Main CDF-S' in this table) are detected in at least one of three X-ray bands that were searched; 135 of these sources are new compared to the previous ~1 Ms CDF-S detections. Source positions are determined using centroid and matched-filter techniques; the median positional uncertainty is ~0.36". The X-ray-to-optical flux ratios of the newly detected sources indicate a variety of source types; ~55% of them appear to be active galactic nuclei, while ~45% appear to be starburst and normal galaxies. This table contains, in addition to the main Chandra catalog, the supplementary catalog of 86 X-ray sources (source_sample = 'CDF-S + E-CDF-S' in this table) in the ~2 Ms CDF-S footprint that was created by merging the ~250 ks Extended Chandra Deep Field-South with the CDF-S; this approach provides additional sensitivity in the outer portions of the CDF-S. This table also contains a second supplementary catalog (source_sample = 'Optically Bright' in this table) of 30 X-ray sources which was constructed by matching lower significance X-ray sources to bright optical counterparts (R < 23.8); the majority of these sources appear to be starburst and normal galaxies. The total number of sources in this table, which contains the main and 2 supplementary catalogs, is thus 578. Optical R-band counterparts and basic optical and infrared photometry are provided for the X-ray sources in the main and supplementary catalogs. The authors also include existing spectroscopic redshifts for 224 of the X-ray sources. The average backgrounds in the 0.5-2.0 and 2-8 keV bands are 0.066 and 0.167 counts Ms-1 pixel-1, respectively, and the background counts follow Poisson distributions. The effective exposure times and sensitivity limits of the CDF-S are now comparable to those of the ~2 Ms Chandra Deep Field-North (CDF-N). In their paper, the authors also present cumulative number counts for the main catalog and compare the results to those for the CDF-N. The soft-band number counts for these two fields agree well with each other at fluxes higher than ~2 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1, while the CDF-S number counts are up to ~25% smaller than those for the CDF-N at fluxes below ~2 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 in the soft band and ~2 x 10-15 erg cm-2 s-1 in the hard band, suggesting small field-to-field variations.

CHANDFS4MS Catalog

This table contains the main Chandra source catalog for the 4 megasecond (Ms) Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), which is the deepest Chandra survey to date and covers an area of 464.5 arcmin2. It contains 740 X-ray sources that are detected with wavdetect at a false-positive probability threshold of 10-5 in at least one of three X-ray bands (0.5-8 keV, full band; 0.5-2 keV, soft band; and 2-8 keV, hard band) and also satisfy a binomial-probability source-selection criterion of P < 0.004 (i.e., the probability of sources not being real is less than 0.004); this approach is designed to maximize the number of reliable sources detected. A total of 300 main-catalog sources are new compared to the previous 2 Ms CDF-S main-catalog (the HEASARC CHANDFS2MS table) sources. The authors determined X-ray source positions using centroid and matched-filter techniques and obtained a median positional uncertainty of ~0.42 arcseconds. In their paper, they also provided a supplementary catalog (not included in this HEASARC table), which consists of 36 sources that are detected with wavdetect at a false-positive probability threshold of 10-5, satisfy the condition of 0.004 < P < 0.1, and have an optical counterpart with R < 24. Multiwavelength identifications, basic optical/infrared/radio photometry, and spectroscopic/photometric redshifts are provided for the X-ray sources in the main and supplementary catalogs. Seven hundred sixteen (~97%) of the 740 main-catalog sources have multiwavelength counterparts, with 673 (~94% of 716) having either spectroscopic or photometric redshifts. The 740 main-catalog sources span broad ranges of full-band flux and 0.5-8 keV luminosity; the 300 new main-catalog sources span similar ranges although they tend to be systematically lower.

Basic analyses of the X-ray and multiwavelength properties of the sources indicate that >75% of the main-catalog sources are active galactic nuclei (AGNs); of the 300 new main-catalog sources, about 35% are likely normal and starburst galaxies, reflecting the rise of normal and starburst galaxies at the very faint flux levels uniquely accessible to the 4 Ms CDF-S. Near the center of the 4 Ms CDF-S (i.e., within an off-axis angle of 3'), the observed AGN and galaxy source densities have reached 9800 (+1300,-1100) deg-2 and 6900 (+1100,-900) deg-2, respectively. Simulations show that the main catalog is highly reliable and is reasonably complete. The mean backgrounds (corrected for vignetting and exposure-time variations) are 0.063 and 0.178 counts Ms-1 pixel-1 (for a pixel size of 0.492 arcseconds) for the soft and hard bands, respectively; the majority of the pixels have zero background counts. The 4 Ms CDF-S reaches on-axis flux limits of ~3.2 x 10-17, 9.1 x 10-18, and 5.5 x 10-17 erg cm-2 s-1 for the full, soft, and hard bands, respectively. An increase in the CDF-S exposure time by a factor of ~2-2.5 would provide further significant gains and probe key unexplored discovery space.

This HEASARC table comprises Table 3 from the reference paper, the Main Chandra Source Catalog of 740 X-ray sources. The 36 optically bright Chandra sources that were listed in Table 6 of the reference paper are thus not included herein.


CHANDFS7MS Catalog

This table contains the X-ray source catalogs for the ~7 Ms exposure of the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), which covers a total area of 484.2 square arcminutes. Utilizing WAVDETECT for initial source detection and ACIS Extract for photometric extraction and significance assessment, the authors have created a main source catalog (entries with source_sample = 'M' in this HEASARC table) containing 1,008 sources that are detected in up to three X-ray bands: 0.5-7.0 keV, 0.5-2.0 keV, and 2-7 keV. A supplementary source catalog entries with source_sample = 'S' in this HEASARC table) is also provided, including 47 lower-significance sources that have bright (Ks <~ 23m) near-infrared (NIR) counterparts. The authors have identified multiwavelength counterparts for 992 (98.4%) of the 1,008 main-catalog sources, and they have collected redshifts for 986 of these sources, including 653 spectroscopic redshifts and 333 photometric redshifts.

Based on the X-ray and multiwavelength properties, the authors have identified 711 active galactic nuclei (AGNs) from the main-catalog sources. Compared to the previous ~4 Ms CDF-S catalogs, 291 of the main-catalog sources are new detections. The observations utilized in this survey have achieved unprecedented X-ray sensitivity with average flux limits over the central ~1 arcmin2 region of ~1.9 x 10-17, 6.4 x 10-18, and 2.7 x 10-17 erg cm-2 s-1 in the three X-ray bands, respectively. In the reference paper, the authors provide cumulative number-count measurements observing, for the first time, that normal galaxies start to dominate the X-ray source population at the faintest 0.5-2.0 keV flux levels. The highest X-ray source density reaches ~50,500 deg-2, and 47% +/- 4% of these sources are AGNs (~23,900 deg-2).

The authors adopted a binomial no-source probability value, PB < 0.007 as the criterion to prune their initial candidate source list and generate a main source catalog, which includes 1,008 sources with a ~97% multiwavelength-identification rate. This adopted PB threshold will have inevitably rejected real X-ray sources. To recover some of these real sources, the authors created a supplementary source catalog that contains lower-significance X-ray sources that have bright optical/NIR counterparts; the chance of a bright optical/NIR source being associated with a spurious X-ray detection is quite small. A total of 47 candidate CDF-S sources having 0.007 <= PB < 0.1 are associated with bright, Ks <= 23m, TENIS sources, where the false-match rate is only 1.7%, and these 47 sources constitute the supplementary catalog.

A Galactic column density of NH,Gal = 8.8 * 1019 cm-2 along the line of sight to the CDF-S is assumed in this study. All quoted magnitudes are in the AB system. A cosmology with H0 = 67.8 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.308, and OmegaLambda = 0.692 (Planck Collaboration et al. 2016 values) is used to calculate luminosities.

This HEASARC table contains the 1,008 sources from the main Chandra source catalog (these entries are identified by the HEASARC-created source_sample parameter being set to 'M' in this table) and the 47 lower-significance sources from the supplementary NIR-bright Chandra source catalog (these entries are identified by the HEASARC-created source_sample parameter being set to 'S' in this table). This table thus has 1,055 entries.


CHANEXTDFS Catalog

This table contains the combined point-source catalogs for the Extended Chandra Deep Field- South (E-CDF-S) survey. The E-CDF-S consists of four contiguous 250 ks Chandra observations covering an approximately square region of total solid angle ~0.3 square degrees, which flank the existing ~1 Ms Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S). The survey reaches sensitivity limits of ~1.1 x 10^-16 and ~6.7 x 10^-16 ergs cm^-2 s^-1 for the 0.5-2.0 and 2-8 keV bands, respectively. 762 distinct X-ray point sources are detected within the E-CDF-S exposure; 589 of these sources are new (i.e., not previously detected in the ~1 Ms CDF-S). This brings the total number of X-ray point sources detected in the E-CDF-S region to 915 (via the E-CDF-S and ~1 Ms CDF-S observations). Source positions are determined using matched-filter and centroiding techniques; the median positional uncertainty is ~0.35". The basic X-ray and optical properties of these sources indicate a variety of source types, although absorbed active galactic nuclei (AGNs) seem to dominate. In addition to the main Chandra catalog, this table contains the supplementary source catalog with 33 lower-significance X-ray point sources that have bright optical counterparts (R < 23 mag). These sources generally have X-ray-to-optical flux ratios expected for normal and starburst galaxies, which lack a strong AGN component. The basic number-count results for the main Chandra catalog are in good agreement with the ~1 Ms CDF-S for sources with 0.5-2.0 and 2-8 keV fluxes greater than 3 x 10^-16 and 1 x 10^-15 ergs cm^-2 s^-1, respectively.

This HEASARC table contains 809 entries: 762 entries corresponding to the 762 sources listed in the main catalog (Table 2 of the published paper), 14 sources from the cross-field source list (Table 3) which give properties for sources which were detected in more than one observational sources, e.g. there are two entries for the source with source_number = 367, one entry coming from the main catalog, the other entry from the cross-field catalog, and 33 entries corresponding to the 33 sources in the supplementary, optically bright source catalog (Table 6). The HEASARC has created a new parameter called source_type to identify from which of these 3 original tables any given entry comes from; it is set to 'main', 'crossfield' and 'supplement' for entries from Tables 2, 3, and 6, respectively.


CHANGALXRB Catalog

The authors of this catalog presented new Chandra constraints on the X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) of X-ray binary (XRB) populations, as well as their scaling relations, for a sample of 38 nearby galaxies (D = 3.4-29 Mpc). The galaxy sample is drawn primarily from the Spitzer Infrared Nearby Galaxies Survey (SINGS) and contains a wealth of Chandra (5.8 Ms total) and multiwavelength data, allowing for star formation rates (SFRs) and stellar masses (M*) to be measured on subgalactic scales. The authors divided the 2478 X-ray-detected sources into 21 subsamples in bins of specific SFR (sSFR=SFR/M*) and constructed XLFs. To model the XLF dependence on sSFR, they fitted a global XLF model, containing contributions from high-mass XRBs (HMXBs), low-mass XRBs (LMXBs), and background sources from the cosmic X-ray background that respectively scale with SFR, M*, and sky area. They found an HMXB XLF that is more complex in shape than previously reported and an LMXB XLF that likely varies with sSFR, potentially due to an age dependence. When applying the global model to XLF data for each individual galaxy, the authors discovered a few galaxy XLFs that significantly deviated from their model beyond statistical scatter. Most notably, relatively low-metallicity galaxies have an excess of HMXBs above ~1038erg/s, and elliptical galaxies that have relatively rich populations of globular clusters (GCs) show excesses of LMXBs compared to the global model. Additional modeling of how the XRB XLF depends on stellar age, metallicity, and GC specific frequency is required to sufficiently characterize the XLFs of galaxies.

In this work, the authors utilized 5.8 Ms of Chandra ACIS data, combined with UV-to-IR observations, for 38 nearby (D < ~30 Mpc) Spitzer Infrared Nearby Galaxies Survey (SINGS; Kennicutt+ 2003PASP..115..928K) galaxies to revisit scaling relations of the HMXB and LMXB X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) with SFR and M*, respectively.

This table contains the X-ray properties for 4442 X-ray point sources, including those with LX < 1035erg/s, which were excluded from the XLF analysis.


CHANGBSCAT Catalog

This table contains the Chandra source list for the entire area of the Galactic Bulge Survey (GBS) based on the lists provided in Jonker et al. (2011, ApJ, 194, 18: Paper I) and Jonker et al. (2014, ApJS, 210, 18: Paper II). The previous version of this table, based solely on the data presented in Paper I, contained the Chandra source list based on the first three-quarters of the GBS that had been observed as of the date of writing of that paper.

Among the goals of the GBS are constraining the neutron star (NS) equation of state and the black hole (BH) mass distribution via the identification of eclipsing NS and BH low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs). The latter goal will, in addition, be obtained by significantly enlarging the number of BH systems for which a BH mass can be derived. Further goals include constraining X-ray binary formation scenarios, in particular the common envelope phase and the occurrence of kicks, via source-type number counts and an investigation of the spatial distribution of X-ray binaries, respectively.

The GBS targets two strips of 6 degrees by 1 degrees (12 deg2 in total), one above (1o < b < 2o) and the other below (-2o < b < -1o) the Galactic plane in the direction of the Galactic center at X-ray, optical and near-infrared wavelengths. By avoiding the Galactic plane (-1o < b < 1o) the authors limit the influence of extinction on the X-ray and optical emission but still sample relatively large number densities of sources. The survey is designed such that a large fraction of the X-ray sources can be identified from their optical spectra. The X-ray survey, by design, covers a large area on the sky while the depth is shallow, using 2 ks per Chandra pointing. In this way, the authors maximize the predicted number ratio of (quiescent) LMXBs to cataclysmic variables. The survey is approximately homogeneous in depth to a 0.5-10 keV flux of 7.7 x 10-14 erg cm-2 s-1.

As of Paper I, the authors had covered about three-fourths (8.3 deg2) of the projected survey area with Chandra observations providing 1234 unique X-ray sources. In Paper II, the authors find 424 additional X-ray sources in the 63 Chandra observations that they report on there. In the papers, the authors discuss the characteristics and the X-ray variability of the brightest of the sources as well as the radio properties from existing radio surveys. They point out an interesting asymmetry in the number of X-ray sources as a function of their Galactic l and b coordinates which is probably caused by differences in average extinction towards the different parts of the GBS survey area.


CHANMASTER Catalog

This database table contains all of the observations made by the Chandra X-Ray Observatory (CXO, formerly known as the Advanced X-ray Astrophysics Facility or AXAF) as part of the Performance Verification and Calibration (PVC) phase and also contains all of the subsequent Cycles' Guaranteed Time Observers (GTO) and General Observer (GO) targets, and any Director's Discretionary Time (DDT) targets that have been observed. It also includes scheduled and as-yet-not-scheduled targets.

The HEASARC updates this database table on a twice-weekly basis by querying the database table at the Chandra X-Ray Center (CXC) website, as discussed in the Provenance section. For observations whose status is 'archived', data products can be retrieved from the HEASARC's mirror of the CXC's Chandra Data Archive (CDA). The CXC should be acknowledged as the source of Chandra data.

The PVC phase was during the first few months of the CXO mission; some of the calibration observations that are for monitoring purposes will be performed in later mission cycles. All calibration data (entries with Type = CAL in this database) are placed immediately into the CXO public data archive at the Chandra X-Ray Observatory Center (CXC); please see the Web page at http://asc.harvard.edu/ for more information on the CXC data archive). GTO observations during Cycle 1 or any subsequent Cycle will probably occupy 100% of months 3-4, 30% of months 5-22, and 15% of the available time for the remainder of the mission. Guaranteed Time Observers will have the same proprietary data rights as General Observers (i.e., their data will be placed in the public CXC archive 12 months after they have received the data in usable form).

For detailed information on the Chandra Observatory and datasets see:

http://cxc.harvard.edu/               for general Chandra information
http://cxc.harvard.edu/cda/           for the Chandra Data Archive
http://cxc.harvard.edu/cal/           for calibration information
http://cxc.harvard.edu/caldb/         for the calibration database
http://cxc.harvard.edu/ciao/          for data analysis
http://cxc.harvard.edu/ciao/download/ for analysis software
http://cxc.harvard.edu/ciao/threads/  for analysis threads
http://cda.harvard.edu/chaser/        for WebChaSeR

CHANNSGPSC Catalog

Emission from discrete point sources dominates the X-ray luminosity in spiral galaxies. This table contains the results from a survey of 11 nearby, nearly face-on spiral galaxies observed with the Chandra X-ray Observatory in 22 observations for a total of 869 ks. The galaxies in this sample are at high Galactic latitude to minimize the absorbing column in the line of site, are nearby to minimize source confusion, and span the Hubble sequence for spirals (types 0-7), allowing insights into the X-ray source population of many diverse systems. More than 820 unique point sources are detected in at least one observation within the D25 ellipses of the galaxies. A minimum of 27% of the sources exhibit detectable long- or short-term variability, indicating a source population dominated by accreting XRBs. 17 ultraluminous X-ray sources are detected, with typical rates per galaxy of 1 or 2.

In this table, source lists for the 11 galaxies are presented, along with source counts, fluxes, luminosities, X-ray colors, and variability properties. It should be noted that the X-ray source counts presented in this table are raw, background-subtracted counts, so the count rates in sources from the same galaxy that fall on different CCDs cannot be directly compared. The colors presented have been corrected for the differences between front-illuminated and back-illuminated CCDs.


CHANSEXAGN Catalog

The authors compare the relative merits of active galactic nuclei (AGN) selection at X-ray and mid-infrared wavelengths using data from moderately deep fields observed by both Chandra and Spitzer. The X-ray-selected AGN sample and associated photometric and spectroscopic optical follow-up are drawn from a subset of fields studied as part of the Serendipitous Extragalactic X-ray Source Identification (SEXSI) program. Mid-infrared data in these fields are derived from targeted and archival Spitzer imaging, and mid-infrared AGN selection is accomplished primarily through application of the Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) color-color AGN "wedge" selection technique. Nearly all X-ray sources in these fields which exhibit clear spectroscopic signatures of AGN activity have mid-infrared colors consistent with IRAC AGN selection. These are predominantly the most luminous X-ray sources. X-ray sources that lack high-ionization and/or broad lines in their optical spectra are far less likely to be selected as AGNs by mid-infrared color selection techniques. The fraction of X-ray sources identified as AGN in the mid-infrared increases monotonically as the X-ray luminosity increases. Conversely, only 22% of mid-infrared-selected AGN are detected at X-ray energies in the moderately deep (t_exp_n~ 100 ks) SEXSI Chandra data.

The authors have expanded the multi-wavelength data available for six SEXSI fields by obtaining Spitzer imaging observations. All six fields have deep Chandra X-ray images, optical imaging, and extensive, deep optical spectroscopy -- all of which has been published in Harrison et al. (2003, ApJ, 596, 944), Eckart et al. (2005, ApJS, 156, 35), and Eckart et al. (2006, ApJS, 165, 19). The authors obtained mid-infrared imaging through both archival and targeted Spitzer programs which include imaging at 3.6, 4.5, 5.8, and 8 micron (um) from IRAC (PID 00017, 00064, 20694 and 20808), and imaging at 24 um from MIPS (PID 20808 and 00083). This table contains mid-IR photometric data for 290 hard X-ray-selected SEXSI sources. Each of the four IRAC catalogs as well as the MIPS catalog was individually matched to the SEXSI X-ray source positions using a 2.5 arcseconds search radius. To calculate a false match rate, the authors shifted the X-ray source catalog by 1' and matched to the IRAC and MIPS catalogs; this entire procedure was repeated 6 times using different 1' shifts. The resulting false match rates were 10.1% (3.6 um), 7.2% (4.5 um), 3.7% (5.8 um), 2.6% (8.0 um), 1% (24 um), and <1% for four-band-detected IRAC sources.


CHANSEXOID Catalog

The Serendipitous Extragalactic X-ray Source Identification (SEXSI) Program is designed to expand significantly the sample of identified extragalactic hard X-ray sources at intermediate fluxes, 10-15 ergs/cm2/s < 2-10 keV Flux <~ 10-13 ergs/cm2/s. SEXSI, which includes sources derived from more than 2 square degrees of Chandra images, provides the largest hard X-ray-selected sample yet studied, offering an essential complement to the Chandra Deep Fields (total area of 0.2 square degrees). In Eckart et al. (2005, Paper II) R-band optical imaging of the SEXSI fields from the Palomar P60 and P200, the MDM 2.4m and 1.3m, and the Keck I telescopes is described. The authors have identified counterparts or derived flux limits for nearly 1000 hard X-ray sources. Using the optical images, they have derived accurate source positions. They have investigated correlations between optical and X-ray flux, and optical flux and X-ray hardness ratio. They have also studied the density of optical sources surrounding X-ray counterparts, as well as the properties of optically faint, hard X-ray sources. In Eckart et al. (2006, Paper III) optical spectra of 477 counterparts are presented. These spectra reach to R-band magnitudes of <~24 and have produced identifications and redshifts for 438 hard X-ray sources. Typical completeness levels in the 27 Chandra fields studied are 40-70%. The vast majority of the 2-10 keV selected sample are AGNs with redshifts between 0.1 and 3; the highest redshift source lies at z = 4.33.

This table which combines data presented in Eckart et al. (2005, 2006) has links to the list of SEXSI X-ray sources (the HEASARC Browse table CHANSEXSI: see Paper I = Harrison et al. 2003, ApJ, 596, 944).


CHANSEXSI Catalog

The Serendipitous Extragalactic X-Ray Source Identification (SEXSI) program is designed to extend greatly the sample of identified extragalactic hard X-ray (2 - 10 keV) sources at intermediate fluxes (~10-13 to 10-15 erg/cm2/s). SEXSI, which studies sources selected from more than 2 deg2, provides an essential complement to the Chandra Deep Fields, which reach depths of 5 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s (2 - 10 keV) but over a total area of less than 0.2 deg2. In their published paper, the authors describe the characteristics of the survey and their X-ray data analysis methodology. They present the cumulative flux distribution for the X-ray sample of 1034 hard sources and discuss the distribution of spectral hardness ratios. Their log N -log S in this intermediate flux range connects to those found in the Deep Fields, and by combining the data sets, they constrain the hard X-ray population over the flux range in which the differential number counts change slope and from which the bulk of the 2 - 10 keV X-ray background arises. They further investigate the log N - log S distribution separately for soft and hard sources in the sample, finding that while a clear change in slope is seen for the softer sample, the hardest sources are well described by a single power law down to the faintest fluxes, consistent with the notion that they lie at lower average redshift.

In the SEXSI program, fields were selected with high Galactic latitude (|b| > 20 degrees) and with declinations accessible to the optical facilities available to the authors (declination > -20 degrees). They used observations taken with Chandra's Advanced Camera for Imaging Spectroscopy (ACIS I- and S-modes; Bautz et al., 1998, Proc. SPIE, 3444, 210) only (for sensitivity in the hard band). All the fields presented in this paper have data that are available in the Chandra public archive.


CHANSNGCAT Catalog

The authors searched the public archive of the Chandra X-ray Observatory as of 2016 March and assembled a sample of 719 galaxies within 50 Mpc with available Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer observations. By cross-correlation with the optical or near-infrared nuclei of these galaxies, 314 of them are identified to have an X-ray active galactic nucleus (AGN). The majority of them are low-luminosity AGNs and are unlikely X-ray binaries based upon their spatial distribution and luminosity functions. The AGN fraction is around 60% for elliptical galaxies and early-type spirals, but drops to roughly 20% for Sc and later types, consistent with previous findings in the optical. However, the X-ray survey is more powerful in finding weak AGNs, especially from regions with active star formation that may mask the optical AGN signature. For example, 31% of the H II nuclei are found to harbor an X-ray AGN. For most objects, a single power-law model subject to interstellar absorption is adequate to fit the spectrum, and the typical photon index is found to be around 1.8. For galaxies with a non-detection, their stacked Chandra image shows an X-ray excess with a luminosity of a few times 1037 erg/s on average around the nuclear region, possibly composed of faint X-ray binaries. This paper reports on the technique and results of the survey; in-depth analysis and discussion of the results were to be reported in forthcoming papers, e.g., She et al. (2017, ApJ, 842, 131).

The sample was assembled based on Chandra/ACIS observations that were publicly available as of 2016 March. The authors first generated a full list of ACIS observations, and then searched in the NASA/IPAC Extragalactic Database (NED) for galaxies within 50 Mpc whose nuclear positions were less than 8 arcminutes from the aim point of any Chandra observation. The adopted distances were taken from NED, in the following order of priority: surface brightness fluctuations, Cepheid variables, tip of the red giant branch, Type Ia supernovae, the fundamental plane, Faber-Jackson relation, Tully-Fisher relation. If more than one reference is available for the distance by the same means, the latest one is selected, unless otherwise specified. Whenever possible, the authors obtain positions of the galaxy nuclei based on measurements from near-infrared images, which suffer from less obscuration by dust or confusion from young star-forming regions. Most of the data come from the Two-Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) extended source catalog (Skrutskie et al. 2006, AJ, 131, 1163), or NED otherwise. In a few cases, the NED positions come from radio observations. The authors discarded galaxies whose nuclear positions in NED were obtained from X-ray observations.


CHANTYPGPR Catalog

Using the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer Imaging array (ACIS-I), the authors carried out a deep hard X-ray observation of the Galactic plane region at a location (l, b) ~ (28.5 degrees, 0.0 degrees), where no discrete X-ray source had been reported previously. They detected 274 new point X-ray sources (4-sigma or greater confidence in any of the 3 energy bands 0.5 - 3.0 keV, 3.0 - 8.0 keV or 0.5 - 8.0 keV), as well as strong Galactic diffuse emission within two partially overlapping ACIS-I fields (~ 250 square arcminutes in total). The point-source sensitivity was ~ 3 x 10-15 ergs/s/cm2 in the 2 - 10 keV band and ~ 2 x 10-16 erg/s/cm2 in the 0.5 - 2 keV band The sum of all the detected point-source fluxes accounts for only ~ 10% of the total X-ray flux in the field of view. Only 26 point sources were detected in both the soft and hard bands, indicating that there are two distinct classes of X-ray source distinguished by their spectral hardness ratios. The surface number density of the hard sources is only slightly higher than that measured in high Galactic latitude regions, indicating that the majority of the hard sources are background AGNs.

Following up the Chandra observation, the authors performed a near-infrared (NIR) survey with SofI at ESO/NTT. Almost all the soft X-ray sources have been identified in the NIR, and their spectral types are consistent with main-sequence stars, suggesting that most of them are nearby X-ray-active stars. On the other hand, only 22% of the hard sources had near-IR counterparts, which are presumably Galactic. From X-ray and near-IR spectral study, they are most likely to be quiescent cataclysmic variables.


CHANULXCAT Catalog

One hundred fifty-five (the abstract in the paper erroneously states the number to be 154) discrete, non-nuclear, ultraluminous X-ray (ULX) sources, with spectroscopically determined intrinsic X-ray luminosities greater than 1039 erg/s, have been identified in 82 galaxies that were observed with Chandra's Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS). Positions, X-ray luminosities, and spectral and timing characteristics of these ULXs are contained in this table. Eighty-three percent of ULX candidates have spectra that can be described as absorbed power laws with mean index Gamma = 1.74 and column density NH = 2.24 x 1021 atoms cm-2, or ~5 times the average Galactic column. About 20% of the ULXs have much steeper indices indicative of a soft, and likely thermal, spectrum. The locations of ULXs in their host galaxies are strongly peaked toward their galaxy centers. The deprojected radial distribution of the ULX candidates is somewhat steeper than an exponential disk, indistinguishable from that of the weaker sources. About 5%-15% of ULX candidates are variable during the Chandra observations (which average 39.5 ks). Comparison of the cumulative X-ray luminosity functions of the ULXs to Chandra Deep Field results suggests ~25% of the sources may be background objects, including 14% of the ULX candidates in the sample of spiral galaxies and 44% of those in elliptical galaxies, implying the elliptical galaxy ULX population is severely compromised by background active galactic nuclei. Correlations with host galaxy properties confirm the number and total X-ray luminosity of the ULXs are associated with recent star formation and with galaxy merging and interactions. The preponderance of ULXs in star-forming galaxies as well as their similarities to less-luminous sources suggest they originate in a young but short-lived population such as the high-mass X-ray binaries, with a smaller contribution (based on spectral slope) from recent supernovae. The number of ULXs in elliptical galaxies scales with host galaxy mass and can be explained most simply as the high-luminosity end of the low-mass X-ray binary population.

CHANVGUIDE Catalog

Variable stars have been identified among the optical-wavelength light curves of guide stars used for pointing control of the Chandra X-ray Observatory. The authors present a catalog of these variable stars along with their light curves and ancillary data. Variability was detected to a lower limit of 0.02 mag amplitude in the 4000-10000 Angstroms range using the photometrically stable Aspect Camera on board the Chandra spacecraft. The Chandra Variable Guide Star Catalog (VGUIDE) contains 827 stars, of which 586 are classified as definitely variable and 241 are identified as possibly variable. Of the 586 definite variable stars, the authors believe 319 are new variable star identifications. Types of variables in the catalog include eclipsing binaries, pulsating stars, and rotating stars. The variability was detected during the course of normal verification of each Chandra pointing and results from analysis of over 75,000 guide star light curves from the Chandra mission. The VGUIDE catalog represents data from only about 9 years of the Chandra mission. Future releases of VGUIDE will include newly identified variable guide stars as the mission proceeds. An important advantage of the use of space data to identify and analyze variable stars is the relatively long observations that are available. The Chandra orbit allows for observations up to 2 days in length. Also, guide stars were often used multiple times for Chandra observations, so many of the stars in the VGUIDE catalog have multiple light curves available from various times in the mission. The catalog is presented as both online data associated with this paper (from which this HEASARC representation was created) and as a public Web interface at http://cxc.harvard.edu/vguide/. Light curves with data at the instrumental time resolution of about 2 s, overplotted with the data binned at 1 ks, can be viewed on the above-mentioned public Web interface and downloaded for further analysis. (This HEASARC Browse table also contains links to these light curves). VGUIDE is a unique project using data collected during the mission that would otherwise be ignored. The stars available for use as Chandra guide stars are generally 6-11 magnitudes and are commonly spectral types A and later. Due to the selection of guide stars entirely for positional convenience, this catalog avoids the possible bias of searching for variability in objects where it is to be expected. Statistics of variability compared to spectral type indicate the expected dominance of A-F stars as pulsators. Eclipsing binaries are consistently 20%-30% of the detected var iables across all spectral types.

CHESSCAT Catalog

The ChaMP Extended Stellar Survey (ChESS) X-ray catalog contains 348 X-ray-emitting stars identified from correlating the Extended Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP), a wide-area serendipitous survey based on archival X-ray images, with the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS). The authors used morphological star/galaxy separation, matching to an SDSS quasar catalog, an optical color-magnitude cut, and X-ray data-quality tests to create this catalog, from a sample of 2121 matched ChaMP/SDSS sources. Their cuts retain 92% of the spectroscopically confirmed stars in the original sample while excluding 99.6% of the 684 spectroscopically confirmed extragalactic sources. Fewer than 3% of the sources in their final catalog are previously identified stellar X-ray emitters. For 42 catalog members, spectroscopic classifications are available in the literature. New spectral classifications and H-alpha measurements are presented for an additional 79 stars. The catalog is dominated by main-sequence stars; the authors estimate the fraction of giants in ChESS to be ~10%. They identify seven giant stars (including a possible Cepheid and an RR Lyrae star) as ChaMP sources, as well as three cataclysmic variables. They derive distances from ~10 to 2000 pc for the stars in the catalog using photometric parallax relations appropriate for dwarfs on the main sequence and calculate their X-ray and bolometric luminosities. These stars lie in a unique space in the LX-distance plane, filling the gap between the nearby stars identified as counterparts to sources in the ROSAT All Sky Survey and the more distant stars detected in deep Chandra and XMM-Newton surveys. For 36 newly identified X-ray-emitting M stars, the authors calculated LH-alpha/Lbol. The quantities LH-alpha/Lbol and LX/Lbol are linearly related below LX/Lbol ~ 3 x 10-4, while LH-alpha/Lbol appears to turn over at larger LX/Lbol values. Stars with reliable SDSS photometry have an ~0.1 mag blue excess in u-g, likely due to increased chromospheric continuum emission. Photometric metallicity estimates suggest that the sample is evenly split between the young and old disk populations of the Galaxy; the lowest activity sources belong to the old disk population, a clear signature of the decay of magnetic activity with age.

CHICAGOCXO Catalog

This table contains results from the 'Chasing the Identification of ASCA Galactic Objects' (ChIcAGO) survey, which is designed to identify the unknown X-ray sources discovered during the ASCA Galactic Plane Survey (AGPS). Little is known about most of the AGPS sources, especially those that emit primarily in hard X-rays (2-10 keV) within the X-ray flux range from ~ 10-13 to 10-11 erg cm-2 s-1. In ChIcAGO, the sub-arcsecond localization capabilities of Chandra have been combined with a detailed multi-wavelength follow-up program, with the ultimate goal of classifying the > 100 unidentified sources in the AGPS. Overall to date, 93 unidentified AGPS sources have been observed with Chandra as part of the ChIcAGO survey. A total of 253 X-ray point sources have been detected in these Chandra observations within 3 arcminutes of the original ASCA positions. The authors have identified infrared and optical counterparts to the majority of these sources, using both new observations and catalogs from existing Galactic plane surveys. X-ray and infrared population statistics for the X-ray point sources detected in the Chandra observations reveal that the primary populations of Galactic plane X-ray sources that emit in the X-ray flux range from ~ 10-13 to 10-11 erg cm-2 s-1 are active stellar coronae, massive stars with strong stellar winds that are possibly in colliding wind binaries, X-ray binaries, and magnetars. There is also another primary population that is still unidentified but, on the basis of its X-ray and infrared properties, likely comprises partly Galactic sources and partly active galactic nuclei.

A total of 93 AGPS sources have been observed with Chandra as part of the ChIcAGO survey, of which 84 were imaged with ACIS-S and 9 were imaged with HRC-I. The ChIcAGO Chandra observations took place over a 3.5 yr period, from 2007 January to 2010 July. The Chandra exposure times ranged from ~ 1 to 10 ks. All the details of these Chandra observations are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper. The initial automated analysis of these Chandra observations was conducted using the ChIcAGO Multi-wavelength Analysis Pipeline (MAP), described in Section 2.2 of the reference paper. ChIcAGO MAP takes the ACIS-S or HRC-I Chandra observation of an AGPS source field and detects and analyzes all point sources within 3 arcminutes, equivalent to the largest likely position error, for the original AGPS source positions supplied by Sugizaki et al. (2001, ApJS, 134, 77). The authors then performed a more detailed X-ray analysis and counterpart study for those 74 sources with > 20 X-ray counts, as such sources are approximately within the original AGPS sources X-ray flux range (see Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the reference paper).

Infrared and optical follow-up were primarily performed on those ChIcAGO sources having > 20 X-ray counts. In order to determine which optical and infrared sources are counterparts to ChIcAGO sources, the authors used a technique similar to that described by Zhao et al. (2005, ApJS, 161, 429), using their Equation (11). If the separation between a ChIcAGO source's wavdetect position and its possible counterpart is less than the quadratic sum of their 3-sigma positional errors and the 3-sigma Chandra pointing error, then the X-ray and optical (or infrared) sources are likely to be associated. The 1-sigma positional errors for all sources in the 2MASS PSC and GLIMPSE catalogs are 0.1 arcseconds and 0.3 arcseconds, respectively. USNO B has an astrometric accuracy of < 0.25 arcseconds. The authors have assumed that the error distributions of the Chandra observations, Chandra pointing, and USNO B Catalog are all Gaussian for the purposes of identifying possible counterparts to the ChIcAGO sources.


CHNGPSCLIU Catalog

The Chandra data archive is a treasure trove for various studies, and in this study the author exploits this valuable resource to study the X-ray point source populations in nearby galaxies. By 2007 December 14, 383 galaxies within 40 Mpc with isophotal major axes above 1 arcminute had been observed by 626 public ACIS observations, most of which were for the first time analyzed by this survey to study the X-ray point sources. Uniform data analysis procedures were applied to the 626 ACIS observations and led to the detection of 28,099 point sources, which belong to 17,559 independent sources. These include 8700 sources observed twice or more and 1000 sources observed 10 times or more, providing a wealth of data to study the long-term variability of these X-ray sources. Cross-correlation of these sources with galaxy isophotes led to 8,519 sources within the D25 isophotes of 351 galaxies, 3,305 sources between the D25 and 2 * D25 isophotes of 309 galaxies, and an additional 5,735 sources outside the 2 * D25 isophotes of galaxies.

This survey has produced a uniform catalog, by far the largest, of 11,824 X-ray point sources within 2 * D25 isophotes of 380 galaxies. Contamination analysis using the log N-log S relation shows that 74% of the sources within the 2 * D25 isophotes above 1039 erg s-1, 71% of the sources above 1038 erg s-1, 63% of the sources above 1037 erg s-1, and 56% of all sources are truly associated with the galaxies. Meticulous efforts have identified 234 X-ray sources with galactic nuclei of nearby galaxies. This archival survey leads to 300 ultraluminous X-ray sources (ULXs) with LX in the 0.3-8 keV band >= 2 x 1039 erg s-1 within the D25 isophotes, 179 ULXs between the D25 and the 2 * D25 isophotes, and a total of 479 ULXs within 188 host galaxies, with about 324 ULXs truly associated with the host galaxies based on the contamination analysis. About 4% of the sources exhibited at least one supersoft phase, and 70 sources are classified as ultraluminous supersoft sources with LX (0.3-8 keV) >= 2 x 1038 erg s-1. With a uniform data set and good statistics, this survey enables future works on various topics, such as X-ray luminosity functions for the ordinary X-ray binary populations in different types of galaxies, and X-ray properties of galactic nuclei.

This table contains the list of 17,559 'independent' X-ray point sources that was contained in table 4 of the reference paper. As the author notes in Section 5 of this paper, there are 341 sources projected within 2 galaxies with overlapping domains which are listed for both galaxies. The 5,735 sources lieing outside the 2* D25 isophotes of the galaxies are also included in this table. For these sources, the X-ray luminosities are computed as if they were in a galaxy of that group, which may or may not be the case; thus, they may not be their 'true' luminosities, but are listed for the purposes of comparison.


CHPNGPTSRC Catalog

The authors have analyzed Chandra ACIS observations of 32 nearby spiral and elliptical galaxies. The properties (e.g., counts in 3 energy bands, hardness ratios and inferred X-ray luminosities) of the 1441 X-ray point sources that were detected in these galaxies are listed in this table. The total point-source X-ray (0.3 - 8.0 keV) luminosity LXP is found to be well correlated with the B-band, K-band, and FIR+UV luminosities of spiral host galaxies, and is well correlated with the B-band and K-band luminosities of elliptical galaxies. This suggests an intimate connection between LXP and both the old and the young stellar populations, for which K and FIR+UV luminosities are reasonable proxies for the galaxy mass and the star formation rate (SFR).

CLANS Catalog

This table contains the catalogs for the X-ray sources detected in the Chandra Lockman Area North Survey (CLANS). (The information on the optical and infrared counterparts to these sources is contained in the CLANSOID table.) The nine ACIS-I fields which constitute the CLANS cover a solid angle of ~0.6 deg2 and reach fluxes of 7 x 10-16 ergs cm-2 s-1 (0.5-2 keV) and 3.5 x 10-15 ergs cm-2 s-1 (2-8 keV). The authors find a total of 761 X-ray point sources. The CLANS and CLASXS surveys bridge the gap between the ultra-deep pencil-beam surveys, such as the CDFs, and the shallower, very large-area surveys. As a result, they probe the X-ray sources that contribute the bulk of the 2-8 keV X-ray background and cover the flux range of the observed break in the log N-log S distribution.

CLANS consists of nine separate 70 ks Chandra ACIS-I exposures centered at J2000.0 RA and Dec of (10 46,+59 01) (see Table 2 of the reference paper for the full observational details) which were combined to create an 0.6 deg2 image containing 761 sources. The CLANS observations consist of a raster with an ~2 arcminute overlap between contiguous pointings. Following the prescription in Yang et al. (2004, AJ, 128, 1501) for the CLASXS field, the authors merged the nine individual pointing catalogs to create the final CLANS X-ray catalog. For sources with more than one detection in the nine fields, they used the detection from the observation in which the effective area of the source was the largest.


CLANSOID Catalog

This table contains the redshift catalog for the X-ray sources detected in the Chandra Lockman Area North Survey (CLANS). The redshifts for the CLANS field are all new. For fluxes above 10-14 ergs cm-2 s-1 (2-8 keV) the authors have redshifts for 76% of the sources in the CLANS, CLASXS, and CDF-N surveys. They extend the redshift information for the full sample using photometric redshifts. The goal of the OPTX Project is to use these three surveys, which are among the most spectroscopically complete surveys to date, to analyze the effect of spectral type on the shape and evolution of the X-ray luminosity functions and to compare the optical spectral types with the X-ray spectral properties.

The optical and infrared photometric catalog for the CLANS X-ray sources is presented here (see the CLANS Browse table for the X-ray information). The CLANS and CLASXS surveys bridge the gap between the ultra-deep pencil-beam surveys, such as the CDFs, and the shallower, very large-area surveys. As a result, they probe the X-ray sources that contribute the bulk of the 2-8 keV X-ray background and cover the flux range of the observed break in the log N - log S distribution.


CLASXS Catalog

This table contains the X-ray catalog and basic results from the wide-area, moderately deep Chandra Large Area Synoptic X-ray Survey (CLASXS) of the Lockman Hole-Northwest (LHNW) field (Yang et al. 2004), as well as the results from optical and near-infrared photometric and spectroscopic observations of these X-ray sources (Steffen et al. 2004).

The nine ACIS-I fields cover a contiguous solid angle of 0.4 square degrees and reach fluxes of 5 x 10-16 ergs/cm2/s (0.4 - 2 keV) and 3 x 10-15 ergs/cm2/s (2 - 8 keV). (Note that fields LHNW 1-3 were observed during 2001 April 30-May 17, and that the rest of the fields were observed during 2002 April 29-May 4). This survey bridges the gap between ultra-deep pencil-beam surveys, such as the Chandra Deep Fields (CDFs), and shallower, large-area surveys, allowing a better probe of the X-ray sources that contribute most of the 2 - 10 keV cosmic X-ray background (CXB). A total of 525 X-ray point sources and four extended sources were found.

There are B, V, R, I, and z' photometry for 521 (99%) of the 525 sources in the X-ray catalog and spectroscopic redshifts for 271 (52%), including 20 stars. The authors did not find evidence for redshift groupings of the X-ray sources, like those found in the Chandra Deep Field surveys, because of the larger solid angle covered by this survey. They separated the X-ray sources by optical spectral type and examined the colors, apparent and absolute magnitudes, and redshift distributions for the broad-line and non-broad-line active galactic nuclei. Combining their wide-area survey with other Chandra and XMM-Newton hard X-ray surveys, they find a definite lack of luminous, high accretion rate sources at z < 1, consistent with previous observations that showed that super-massive black hole growth is dominated at low redshifts by sources with low accretion rates.


CLASXSOID Catalog

This table contains the redshift catalog for the X-ray sources detected in the Chandra Large Area Synoptic X-ray Survey (CLASXS). The catalog for the CLASXS field includes redshifts from previous work. The authors have extended the redshift information for the full sample using photometric redshifts. The goal of the OPTX Project is to use this survey, together with the Chandra Deep Field-North (CDF-N) and the Chandra Lockman Area North Survey (CLANS), which are among the most spectroscopically complete surveys to date, to analyze the effect of spectral type on the shape and evolution of the X-ray luminosity functions and to compare the optical spectral types with the X-ray spectral properties. The CLANS and CLASXS surveys bridge the gap between the ultra-deep pencil-beam surveys, such as the Chandra Deep Fields, and the shallower, very large-area surveys. As a result, they probe the X-ray sources that contribute the bulk of the 2-8 keV X-ray background and cover the flux range of the observed break in the log N - log S distribution.

This table also contains updated optical and infrared photometric catalogs for the X-ray sources in the CLASXS field. Note that for any source with both CFHT and Subaru data in the R and z' bands, the authors used the CFHT magnitude. Typical photometric uncertainties are given in Section 3.6 of the reference paper (Trouille et al. 2008).

The X-ray information for the CLASXS catalog which was published in Yang et al. (2004, AJ, 128, 1501) is available as the HEASARC CLASXS table.


CLSCAT Catalog

The COSMOS-Legacy survey is a 4.6-Ms Chandra program that has imaged 2.2 deg2 of the COSMOS field with an effective exposure of ~160 ks over the central 1.5 deg2 and of ~80 ks in the remaining area. The survey is the combination of 56 new observations obtained as an X-ray Visionary Project with the previous C-COSMOS survey. In the reference paper, the authors describe the reduction and analysis of the new observations and the properties of 2273 point sources detected above a spurious probability of 2 x 10-5. The authors also present the updated properties of the C-COSMOS sources detected in the new data. The whole survey includes 4,016 point sources (3,814, 2,920 and 2,440 in the full, soft, and hard band). The limiting depths are 2.2 x 10-16, 1.5 x 10-15, and 8.9 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s in the 0.5-2, 2-10, and 0.5-10 keV bands, respectively. The observed fraction of obscured active galactic nuclei with a column density > 1022 cm-2 from the hardness ratio (HR) is ~ 50+17_-16_%. Given the large sample, the authors compute source number counts in the hard and soft bands, significantly reducing the uncertainties of 5% - 10%. For the first time, they compute number counts for obscured (HR > -0.2) and unobscured (HR < -0.2) sources and find significant differences between the two populations in the soft band. Due to the unprecedented large exposure, the COSMOS-Legacy area is three times larger than surveys at similar depths and its depth is three times fainter than surveys covering similar areas. The area-flux region occupied by COSMOS-Legacy is likely to remain unsurpassed for years to come.

The half-a-field shift tiling strategy was designed to uniformly cover the COSMOS Hubble area in depth and point-spread function (PSF) size by combining the old C-COSMOS (Elvis et al., 2009, ApJS, 184, 158) observations with the new Chandra ones (see Figure 1 in the reference paper). The main properties of the new ACIS-I Chandra COSMOS-Legacy observations are summarized in Table 1 therein. The observations took place in four blocks: 2012 November to 2013 January; 2013 March to July; 2013 October to 2014 January; and 2014 March. The mean net effective exposure time per field was 48.8 ks after all the cleaning and reduction operations.


COSXFIRMWC Catalog

The coeval AGN and galaxy evolution and the observed local relations between super-massive black holes (SMBHs) and galaxy properties suggest some connection or feedback between SMBH growth and galaxy build-up. The authors looked for correlations between properties of X-ray detected AGN and their far-infrared (FIR) detected host galaxies, to find quantitative evidences for this connection, highly debated in recent years. They exploit the rich multi-wavelength data set (from X-ray to FIR) that is available in the COSMOS field for a large sample (692 sources) of AGN and their hosts, in the redshift range 0.1 < z < 4, and use X-ray data to select AGN and determine their properties (intrinsic luminosity and nuclear obscuration), and broad-band (from UV to FIR) spectral energy distribution (SED) fitting to derive host galaxy properties, viz., the stellar mass (M*) and the star formation rate (SFR). The authors find that the AGN 2-10 keV luminosity (LX) and the host galaxy 8-1000 um star formation luminosity (LSFIR) are significantly correlated. However, the average host LSFIR has a flat distribution in bins of AGN LX, while the average AGN LX increases in bins of host LSFIR, with a logarithmic slope of ~ 0.7, in the redshifts range 0.4 < z < 1.2. In the reference paper, the authors also discuss the comparison between the distribution of these two quantities and the predictions from hydrodynamical simulations. Finally, they find that the average column density (NH) shows a positive correlation with the host M*, at all redshifts, but not with the SFR (or LSFIR). This translates into a negative correlation with specific SFR. These results are in agreement with the idea that BH accretion and SFRs are correlated, but occur with different variability time scales. The presence of a positive correlation between NH and host M* suggests that the X-ray NH is not entirely due to the circumnuclear obscuring torus, but may also include a contribution from the host galaxy.

This table summarizes the multiwavelength properties of the 692 AGN-host systems detected in the COSMOS field both in the X-ray and in the FIR (the X-FIR sample).


COUP Catalog

The Chandra Orion Ultradeep Project (COUP) was a deep observation of the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC) that was obtained with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory's Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS). This Browse table contains the COUP catalog of more than 1600 X-ray point sources that were detected in the exceptionally deep 2003 January observation, which was an 838 ks exposure made over a continuous period of 13.2 days. The COUP observation provides the most uniform and comprehensive data set on the X-ray emission of normal stars ever obtained in the history of X-ray astronomy.

CR261CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first X-ray study of Collinder 261 (Cr 261), which at an age of 7 Gyr is one of the oldest open clusters known in the Galaxy. This observation with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory was aimed at uncovering the close interacting binaries in Cr 261, and reached a limiting X-ray luminosity of LX ~ 4 x 1029 erg s-1 (0.3-7 keV) for stars in the cluster. The authors detected 107 sources within the cluster half-mass radius rh, and they estimate that among the sources with LX >~ 1030 erg s-1, about 26 are associated with the cluster. They identify a mix of active binaries and candidate active binaries, candidate cataclysmic variables, and stars that have "straggled" from the main locus of CR 261 in the color-magnitude diagram. Based on a deep optical source catalog of the field, the authors estimate that Cr 261 has an approximate mass of 6500 Msun, roughly the same as the old open cluster NGC 6791. The X-ray emissivity of Cr 261 is similar to that of other old open clusters, supporting the trend that they are more luminous in X-rays per unit mass than old populations of higher (globular clusters) and lower (the local neighborhood) stellar density. This implies that the dynamical destruction of binaries in the densest environments is not solely responsible for the observed differences in X-ray emissivity.

Cr 261 was observed with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on board Chandra starting 2009 November 9 14:50 UTC, for a total exposure time of 53.8 ks (ObsID 11308). The observation was made in Very Faint, Timed exposure mode, with a single frame exposure time of 3.2 s. Kharchenko et al. (2013, A&A, 558, A53) estimate that the radius of Cr 261 is ~ 14.1 arcminutes. This is considerably larger than a single ACIS chip (8 4 x 8 4 arcminute2) and therefore the authors placed the center of the cluster (J2000.0 RA = 12h 38m 06.0s, Dec = -68o 22' 01" according to Kharchenko et al. 2013) close to the I3 aimpoint so that a larger contiguous part of the cluster could be imaged (see Figure 1 in the reference paper). The CCDs used were I0, I1, I2, and I3 from the ACIS-I array, and S2 and S3 from the ACIS-S array. The authors limited the X-ray analysis to the data from chips I0, I1, I2, and I3. The S2 and S3 chips lie far from the I3 aimpoint, giving rise to large positional errors on any sources detected on them. Such large errors make it hard to identify optical counterparts, and thus to classify the sources.

Source detection was done in soft (0.3-2.0 keV), hard (2-7 keV) and broad (0.3-7 keV) energy bands. The CIAO source detection routine wavdetect was run for eight wavelet scales ranging from 1.0 to 11.3 pixels. The wavdetect detection threshold (sigthresh) was set at 10-7. The corresponding expected number of spurious detections per wavelet scale is 0.42 for all four ACIS chips combined, or 3.35 in total for all wavelet scales. The authors ran wavdetect for the three different energy bands and then cross-correlated the resulting source lists to obtain a master X-ray source list. They detected 113 distinct X-ray sources. To check if any real sources were missed, they ran wavdetect again with a detection threshold of 10-6, which increased the expected total number of spurious detections to 33.5, and found a total of 151 distinct X-ray sources with more than two counts (0.3-7 keV) in this case. The positions of 7 of the extra 38 sources were found to match those of short-period binaries discovered by Mazur et al. (1995, MNRAS, 273, 59; see Section 3.4). Close, interacting binaries are plausible real X-ray sources, and indeed the expected number of chance alignments between the Chandra detections and the binaries in the Mazur catalog is very low, as discussed in Section 3.5 of the reference paper. It is therefore likely that at least these seven additional sources are real, but given the ~ 34 spurious detections that are expected, the authors do not believe that there are many more real sources among the extra detections. They flagged the sources that are only found for sigthresh = 10-6, but kept them in the master source list.

This HEASARC table contains the list of 151 X-ray sources found by wavdetect using a detection threshold of 10-6 from Table 1 of the reference paper. Information about the 135 optical counterparts to these X-ray sources is available in the HEASARC table CR261OID (based on Table 2 of the reference paper) to which this current table has links.


CR261OID Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first X-ray study of Collinder 261 (Cr 261), which at an age of 7 Gyr is one of the oldest open clusters known in the Galaxy. This observation with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory was aimed at uncovering the close interacting binaries in Cr 261, and reached a limiting X-ray luminosity of LX ~ 4 x 1029 erg s-1 (0.3-7 keV) for stars in the cluster. The authors detected 107 sources within the cluster half-mass radius rh, and they estimate that among the sources with LX >~ 1030 erg s-1, about 26 are associated with the cluster. They identify a mix of active binaries and candidate active binaries, candidate cataclysmic variables, and stars that have "straggled" from the main locus of CR 261 in the color-magnitude diagram. Based on a deep optical source catalog of the field, the authors estimate that Cr 261 has an approximate mass of 6500 Msun, roughly the same as the old open cluster NGC 6791. The X-ray emissivity of Cr 261 is similar to that of other old open clusters, supporting the trend that they are more luminous in X-rays per unit mass than old populations of higher (globular clusters) and lower (the local neighborhood) stellar density. This implies that the dynamical destruction of binaries in the densest environments is not solely responsible for the observed differences in X-ray emissivity.

Cr 261 was observed with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on board Chandra starting 2009 November 9 14:50 UTC, for a total exposure time of 53.8 ks (ObsID 11308). The observation was made in Very Faint, Timed exposure mode, with a single frame exposure time of 3.2 s. Kharchenko et al. (2013, A&A, 558, A53) estimate that the radius of Cr 261 is ~ 14.1 arcminutes. This is considerably larger than a single ACIS chip (8 4 x 8 4 arcminute2) and therefore the authors placed the center of the cluster (J2000.0 RA = 12h 38m 06.0s, Dec = -68o 22' 01" according to Kharchenko et al. 2013) close to the I3 aimpoint so that a larger contiguous part of the cluster could be imaged (see Figure 1 in the reference paper). The CCDs used were I0, I1, I2, and I3 from the ACIS-I array, and S2 and S3 from the ACIS-S array. The authors limited the X-ray analysis to the data from chips I0, I1, I2, and I3. The S2 and S3 chips lie far from the I3 aimpoint, giving rise to large positional errors on any sources detected on them. Such large errors make it hard to identify optical counterparts, and thus to classify the sources.

The authors retrieved optical images of Cr 261 in the B and V bands from the ESO public archive. These data were taken as part of the ESO Imaging Survey (EIS; program ID 164.O-0561). The observations of Cr 261 were made using the Wide Field Imager (WFI), mounted on the 2.2 m MPG/ESO telescope at La Silla, Chile. After correcting the X-ray source positions for the (almost negligible) boresight correction (0.06 =/- 0.07 arcseconds in RA and 0.09 +/- 0.08 arcseconds in Dec), the authors matched their X-ray source list with the entire optical source list, using 95% match radii. For 89 unique X-ray sources, they found 124 optical matches; of the latter, 104 are present in both the V and B images, while for 20 there is only a V or B detection. The authors also inspected the area around each X-ray source in the WFI images by eye, and discovered that five more X-ray sources have candidate optical counterparts that are saturated and therefore missing from their optical catalog. Finally, they added to the list of candidate counterparts six optical sources that lay just outside the 95% match radius, but inside the 3-sigma radius. In total, 98 of the 151 unique X-ray sources were thus matched to one or more optical sources.

This HEASARC table contains the list of the 135 optical counterparts to 98 of the 151 X-ray sources from Table 2 of the reference paper. Information about the 151 X-ray sources is available in the HEASARC table CR261CXO (based on Table 1 of the reference paper) to which this current table has links.


CSC Catalog

The Chandra Source Catalog (CSC) is the definitive catalog of X-ray sources detected by the Chandra X-ray Observatory. By combining Chandra's sub-arcsecond on-axis spatial resolution and low instrumental background with consistent data processing, the CSC delivers a wide variety of uniformly calibrated properties and science ready data products for detected sources over four decades of flux. The second major release of the catalog, CSC 2.0, includes measured properties for 317,167 unique compact and extended X-ray sources in the sky, allowing statistical analysis of large samples, as well as individual source studies in the "Master Sources" table, provided herein.

The extracted properties are provided for 928,280 individual observation detections, identified in 10,382 Chandra ACIS and HRC-I imaging observations released publicly through the end of 2014, at the Chandra X-ray Center. CSC 2.0 includes -- as an "alpha" release -- photometric properties for 1,299 highly extended (> ~30") sources, together with surface brightness polygons for several contour levels.

The sensitivity limit for compact sources in CSC 2.0 is ~5 net counts (a factor of >~2 better than the previous catalog release). This improvement is achieved by using a two-stage approach that involves co-adding multiple observations of the same field prior to source detection, and then using an optimized source detection method.

For each X-ray detection and source, the catalog provides a detailed set of more than 100 tabulated positional, spatial, photometric, spectral, and temporal properties (each with associated lower and upper confidence intervals and measured in multiple energy bands). The catalog Bayesian aperture photometry code produces robust photometric probability density functions (PDFs), even in crowded fields and for low count detections. Release 2 uses a Bayesian Blocks analysis to identify multiple observations of the same source that have similar photometric properties, and these are analyzed simultaneously to improve S/N.

The energy bands used to derive many of the CSC properties are defined in Table 4 of the reference paper: ultrasoft (u: 0.2-0.5 keV), soft (s: 0.5-1.2 keV), medium (m: 1.2-2.0 keV), hard (h: 2.0-7.0) and broad (b: 0.5-7.0 keV) for the ACIS energy bands, and wide (w: 0.1-10.0 keV) for the HRC energy band. The energy bands are chosen to optimize the detectability of X-ray sources while simultaneously maximizing the discrimination between different spectral shapes on X-ray color-color diagrams.

Numerous source-specific catalog properties are evaluated within defined apertures. The authors define the "PSF 90% ECF aperture" for each source to be the ellipse that encloses 90% of the total counts in a model PSF centered on the source position. Because the size of the PSF is energy-dependent, the dimensions of the PSF 90% ECF aperture vary with energy band. They define the "source region aperture" for each source to be equal to the corresponding 3-sigma source region ellipse included in the merged source list, scaled by a factor of 1.5. Like the PSF 90% ECF aperture, the source region aperture is also centered on the source position, but the dimensions of the aperture are independent of energy band.


CXOGSGSRC Catalog

The Chandra archival data are a valuable resource for various studies on different X-ray astronomy topics. In this paper, the authors utilize this wealth of information and present a uniformly processed data set, which can be used to address a wide range of scientific questions. The data analysis procedures are applied to 10,029 Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer observations, which produces 363,530 source detections belonging to 217,828 distinct X-ray sources. This number is twice the size of the Chandra Source Catalog (Version 1.1). The catalogs in this paper provide abundant estimates of the detected X-ray source properties, including source positions, counts, colors, fluxes, luminosities, variability statistics, etc.

Cross-correlation of these objects with galaxies shows that 17,828 sources are located within the D25 isophotes of 1,110 galaxies, and 7,504 sources are located between the D25 and 2*D25 isophotes of 910 galaxies. Contamination analysis with the log N-log S relation indicates that 51.3% of objects within 2*D25 isophotes are truly relevant to galaxies, and the "net" source fraction increases to 58.9%, 67.3%, and 69.1% for sources with luminosities above 1037, 1038, and 1039 erg/s, respectively. Among the possible scientific uses of this catalog mentioned in this paper, the authors discuss the possibility of studying intra-observation variability, inter-observation variability, and supersoft sources (SSSs). About 17,092 detected sources above 10 counts are classified as variable in individual observation with the Kolmogorov-Smirnov (K-S) criterion (PK-S < 0.01). There are 99,647 sources observed more than once and 11,843 sources observed 10 times or more, offering a wealth of data with which to explore their long-term variability. There are 1,638 individual objects (~2,350 detections) classified as SSSs. As a quite interesting subclass, detailed studies on X-ray spectra and optical spectroscopic follow-up are needed to categorize these SSSs and pinpoint their properties. In addition, this survey can enable a wide range of statistical studies, such as X-ray activity in different types of stars, X-ray luminosity functions in different types of galaxies, and multi-wavelength identification and classification of different X-ray populations.

The ACIS observations were downloaded from the Chandra Data Archive on 2014 December 4, yielding 10,047 ACIS observations. Eighteen observations with PI as "Calibration" or Exposure as zero were excluded. Finally, there are 10,029 ACIS observations containing 4,146 ACIS-I observations and 5,883 ACIS-S observations in our sample. The exposure times for the selected observations cover a range from 50 s to 190 ks, with a total of 221,851 ks.

This HEASARC table comprises the list of 218,789 X-ray point sources detected in the Chandra ACIS Survey and listed in the machine-readable version of Table 5 from the reference paper. This number is somewhat larger than the number of independent sources (217,828) stated in the abstract and Section 5 of the reference paper because if a source lies within 2*R25 of more than one galaxy it is listed multiple times, once for each galaxy with which it may be associated. All parameters are the same for such duplicate cases except for the entry_number, alt_name, adopted_distance, luminosity, src_nucleus_offset, norm_src_nucleus_offset and (in some cases) source_type.


CXOXASSIST Catalog

This database table contains the latest Chandra XAssist source list. XAssist is a NASA-funded project for the automation of X-ray astrophysics, with emphasis on galaxies. It is capable of data reprocessing, source detection, and preliminary spatial, temporal, and spectral analysis for all sources with sufficient counts. The bulk of the system is written in Python, which in turn drives underlying software, e.g., CIAO for Chandra data. Pipelines running on Chandra observations of galaxies have generated the source list which comprises this HEASARC table. The pipeline also includes fields requested by users for various projects, most notably observations of a sample of quasars and several deep field observations have been processed. Note that the pipline processing is completely automated; therefore, users should visually inspect the results of any queries.

CYDER Catalog

The main goal of the Calan-Yale Deep Extragalactic Research (CYDER) Survey X-ray survey is to study serendipitous X-ray sources detected by Chandra in an intermediate flux range (10-15 to 10-12 ergs/s) that comprises most of the X-ray background. A total of 267 X-ray sources spread over five archived fields were detected. The log N - log S distribution obtained for this sample is consistent with the results of other surveys. Deep V and I images were taken of these fields in order to calculate X-ray-to-optical flux ratios. Identifications and redshifts were obtained for 106 sources using optical spectroscopy from 8 m class telescopes to reach the optically faintest sources, to the same level as deeper X-ray fields like the Chandra Deep Fields, showing that the nature of sources detected depends mostly on the optical limit for spectroscopy.

CYGOB2CXO Catalog

The aim of this study is to identify the so far unknown low mass stellar population of the ~2 Myr old Cygnus OB2 star forming region, and to investigate the X-ray and near-IR stellar properties of its members. The authors analyzed a 97.7ks Chandra ACIS-I observation pointed at the core of the Cygnus OB2 region. Sources were detected using the PWDETECT code and were positionally correlated with optical and near-IR catalogs from the literature. Source events were extracted with the ACIS EXTRACT package. X-ray variability was characterized through the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and spectra were fitted using absorbed APEC thermal plasma models. The authors detected 1003 X-ray sources. Of these, 775 have near-IR counterparts and are expected to be almost all associated with Cygnus OB2 members. From near-IR color-color and color-magnitude diagrams, they estimate a typical absorption toward Cygnus OB2 of AV ~ 7.0 mag. Although the region is young, very few stars (~ 4.4%) show disk-induced excesses in the near-IR. X-ray variability is detected in ~ 13% of the sources, but this fraction increases, up to 50%, with increasing source statistics. Flares account for at least 60% of the variability. Despite being generally bright, all but 2 of the 26 detected O-type and early B-type stars are not significantly variable. Typical X-ray spectral parameters are log NH ~ 22.25 (cm-2) and kT ~ 1.35 keV with 1-sigma dispersion of 0.2 dex and 0.4 keV, respectively. Variable and flaring sources have harder spectra with median kT = 3.3 and 3.8 keV, respectively. OB stars are typically softer (kT ~ 0.75 keV). X-ray luminosities range between 1030 and 1031 erg s-1 for intermediate-mass and low-mass stars, and between 2.5 x 1030 and 6.3 x 1033 erg s-1 for OB stars.

Cygnus OB2 was observed with the ACIS detector on board the Chandra X-ray Observatory (CXO) on 2004 January 16 (Obs.Id. 4511; PI: E. Flaccomio). The ACIS-I 17' x 17' field of view is covered by 4 chips each with 1024 x 1024 pixels (scale 0.49 arcseconds per pixel). The observation was pointed towards J2000.0 (RA,Dec) = (20 33 12.2, +41 15 00.7). An SNR threshold of 4.5 sigma was chosen which resulted in an initial source list of 1054 sources, 51 of which were subsequently rejected as either instrumental artifacts or multiple detections of the same source with different spatial scales. An additional 10 of the 1003 X-ray sources in the present table are likely spurious statistical fluctuations rather than real sources.


CYGOB2CXO2 Catalog

This table contains a catalog of 1696 X-ray sources detected in the massive star-forming region (SFR) Cygnus OB2 and extracted from two archival Chandra observations of the center of the region. A deep source extraction routine, exploiting the low background rates of Chandra observations was employed to maximize the number of sources extracted. Observations at other wavelengths were used to identify low count-rate sources and remove likely spurious sources. Monte Carlo simulations were also used to assess the authenticity of these sources. X-ray spectra were fitted with thermal plasma models to characterize the objects and X-ray light curves were analyzed to determine their variability. The authors used a Bayesian technique to identify optical or near-IR counterparts for 1501 (89%) of our sources, using deep observations from the INT Photometric H-alpha Survey, the Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS), and the UKIRT Infrared Deep Sky Survey-Galactic Plane Survey. 755 (45%) of these objects have six-band r', H-alpha, i', J, H, and K optical and near-IR photometry. From an analysis of the Poisson false-source probabilities for each source they estimate that their X-ray catalog includes <1% of false sources, and an even lower fraction when only sources with optical or near-IR associations are considered. A Monte Carlo simulation of the Bayesian matching scheme allows this method to be compared to more simplified matching techniques and enables the various sources of error to be quantified. The catalog of 1696 objects presented here includes X-ray broad-band fluxes, spectral model fits, and optical and near-IR photometry in what is one of the largest X-ray catalogs of a single SFR to date. The high number of stellar X-ray sources detected from relatively shallow observations confirms the status and importance of Cygnus OB2 as one of our Galaxy's most massive SFRs.

CYGTEVCXO Catalog

A 50 ks Chandra observation of the unidentified TeV source in Cygnus reported by the High Energy Gamma-Ray Astronomy (HEGRA) collaboration reveals no obvious diffuse X-ray counterpart. However, 240 pointlike X-ray sources are detected within or nearby the extended TeV J2032+4130 source region, of which at least 36 are massive stars and two may be radio emitters. That the HEGRA source is a composite, having as a counterpart the multiple pointlike X-ray sources that are observed, cannot be ruled out. Indeed, the distribution of pointlike X-ray sources appears nonuniform and concentrated broadly within the extent of the TeV source region. A hypothesis is offered for the origin of the very high energy gamma-ray emission in Cyg OB2 based on the local acceleration of TeV-range cosmic rays and the differential distribution of OB versus less massive stars in this association.

The region of TeV J2032+4130 was observed by Chandra on 2004 July 12 for a total effective exposure time of 48,728 seconds using the Advanced CCD Imaging Specrometer imaging array (ACIS-I). The observation was centered on J2000.0 coordinates (RA, Dec) = )20 32 07.0, +41 30 30). This table contains the list of the 240 pointlike sources which were detected in the ACIS-I data and their 2MASS near-IR counterparts, if any are found within 3" of the X-ray sources. 130 (54%) of the 240 X-ray sources have 2MASS counterparts within these error radii.


ECDFSCXO Catalog

The Extended Chandra Deep Field-South (ECDFS) survey consists of four Chandra X-Ray Observatory (CXO) ACIS-I pointings and covers ~1100 arcmin2 (~0.3 deg2) centered on the original CDF-S field to a depth of approximately 228 ks. This is the largest Chandra survey ever conducted at such depth, and only one XMM-Newton survey reaches a lower flux limit in the hard 2.0-8.0 keV band. The authors detect 651 unique sources: 587 using a conservative source-detection threshold (identified by source_type = 'P' for primary source) and 64 (identified by source_type = 'S' for secondary source) using a lower source-detection threshold. These are combined in this HEASARC representation but were presented as two separate catalogs (Table 4 contained the primary sources, and Table 5 the secondary sources) in the original reference paper. Of the 651 total sources, 561 are detected in the full 0.5-8.0 keV band, 529 in the soft 0.5-2.0 keV band, and 335 in the hard 2.0-8.0 keV band. For point sources near the aim point, the limiting fluxes are approximately 1.7 x 10-16 and 3.9 x 10-16 ergs/cm2/s in the 0.5-2.0 and 2.0-8.0 keV bands, respectively. In their paper, the authors present the differential and cumulative flux distributions, which are in good agreement with the number counts from previous deep X-ray surveys and with the predictions from an active galactic nucleus (AGN) population synthesis model that can explain the X-ray background. In general, fainter sources have harder X-ray spectra, consistent with the hypothesis that these sources are mainly obscured AGNs.

All nine observations of the ECDFS survey field were conducted with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on board Chandra as part of the approved guest observer program in Cycle 5.

Notice that Lehmer et al. (2005, ApJS, 161, 21) conducted a somewhat different analysis on these same data and obtained similar, but not identical results, e.g., Lehmer et al. found 809 total X-ray sources compared to 651 in the present table.


ECDFSNEW Catalog

This table contains the improved point-source catalog for the 250-ks Extended Chandra Deep Field-South (E-CDF-S) Survey, implementing a number of recent improvements in Chandra source-cataloguing methodology. For the E-CDF-S, the main catalog (entries from which are indicated with parameter values of source_sample = "Main" in this HEASARC representation) contains 1003 X-ray sources detected with wavdetect at a false-positive probability threshold of 10-5 that also satisfy a binomial-probability source-selection criterion of P < 0.002. Such an approach maximizes the number of reliable sources detected: a total of 275 main-catalog sources are new compared to the Lehmer et al. (2005, ApJS, 161, 21) E-CDF-S main catalog. The authors also provide an E-CDF-S supplementary catalog that consists of 56 sources (entries from which are indicated with parameter values of source_sample = "Supp" in this HEASARC representation) detected at the same wavdetect threshold and having P of 0.002-0.1 and Ks <= 22.3 mag counterparts. For all 1059 E-CDF-S sources, including the 318 newly detected ones (these being generally fainter and more obscured), the authors determine X-ray source positions utilizing centroid and matched-filter techniques; they also provide multi-wavelength identifications, apparent magnitudes of counterparts, spectroscopic and/or photometric redshifts, basic source classifications, and estimates of observed active galactic nucleus and galaxy source densities around respective field centers. Simulations show that the E-CDF-S main catalog is highly reliable and reasonably complete. Background and sensitivity analyses indicate that the on-axis mean flux limits reached represent a factor of ~1.5-2.0 improvement over the previous E-CDF-S limit.

The 250-ks E-CDF-S is composed of four distinct and contiguous ~ 250-ks Chandra pointings that flank the CDF-S proper, consisting of a total of nine separate observations taken between 2004 February 29 and November 20 (see Lehmer et al., 2005, ApJS, 161, 21 for more details).


ECDFSOID Catalog

This table contains the first results of the authors' optical spectroscopy program aimed to provide redshifts and identifications for the X-ray sources in the Extended Chandra Deep Field South (ECDFS). A total of 339 sources (listed herein) were targeted using the IMACS spectrograph at the Magellan telescopes and the VIMOS spectrograph at the VLT. The authors have measured redshifts for 186 X-ray sources, including archival data and a literature search. They find that the active galactic nucleus (AGN) host galaxies have on average redder rest-frame optical colors than nonactive galaxies, and that they live mostly in the "green valley." The dependence of the fraction of AGNs that are obscured on both luminosity and redshift is confirmed at high significance and the observed AGN spatial density is compared with the expectations from existing luminosity functions. These AGNs show a significant difference in the mid-IR to X-ray flux ratio for obscured and unobscured AGNs, which can be explained by the effects of dust self-absorption on the former. This difference is larger for lower luminosity sources, which is consistent with the dust opening angle depending on AGN luminosity.

ECDFSOID2 Catalog

This table contains the results of a program to acquire high-quality optical spectra of X-ray sources detected in the Extended-Chandra Deep Field-South (E-CDF-S) and its central 2 Ms area. New spectroscopic redshifts, up to z = 4, are measured for 283 counterparts to Chandra sources with deep exposures (t ~ 2-9 hr per pointing) using multi-slit facilities on both VLT (VIMOS) and Keck (DEIMOS), thus bringing the total number of spectroscopically identified X-ray sources to over 500 in this survey field. Since their new spectroscopic identifications are mainly associated with X-ray sources in the shallower 250 ks coverage, the authors provide a comprehensive catalog of X-ray sources detected in the E-CDF-S including the optical and near-infrared counterparts, determined by a likelihood routine, and redshifts (both spectroscopic and photometric), that incorporate published spectroscopic catalogs, thus resulting in a final sample with a high fraction (80%) of X-ray sources having secure identifications. The authors demonstrate the remarkable coverage of the luminosity-redshift plane now accessible from their data while emphasizing the detection of active galactic nuclei (AGNs) that contribute to the faint end of the luminosity function (L0.5-8keV ~ 1043 - 1044 erg s-1) at 1.5 <~ z <~ 3, including those with and without broad emission lines. This redshift catalog includes 17 type-2 QSOs at 1 <~ z <~ 3.5 that significantly increases (doubles) such samples. Based on thei deepest (9 hr) VLT/VIMOS observation, the authors identify "elusive" optically faint galaxies (Rmag ~ 25) at z ~ 2 - 3 based upon the detection of interstellar absorption lines (e.g., O II+Si IV, C II], C IV); in their paper, they highlight one such case, an absorption-line galaxy at z = 3.208 having no obvious signs of an AGN in its optical spectrum. In addition, they determine accurate distances to eight galaxy groups with extended X-ray emission detected both by Chandra and XMM-Newton.

ECDFSRSSAM Catalog

In order to trace the instantaneous star formation rate (SFR) at high redshift, and thus help in understanding the relation between the different emission mechanisms related to star formation, the authors have combined the recent 4-Ms Chandra X-ray data and the deep Very Large Array radio data in the Extended Chandra Deep Field-South (E-CDF-S) region. They find 268 sources detected both in the X-ray and radio bands. The availability of redshifts for ~ 95% of the sources in their sample allows them to derive reliable luminosity estimates and the intrinsic properties from X-ray analysis for the majority of the objects. The present table lists the X-ray properties and redshifts of these 268 radio-selected sources.

In the E-CDF-S area, the authors have two sets of X-ray data obtained with Chandra. The most important is a 4-Ms exposure observation resulting from the co-addition of 54 individual Chandra ACIS-I exposures from 1999 October to 2010 July, with centers spaced within a few arcseconds of RA = 03:32:28.80, Dec = -27:48:23 (J2000). The authors use the data from the new VLA program which provides deep, high-resolution 1.4-GHz imaging across the full E-CDF-S, consisting of a six-pointing mosaic of 240 h spanning 48 d of individual 5-h observations (Miller et al., 2008, ApJS, 179, 114). The E-CDF-S area has been targeted by a large number of spectroscopic surveys. For the X-ray sources, the authors use the spectroscopic redshifts published in Xue et al. (2011, ApJS, 195, 10).


ELAISCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of an analysis of two deep (75 ks) Chandra observations of the European Large Area Infrared Space Observatory (ISO) Survey (ELAIS) fields N1 and N2 as the first results from the ELAIS deep X-ray survey. This survey is being conducted in well-studied regions with extensive multiwavelength coverage. This table contains the Chandra source catalogs along with an analysis of source counts and hardness ratios. A total of 233 X-ray point sources were detected in addition to two soft extended sources (not included in this table of point sources), which are found to be associated with galaxy clusters. An overdensity of sources is found in N1 with 30 per cent more sources than N2, which the authors attribute to large-scale structure. A similar variance is seen between other deep Chandra surveys. The source count statistics reveal an increasing fraction of hard sources at fainter fluxes. The number of galaxy-like counterparts also increases dramatically towards fainter fluxes, consistent with the emergence of a large population of obscured sources.

The ELAIS Deep X-ray Survey (EDXS) is being conducted in the northern ELAIS regions N1 and N2. The Chandra data consist of approximately 75 ks exposures in each field. Region N1 was observed on 2000 August 3-4 (Obs_ID 888) and N2 on 2000 August 2-3 (Obs_ID 887). The nominal aimpoints were 16:10:20.11 +54:33:22.3 for N1, and 16:36:46.99 +41:01:33.7 for N2 in J2000.0 coordinates. The ACIS-I chips were used with the addition of the ACIS-S2 and ACIS-S4 chips.


ETGALCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of a Chandra survey of low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) in 24 early-type galaxies. Correcting for detection incompleteness, the X-ray luminosity function (XLF) of each galaxy is consistent with a power law with negative logarithmic differential slope, Beta, ~ 2.0. However, Beta strongly correlates with incompleteness, indicating the XLF flattens at low X-ray luminosity (LX). The composite XLF is well fitted by a power law with a break at (2.21 [+0.65,-0.56]) x 1038 erg s-1 and Beta = 1.40 [+0.10,-0.13] and = 2.84 [+0.39,-0.30] below and above it, respectively. The break is close to the Eddington limit for a 1.4 solar-mass neutron star, but the XLF shape rules out its representing the division between neutron star and black hole systems. Although the XLFs are similar, the authors find evidence of some variation between galaxies. The high-LX XLF slope does not correlate with age, but may correlate with [Alpha/Fe]. Considering only LMXBs with LX > 1037 erg s-1, matching the LMXBs with globular clusters (GCs) identified in HST observations of 19 of the galaxies, the authors find the probability a GC hosts an LMXB is proportional to LGCAlpha ZFeGamma where Alpha = 1.01 +/- 0.19 and Gamma = 0.33 +/- 0.11. Correcting for GC luminosity and color effects, and detection incompleteness, they find no evidence that the fraction of LMXBs with LX > 1037 erg s-1 in GCs (40%), or the fraction of GCs hosting LMXBs (~ 6.5%) varies between galaxies. The spatial distribution of LMXBs resembles that of GCs, and the specific frequency of LMXBs is proportional to the GC specific luminosity, consistent with the hypothesis that all LMXBs form in GCs. If the LMXB lifetime is TauL and the duty cycle is Fd, their results imply ~ 1.5(TauL/108 yr)-1 Fd-1 LMXBs are formed per gigayear per GC, and they place an upper limit of one active LMXB in the field per 3.4 x 109 solar luminosities of V-band luminosity.

This table contains 1194 X-ray point sources that were detected within the B-band 25th magnitude ellipse D25 (as listed in the de Vaucouleurs et al. Catalog of Bright Galaxies) of 24 early-type galaxies observed by Chandra (listed in Table 1 of the reference paper). The D25 restriction should mitigate against contamination by background AGNs.


FORNAXACXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a Chandra ACIS sub-arcsecond resolution X-ray observation of the archetypal merger radio galaxy NGC 1316 (Fornax A). The authors detect 81 point sources within the 25th magnitude isophotal ellipse D25 of NGC 1316 (LX in the range of 2 x 1037 to 8 x 1039 ergs s-1), with hard (kT ~ 5 keV) X-ray spectra, typical of X-ray binaries, and a spatial radial distribution consistent with that of the optical (i.e., stellar) surface brightness. In the reference paper, they derive the X-ray luminosity function (XLF) of these sources, correcting for the incompleteness at the faint end caused by the presence of the diffuse emission from the hot ISM in the central regions of NGC 1316 and by the widening of the Chandra point-spread functions at increasing distance from the aim point. With these corrections, the XLF is well reproduced by a single unbroken power law with a slope of -1.3 down to their threshold luminosity of ~ 3 x 1037 ergs s-1.

NGC 1316 was observed for 30 ks on 2001 April 17 (ObsID 2022), with the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS). The authors used the back-illuminated (BI) CCD S3 (CCD ID 7) because of its sensitivity at low energies. To include NGC 1317 (6.3 arcminutes away from NGC 1316) in the same S3 chip, a small offset was applied to the SIM (Science Instrument Module) position. NGC 1316 was kept close to on-axis to achieve the best spatial resolution.

To detect X-ray sources, the authors used WAVDETECT, a wavelet detection algorithm available in CIAO. They set the WAVDETECT significance threshold parameter to be 10-6, which corresponds to 1 possibly spurious source, and the scale parameter to cover seven steps between 1 and 64 pixels. This made them sensitive to sources ranging from point-like to 32 arcseconds in size, and in particular accommodates the variation of the point-spread function (PSF) as a function of the off-axis angle of the sources. To extract source properties (such as count rates, spectra, etc.), the authors used the 95% encircled energy (at 1.5 keV) radius centered at the WAVDETECT centroid, with a minimum of 3 arcseconds to accommodate the radial variation of he PSF. Background counts were determined locally for each source from an annulus from 2 to 5 times the source radius, after excluding nearby sources. Extended sources were found at the locations of NGC 1316 and NGC 1317. In addition, the Chandra observations reveal 94 sources (the HEASARC notes that 95 are contained in this table), 83 of them in CCD S3. Of these, 81 sources (77 in S3 and 4 in S2) are within the D25 ellipse. The source density increases toward the center of NGC 1316, indicating that most of them are related to NGC 1316. Three sources are found within the D25 ellipse of NGC 1317, with the brightest, extended one at the center of NGC 1317. The list of detected sources also includes sources found on CCDs other than S3 (CCD number 7).

After correcting for effective exposure and vignetting, the X-ray flux in the 0.3 - 8.0 keV band is calculated with an energy conversion factor (ECF) assuming a power-law source spectrum with a slope of 1.7 and NH = 3 x 1020 cm-2; ECF = 6.037 x 10-12 erg cm-2 s-1 ergs per 1 count s-1 for the back-illuminated (BI) chips and 9.767 x 10-12 ergs per 1 count s-1 for the front-illuminated (FI) CCD chips. With the adopted distance of 18.6 Mpc, the X-ray luminosities of the point sources range from ~ 2 x 1037 to ~ 8 x 1039 erg s-1.


GALCCXONID Catalog

This table contains a catalog of 5184 candidate infrared counterparts to X-ray sources detected toward the Galactic center. The X-ray sample contains 9017 point sources detected in this region by the Chandra X-ray Observatory during the past decade, including data from a recent deep survey of the central 2 degrees x 0.8 degrees of the Galactic plane. A total of 6760 of these sources have hard X-ray colors, and the majority of them lie near the Galactic center, while most of the remaining 2257 soft X-ray sources lie in the foreground. The authors have cross-correlated the X-ray source positions with the 2MASS and SIRIUS near-infrared catalogs, which collectively contain stars with a 10-sigma limiting flux of Ks <= 15.6 mag. In order to distinguish absorbed infrared sources near the Galactic center from those in the foreground, they defined red and blue sources as those which have H - Ks >= 0.9 and < 0.9 mag, respectively. The authors find that 5.8% =/- 1.5% (2 sigma) of the hard X-ray sources have real infrared counterparts, of which 228 +/- 99 are red and 166 +/- 27 are blue. The red counterparts are probably comprised of Wolf-Rayet and O stars, high-mass X-ray binaries, and symbiotic binaries located near the Galactic center. Foreground X-ray binaries suffering intrinsic X-ray absorption could be included in the sample of blue infrared counterparts to hard X-ray sources. The authors also find that 39.4% +/- 1.0% of the soft X-ray sources have blue infrared counterparts; most of these are probably coronally active dwarfs in the foreground. There is a noteworthy collection of ~20 red counterparts to hard X-ray sources near the Sagittarius B H II region, which are probably massive binaries that have formed within the last several Myr. For each of the infrared matches to X-ray sources in their catalog, the authors derived the probability that the association is real, based on the source properties and the results of the cross-correlation analysis. These data are included in this catalog and will serve spectroscopic surveys to identify infrared counterparts to X-ray sources near the Galactic center.

GALCENCXO Catalog

This table contains a catalog of 9017 X-ray sources identified in Chandra observations of a 2 degrees by 0.8 degrees field around the Galactic center. This enlarges the number of known X-ray sources in the region by a factor of 2.5. The catalog incorporates all of the ACIS-I observations as of 2007 August, which total 2.25 Ms of exposure. At the distance to the Galactic center (8 kpc), we are sensitive to sources with luminosities of 4 x 1032 erg s-1 (0.5-8.0 keV; 90% confidence) over an area of 1 degree2, and up to an order of magnitude more sensitive in the deepest exposure (1.0 Ms) around Sgr A*. The positions of 60% of the sources are accurate to <1 arcsecond (95% confidence), and 20% have positions accurate to <0.5 arcsec. The authors search for variable sources, and find that 3% exhibit flux variations within an observation, and 10% exhibit variations from observation-to-observation. They also find one source, CXOUGC J174622.7-285218, with a periodic 1745 s signal (1.4% chance probability), which is probably a magnetically accreting cataclysmic variable. The authors compare the spatial distribution of X-ray sources to a model for the stellar distribution, and find 2.8 sigma evidence for excesses in the numbers of X-ray sources in the region of recent star formation encompassed by the Arches, Quintuplet, and Galactic center star clusters. These excess sources are also seen in the luminosity distribution of the X-ray sources, which is flatter near the Arches and Quintuplet than elsewhere in the field. These excess point sources, along with a similar longitudinal asymmetry in the distribution of diffuse iron emission that has been reported by other authors, probably have their origin in the young stars that are prominent at a galactic lonitude ~ 0.1 degrees.

This tables was designed to be inclusive, so sources of questionable quality are included, according to the authors. For instance, 134 sources have net numbers of counts in the 0.5-8.0 keV band that are consistent with 0 at the 90% confidence level. These sources are only detected in a single band and are presumably either very hard or very soft, detected in single observations because they were transients, or detected in stacked observations with wvdecomp at marginal significance. The authors have chosen to include them because they passed the test based on Poisson statistics from Weisskopf et al. (2007, ApJ, 657, 1026).

The observations which were used to generate the source list herein tabulated are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper.

This HEASARC table GALCENCXO supercedes and replaces the previous HEASARC tables CHANGALCEN and CHANC150PC, which were based on Muno et al. (2003, ApJ, 589, 225) and Muno et al. (2006, ApJS, 165, 173), respectively.


GC47TUCCX2 Catalog

The authors combined Chandra ACIS observations of the globular cluster 47 Tucanae (47 Tuc) from 2000, 2002, and 2014-2015 to create a deeper X-ray source list and study some of the faint radio millisecond pulsars (MSPs) present in this cluster. This work combined 180 ks of new Chandra ACIS data on 47 Tuc with 370 ks of archival data and used improved algorithms to generate a new source catalog, finding 81 new sources for a total of 370 within the half-mass region (2.79 arcsec) of the cluster. The majority of the newly identified sources are in the crowded core region, indicating cluster membership. The authors associated five of the new X-ray sources with chromospherically active BY Dra or W UMa variables identified by Albrow et al. (2001, CDS Cat. <J/ApJ/559/1060>).

See also the related 2005 source catalog.


GC47TUCCXO Catalog

The authors have detected 300 X-ray sources within the half-mass radius (2.79') of the globular cluster 47 Tucanae in a deep (281 ks) Chandra exposure. They perform photometry and simple spectral fitting for our detected sources and construct luminosity functions, X-ray color-magnitude, and color-color diagrams. Eighty-seven X-ray sources show variability on timescales from hours to years. Thirty-one of the new X-ray sources are identified with chromospherically active binaries from the catalogs of Albrow and coworkers (2001, CDS Catalog <J/ApJ/559/1060>). The authors estimate that the total number of neutron stars in 47 Tuc is of order 300, reducing the discrepancy between theoretical neutron star retention rates and observed neutron star populations in globular clusters. The data used in this paper are from the 2000 and 2002 Chandra observations of the globular cluster 47 Tuc. The 2000 observations, initially described in Grindlay et al. (2001, Science 292, 2290), were performed with the ACIS-I CCD array at the telescope focus, while the 2002 observations placed the back-illuminated ACIS-S aim point at the focus for maximum low-energy sensitivity.

The authors combined the results from wavdetect source detection runs with a threshold probability of 1 x 10-5, in two energy bands (0.5 - 2.0 keV and 0.5 - 6.0 keV for the 2000 observations, and (0.3 - 2.0 keV and 0.3 - 6.0 keV for the 2002 observations), to make independent source lists for the 2000 and 2002 observations, given in Tables 2 and 3 of the reference paper, which have been combined in the present HEASARC table. A total of 146 sources were detected in this way in the 2000 observations (entries with dataset_year = 2000), while 300 sources were detected in the 2002 observations (dataset_year = 2002). A total of 143 of the sources were clearly detected in both observations, while only three of the sources from the 2000 observations were not detected in the 2002 observations.

See also the related 2017 source catalog.


GCPTSRCCXO Catalog

With the superb angular resolution of the Chandra Observatory, it is now possible to detect X-ray point sources, either embedded in galaxy clusters or along the cluster line of sight, which could not be resolved by previous instruments. This now allows studies of source counts in distant cluster fields. The authors want to analyze the inner region of clusters of galaxies to check for the presence of any over-density of X-ray point sources embedded in the gas diffuse emission. These point sources are possible AGN belonging to the clusters and could contaminate the cluster emission. The authors used a sample of 18 distant (0.25 < z < 1.01) galaxy clusters from the Chandra archive to construct the log N - log S relation, in both the soft and hard energy bands, for the X-ray point sources detected in the central cluster region to be compared with the counts of point sources detected in similarly deep fields without clusters.

The authors find a ~2-sigma excess of cluster region sources at the bright end of the log N - log S distribution. The radial distribution of the brightest X-ray point sources confirms this excess and indicates that it is confined to the inner 0.5 Mpc of the cluster region. The results suggest the possible existence of X-ray sources belonging to the cluster (most probably AGN, given their 0.5-10 keV luminosity ranging from 1043 to 1044 erg s-1): on average one every three clusters. Unlike previous studies, which have mainly investigated the point-source population in the vicinity of the galaxy clusters, the present study analyzes the content of point sources within the 1 Mpc region covered by the cluster extent. This work confirms the findings of other investigators who analyzed the central 1 Mpc region of more massive clusters and/or groups in a similar redshift range. The X-ray source excess found here is much smaller than the excess of radio galaxies found recently in high-z X-ray selected clusters, possibly due to the better sensitivity of the radio observations.

The properties of the clusters and of the Chandra exposures in which they were observed are given in Table 1 of the reference paper, and are reproduced below:

Cluster Name        z    RA (J2000) Dec    ObsID ACIS Mode Exp N_H  L_sb L_hb
                         h  m  s   d  '  "                 ks [units are below]

Abell 2125        0.246 15 41 12 +66 16 01 2207   I   VF  79.7 2.77 0.13 0.56
ZW CL 1454.8+2233 0.258 14 57 15 +22 20 33 4192   I   VF  91.4 3.22 0.23 0.74
MS 1008.1-1224    0.302 10 10 32 -12 39 23  926   I   VF  44.2 6.74 0.44 1.57
ZW CL 0024.0+1652 0.394 00 26 35 +17 09 39  929   S   VF  36.7 4.19 0.34 2.22
MS 1621.5+2640    0.426 16 23 36 +26 34 21  546   I   F   30.0 3.59 0.81 3.41
RXJ 1701.3+6414   0.453 17 01 24 +64 14 10  547   I   VF  49.5 2.59 0.64 2.67
CL 1641+4001      0.464 16 41 53 +40 01 46 3575   I   VF  44.0 1.02 0.67 2.62
V 1524.6+0957     0.516 15 24 40 +09 57 48 1664   I   VF  49.9 2.92 0.89 3.29
MS 0451.6-0305    0.539 04 54 12 -03 00 53  902   S   F   41.5 5.18 0.73 4.12
V 1121+2327       0.562 11 20 57 +23 26 27 1660   I   VF  66.9 1.30 0.73 3.00
MS 2053.7-0449    0.583 20 56 21 -04 37 51 1667   I   VF  43.5 4.96 1.32 4.91
V 1221+4918       0.700 12 21 26 +49 18 30 1662   I   VF  79.4 1.44 1.18 4.62
MS 1137.5+6625    0.782 11 40 22 +66 08 18  536   I   VF 117.5 1.18 0.81 4.04
RDCSJ 1317+2911   0.805 13 17 21 +29 11 19 2228   I   VF 111.3 1.04 0.85 3.59
RDCSJ 1350+6007   0.805 13 50 48 +60 06 54 2229   I   VF  58.3 1.76 1.77 7.26
RXJ 1716.4+6708   0.813 17 16 49 +67 08 26  548   I   F   51.5 3.71 2.17 9.45
MS 1054.4-0321    0.830 10 56 59 -03 37 37  512   S   F   67.5 3.67 1.07 6.61
WARPJ 1415.1+3612 1.013 14 15 11 +36 12 00 4163   I   VF  89.2 1.10 1.93 7.54
where Exp is the Chandra exposure time in ks corresponding to the nominal exposure filtered to exclude time periods of high background, N_H is the Galactic hydrogen column density in the direction of the cluster of galaxies, in units of 1020 cm-2, and L_sb and L_hb are the limiting luminosities in units of 1042 erg s-1 for point sources in the clusters in the 0.5-2.0 keV and 2-10 keV energy bands, respectively.

GWSSTRPCXO Catalog

This table contains the optical and X-ray spectral properties of the sources detected in a 200-ks Chandra observation of part of the Groth-Westphal Strip (GWS) region, using the ACIS-I instrument. The authors present a relatively simple method for the detection of X-ray point sources and the calculation of limiting sensitivities, which they argue is at least as sensitive and more self-consistent than previous methods presented in the literature. A total of 158 distinct X-ray sources are included in this point-source catalogue in the ACIS-I area with a threshold Poisson detection probability of 4 x 10-6. The number counts show a relative dearth of X-ray sources in this region.

A wealth of optical photometric and spectroscopic data are available in this field providing optical identifications and redshift determinations for the X-ray population. The optical photometry and spectroscopy used here are primarily from the Deep Extragalactic Evolutionary Probe 2 (DEEP2) survey with additional redshifts obtained from the literature. These are complemented with the deeper (r ~ 26 mag) multiwaveband data (ugriz) from the Canada-France-Hawaii Telescope Legacy Survey to estimate photometric redshifts and to optically identify sources fainter than the DEEP2 magnitude limit (RAB ~ 24.5 mag). The authors focus their study on the 2 - 10 keV selected sample comprising 97 sources to the flux limit ~8 x 10-16 erg/s/cm2, this being the most complete in terms of optical identification rate (86 per cent) and redshift determination fraction (63 per cent; both spectroscopic and photometric).

Chandra observed the GWS, which is part of the Extended Groth Strip (EGS) region, on three separate occasions between 2002 August 11 and 22, using ACIS-I as the prime instrument. The S2 and S3 chips of the ACIS-S array were also operating during the observation, but as these are far off-axis their data are not considered further. The sequence number identifying the observations was 900144 and the three observation ID numbers (3305 on 2002-08-11, 4357 on 2002-08-12, and 4365 on 2002-08-21).


HCGXRBS Catalog

This catalog presents the study of a sample of 15 compact groups (CGs) observed with Chandra/ACIS, Swift/UVOT and Spitzer/IRAC-MIPS for which archival data exist, allowing the authors to obtain SFRs, stellar masses, sSFRs and X-ray fluxes and luminosities for individual, off-nuclear point sources, which they summed to obtain total X-ray luminosities originating in off-nuclear point sources in a galaxy.

Details on the Swift and Spitzer observations and data for systems in this sample can be found in Tzanavaris et al. (2010ApJ...716..556T) and Lenkic et al. (2016MNRAS.459.2948L). For Chandra/ACIS observations, see Tzanavaris et al. (2014ApJS..212....9T) and Desjardins et al. (2013ApJ...763..121D; 2014ApJ...790..132D).

The authors obtained total galaxy X-ray luminosities, LX, originating from individually detected point sources in a sample of 47 galaxies in 15 compact groups of galaxies (CGs). For the great majority of the galaxies, they found that the detected point sources most likely are local to their associated galaxy, and are thus extragalactic X-ray binaries (XRBs) or nuclear active galactic nuclei (AGNs). For spiral and irregular galaxies, they found that, after accounting for AGNs and nuclear sources, most CG galaxies are either within the +/- 1 sigma scatter of the Mineo et al. LX-star formation rate (SFR) correlation or have higher LX than predicted by this correlation for their SFR. These "excesses" may be due to low metallicities and high interaction levels. For elliptical and S0 galaxies, after accounting for AGNs and nuclear sources, most CG galaxies were found to be consistent with the Boroson et al. LX-stellar mass correlation for low-mass XRBs, with larger scatter, likely due to residual effects such as AGN activity or hot gas. Assuming non-nuclear sources are low- or high-mass XRBs, the authors used appropriate XRB luminosity functions to estimate the probability that stochastic effects can lead to such extreme LX values. They found that, although stochastic effects do not in general appear to be important, for some galaxies there is a significant probability that high LX values can be observed due to strong XRB variability.


HPERSEICXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a Chandra/ACIS-I observations of the massive ~ 13-14 Myr-old cluster, h Persei, part of the famous Double Cluster (h and Chi Persei) in Perseus. Combining the list of 330 Chandra-detected sources with new optical/IR photometry and optical spectroscopy reveals ~ 165 X-ray bright stars with V <~ 23. Roughly 142 have optical magnitudes and colors consistent with cluster membership. The observed distribution of X-ray luminosity Lx peaks at Lx ~ 1030.3 erg s-1 and likely traces the bright edge of a far larger population of ~ 0.4-2 Msun X-ray active stars. From a short list of X-ray active stars with IRAC 8-micron excess from warm, terrestrial zone dust, the authors derive a maximum X-ray flux incident on forming terrestrial planets. Although there is no correlation between X-ray activity and IRAC excess, the fractional X-ray luminosity correlates with optical colors and spectral type. By comparing the distribution of Lx/Lstar versus spectral type and (V-I) in h Per with results for other 1-100 Myr-old clusters, the authors show that stars slightly more massive than the Sun (>~ 1.5 Msun) fall out of X-ray saturation by ~ 10-15 Myr. Changes in stellar structure for >~ 1.5 Msun stars likely play an important role in this decline of X-ray emission.

Chandra observations of h Persei were taken with a 41.1 ks exposure on 2004 December 2, (Obs. ID 5407; Sequence Number 200341) with the ACIS detector (chips 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, and 7). The data were obtained in dithered, timed mode, with a frametime of 3.2 s. On-board event rejection and event telemetry was in the VFAINT mode. The field was centered on RA(2000) = 2h19m00s, Dec(2000) = 57d07'12", close to the center of h Persei from Bragg & Kenyon (2005, AJ, 130, 134) (RA(2000) = 2h18m56.4s, Dec(2000) = 57d08'25") and observed at a roll angle of 229 degrees. The data were not registered to an astrometric reference frame (e.g., Two Micron All Sky Survey, 2MASS). The ACIS-I field covers a 17' x 17' area.


IC10CXO Catalog

The authors monitored the Cassiopeia dwarf galaxy (IC 10) in a series of 10 Chandra ACIS-S observations to capture its variable and transient X-ray source population, which is expected to be dominated by High Mass X-ray Binaries (HMXBs). They present a sample of 21 X-ray sources that are variable between observations at the 3-sigma level, from a catalog of 110 unique point sources (the HEASARC notes that there are actually 111 sources in the CDS version of the catalog from which this HEASARC table originates). The authors find four transients (flux variability ratio greater than 10) and a further eight objects with ratios >5. The observations span the years 2003-2010 and reach a limiting luminosity of >1035 erg/s, providing sensitivity to X-ray binaries in IC 10 as well as flare stars in the foreground Milky Way. The nature of the variable sources is investigated from light curves, X-ray spectra, energy quantiles, and optical counterparts. The purpose of this study is to discover the composition of the X-ray binary population in a young starburst environment. IC 10 provides a sharp contrast in stellar population age (<10 million years) when compared to the Magellanic Clouds (40-200 Myr) where most of the known HMXBs reside. The authors find 10 strong HMXB candidates, 2 probable background active galactic nuclei, 4 foreground flare-stars or active binaries, and 5 not yet classifiable sources. Complete classification of the sample requires optical spectroscopy for radial velocity analysis and deeper X-ray observations to obtain higher S/N spectra and search for pulsations. A catalog (contained in this HEASARC table) has been created and supporting data sets (the data used to create the light curves shown in Figures 3, 4 and 5 in the reference paper) are available at http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J/ApJ/836/50/.

A monitoring series of 7x15 ks Chandra/ACIS observations, spaced at roughly six-week intervals was obtained during 2009-2010. A pair of very deep ACIS-S3 observations (2x45ks) made in 2006 November provided a reference data set for improved source positions and spectral information. The original Wang+ (2005, MNRAS, 362, 1065) Chandra (ACIS-S3) observation of 30 ks made in 2003 was also included in this analysis.

The complete listing of 10 Chandra observation identifiers (ObsIDs) comprising the data set is summarized in Table 1 of the reference paper, also shown here:

MJD    |Date         |ObsID|Flag|Exp.|RA(J2000)Dec(J2000)|Roll|Num. Sources
                                  ks  hh mm ss  dd mm ss  deg.

52710.7|2003 Mar 12  |03953|a   |28.9|00 20 25 +59 16 55|339.27|31
54041.8|2006 Nov 2   |07082|    |40.1|00 20 04 +59 16 45|223.70|48
54044.2|2006 Nov 5   |08458|    |40.5|00 20 04 +59 16 45|223.70|41
55140.7|2009 Nov 5   |11080|    |14.6|00 20 17 +59 17 56|226.53|19
55190.2|2009 Dec 25  |11081|    | 8.1|00 20 19 +59 18 02|286.15|24
55238.5|2010 Feb 11  |11082|    |14.7|00 20 23 +59 17 10|320.56|24
55290.6|2010 Apr 4   |11083|    |14.7|00 20 34 +59 19 01| 10.32|25
55337.8|2010 May 21  |11084|    |14.2|00 20 25 +59 20 16| 67.89|27
55397.5|2010 Jul 20  |11085|    |14.5|00 20 11 +59 19 13|121.25|22
55444.6|2010 Sep 5   |11086|    |14.7|00 20 15 +59 18 11|157.71|27
       |2006 Nov 2-5 |57082|b   |80.6|00 20 04 +59 16 45|223.70|63

Flag values as follows:

  a = ObsID 03953 used about half of the CCD area in subarray mode.
  b = Merged 2006 data set referred to as ObsID 57082 consists of the nearly
      contiguous ObsIDs 07082 and 08458, which had identical pointings.

Roll is the spacecraft roll angle, and Num. Sources is the number of unique point sources detected in each observation after combining wavdetect lists from the soft (S: 0.3-1.5 keV), broad (B: 0.3-8 keV) and hard (H: 2.5-8 keV) energy bands.


IC10XMMCXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from an X-ray study of our nearest starburst galaxy IC 10, based on XMM-Newton and Chandra observations. It contains a list of 73 XMM-Newton and 28 Chandra detections of point-like X-ray sources in the field of this galaxy; a substantial fraction of them are likely to be stellar objects in the Milky Way due to the low Galactic latitude location of IC 10. The brightest source in the IC 10 field, X-1, has a mean 0.3-8.0 keV luminosity of ~1.2E38 erg s-1 and shows a large variation by a factor of up to ~6 on timescales of ~104 s during the XMM-Newton observation.

The XMM-Newton observations were taken on 2003 July 3 with a total exposure time of ~45 ks for the EPIC-MOS cameras and ~42 ks for the European Photon Imaging Camera (EPIC) PN camera. The authors use only the data from the PN camera (with a thin optical blocking filter) because of its high sensitivity to soft X-rays in the study of diffuse emission and include the data from the MOS cameras in the analysis of X-1. The Chandra observation, taken on 2003 March 12 with an exposure of 29 ks and already described by Bauer and Brandt (2004, ApJ, 601, 67), was reprocessed by the authors using the then-latest CIAO software (version 3.2.1) and calibration database (version 3.0.0).

The authors used the Two-Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) All-Sky Catalog of Point Sources (Cutri et al. 2003 CDS Catalog II/246) to search for potential counterparts. They cross-correlated the spatial positions of the objects in this catalog with their X-ray source positions, using a matching radius of 4 arcsec for XMM-Newton PN sources and 2 arcsec for Chandra ACIS sources. The radius was chosen to be greater than the 1-sigma statistical position uncertainty of almost all the sources.In no case is there a match with multiple 2MASS objects. The 3-sigma limiting sensitivities of the 2MASS Catalog are 17.1, 16.4 and 15.3 mag in the three bands, J, H, and KS, respectively.


IC1396ACXO Catalog

Rich, young stellar clusters produce H II regions whose expansion into the nearby molecular cloud is thought to trigger the formation of new stars. However, the importance of this mode of star formation is uncertain. This investigation seeks to quantify triggered star formation (TSF) in IC 1396A (aka the Elephant Trunk Nebula), a bright-rimmed cloud (BRC) on the periphery of the nearby giant HII region IC 1396 produced by the Trumpler 37 cluster. X-ray selection of young stars from Chandra X-ray Observatory data is combined with existing optical and infrared surveys to give a more complete census of the TSF population. Over 250 young stars in and around IC 1396A are identified; this doubles the previously known population. A spatio-temporal gradient of stars from the IC 1396A cloud towards the primary ionizing star HD 206267 is found.

The current project consists of two Chandra-ACIS X-ray observations of IC 1396A, a Guaranteed Time observation (ObsID No. 11807 obtained on 2010 March 31; PI: Garmire) and a Guest Observer observation (ObsID No. 10990 obtained on 2010 June 9; PI: Getman). Both observations were pointed at the head of the globule but had different roll angles. For each observation, the authors considered only results arising from the imaging array (ACIS-I) of four abutted 1024 x 1024 pixel front-side illuminated charge-coupled devices (CCDs) covering about 17 x 17 arcmin2 on the sky,

Similar to the Chandra catalog of X-ray sources in the Carina Nebula (Broos et al. 2011, ApJS, 194, 2), this list of candidate sources in IC 1396A is trimmed to omit sources with fewer than 3 total source counts (the sum of the net counts and the background counts, NC + BC < 3) and the probability for being a background fluctuation greater than 1% (prob_no_src > 0.01). The final catalog comprises 415 X-ray sources, roughly half of which sources are extragalactic with extremely optically faint counterparts (Section 3.2 of the reference paper), and the rest are young stars associated with the Trumpler 37 and IC 1396A star-forming regions.

UVRc Ic observations were carried out with the 1.2-m telescope at the Fred Lawrence Whipple Observatory (FLWO), using the 4Shooter CCD array, between 2000 September and 2002 September. 4Shooter is an array of four CCDs, covering a square of 25 arcminutes on the side. Two 4Shooter fields were taken to cover an ~45 x 25 arcmin2 area centered on the star HD 206267. The FLWO fields contain the whole ACIS field, except for a small gap in between the four CCDs of 4Shooter. All but a few Chandra stars were observed in 2000 September. UVRJ IJ observations of Trumpler 37/IC 1396A were obtained in service mode during three nights in 2007 June 9-11 using the wide-field camera, LAICA, mounted on the 3.5-m telescope in Calar Alto, Spain. LAICA is a 2 x 2 mosaic of four CCDs, each covering a 15.3 x 15.3 arcmin2 field of view (FOV) with a large gap of 15.3 x 15.3 arcmin2 in between. The project combines four LAICA pointings covering an ~45 x 45 arcmin2 area around HD 206267, including nearly the entire ACIS field.

The Spitzer observation was obtained on 2003 December 20 with the IRAC detector in all four IRAC channels (3.6, 4.5, 5.8 and 8.0 micron). Two adjacent fields subtending ~37 x 42 arcmin2 in channel pairs 3.6/5.8 micron and 4.5/8.0 micron were centered on Trumpler 37. To reduce unnecessary data processing the authors analyzed only a portion of the original data that encompassed the Chandra-ACIS field with a coverage of ~19 x 19 arcmin2 area in all four channels centered on Rim A of the IC 1396A globule. This covers 93% of the ACIS field omitting its north-western and south-western edges.

An automated cross-correlation between the Chandra source positions and the optical-IR source positions was made using a search radius of 2 arcseconds within ~6 arcminutes of the ACIS field center, and a search radius of 3.5 arcseconds in the outer regions of the ACIS field where the X-ray source positions are more uncertain due to the deterioration of the Chandra telescope PSF. This was followed by a careful visual examination of each source in both bands to remove dubious sources and associations.


IC1396NCXO Catalog

The IC 1396N cometary globule (CG) within the large nearby HII region IC 1396 has been observed with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory on 2004 October 16.93 to 17.30. 117 X-ray sources are detected, of which ~ 50-60 are likely members of the young open cluster Trumpler 37 dispersed throughout the HII region, and 25 are associated with young stars formed within the globule. Infrared photometry (2MASS and Spitzer) shows that the X-ray population is very young: 3 older Class III stars, 16 classical T Tauri stars, and 6 protostars including a Class 0/I system. The authors infer a total T Tauri population of ~ 30 stars in the globule, including the undetected population, with a star formation efficiency of 1%-4%. An elongated source spatial distribution with an age gradient oriented toward the exciting star is discovered in the X-ray population of IC 1396N, supporting similar findings in other cometary globules. The geometric and age distribution is consistent with the radiation-driven implosion (RDI) model for triggered star formation in CGs by H II region shocks.

The authors include only results arising from the imaging array (ACIS-I) of four abutted 1024 x 1024 pixel front-side illuminated CCDs covering about 17' x 17' on the sky. The aim point of the array was R.A. = 21h40m42.4s, Dec. = +58d1609.7" (J2000.0) or (l,b) = (100.0, + 4.2), and the satellite roll angle (i.e., orientation of the CCD array relative to the north-south direction) was 245.9 degrees. The total net exposure time of the observation is 30 ks with no background flaring due to solar activity or data losses.


IC348CXO Catalog

The authors have obtained a deep (53 ks) X-ray image of the very young stellar cluster IC 348 with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. In this image with a sensitivity limit of ~ 1 x 10^28 ergs/s (more than 10 times deeper than their ROSAT images of IC 348), 215 X-ray sources were detected. While 115 of these sources can be identified with known cluster members, 58 X-ray sources are most likely new, still unidentified cluster members. About 80% of all known cluster members with masses between ~0.15 and 2 solar masses are visible as X-ray sources in the ACIS image. X-ray emission at levels of ~10^28 ergs/s was discovered from four of 13 known brown dwarfs and from three of 12 brown dwarf candidates in IC 348. X-ray emission was also detected from two deeply embedded objects, presumably class I protostars, south of the cluster center.

Optical and infrared counterparts have been identified for most of the X-ray sources. Some 40 X-ray sources do not have optical or IR counterparts, and are most likely background (probably extragalactic) objects. This number is consistent with the expected number of extragalactic background X-ray sources based on the observed log N - log S statistics from the deep X-ray counts in the Chandra Deep Field South.


IC348CXO2 Catalog

IC 348 is a nearby (~ 310 pc), young (~ 2 - 3 Myr) open cluster with > 300 members identified from optical and infrared observations. The authors studied the properties of the coronae of the young low-mass stars in IC 348, combining X-ray and optical/infrared data. The four existing Chandra observations of IC 348 were merged, thus providing a deeper and spatially more complete X-ray view than previous X-ray studies of the cluster. The authors compiled a comprehensive catalog of IC 348 members taking into account recent updates to the cluster census. Their data collection comprises fundamental stellar parameters, infrared excess indicating the presence of disks, H-alpha emission as a tracer of chromospheric emission or accretion, and mass accretion rates. The authors have detected 290 X-ray sources in four merged Chandra exposures, of which 185 are associated with known cluster members corresponding to a detection rate of ~ 60% for the cluster members of IC 348 identified in optical/infrared studies. According to the most recent spectral classification of IC 348 members, only four of the X-ray sources are brown dwarfs (spectral type M6 and later). The detection rate is highest for diskless Class III stars and increases with stellar mass. This may be explained with higher X-ray luminosities for higher mass and later evolutionary stage that is evident in the X-ray luminosity functions. In particular, the authors find that for the lowest examined masses (0.1 Msun - 0.25 Msun) there is a difference between the X-ray luminosity functions of accreting and non-accreting stars (classified on the basis of their H-alpha emission strength) as well as those of disk-bearing and diskless stars (classified on the basis of the slope of the spectral energy distribution). These differences disappear for higher masses. This is related to the finding that the Lx/Lbol ratio is non-constant across the mass/luminosity sequence of IC 348 with a decrease towards lower luminosity stars. Their analysis of an analogous stellar sample in the Orion Nebula Cluster suggests to the authors that the decline of Lx/Lbol for young stars at the low-mass end of the stellar sequence is likely universal.

X-ray fluxes are presented for all (185) known optical/infrared IC348 members which were observed and detected by Chandra. The basic source parameters for all X-ray sources, i.e., including an additional 105 sources not associated with known IC 348 members, are given. The X-ray flux upper limits for 129 IC 348 members which were observed but not detected by Chandra (present in the as published version of Table 3 from the reference paper) are not included in this HEASARC representation of the data given in Tables 3 and 7 from the reference paper. Thus, this table contains 290 (185 + 105) rows, one for each X-ray source (IC 348 member or not) detected by Chandra in the direction of IC 348.


IR20126CXO Catalog

This table contains results from Chandra ACIS-I and Karl G. Jansky Very Large Array 6-cm continuum observations of the IRAS 20126+4104 massive star-forming region. The authors detect 150 X-ray sources within the 17' x 17' ACIS-I field, and a total of 13 radio sources within the 9.2' primary JVLA beam at 4.9 GHz. Among these observations are the first 6-cm detections of the central sources reported by Hofner et al. (2007, A&A, 465, 197), namely, I20N1, I20S, and I20var. A new variable radio source is also reported in Section 3.2 of the reference paper, [MHA2015] VLA G78.1907+3.364. Searching the 2MASS archive, the authors identified 88 near-infrared (NIR) counterparts to the X-ray sources. Only four of the X-ray sources had 6-cm counterparts. Based on an NIR color-color analysis and on the Besancon simulation of Galactic stellar populations, the authors estimate that approximately 80 X-ray sources are associated with this massive star-forming region. They detect an increasing surface density of X-ray sources toward the massive protostar IRAS 20126+4104 and infer the presence of a cluster of at least 43 young stellar objects within a distance of 1.2 pc from this protostar.

The authors observed the IRAS 20126+4104 region with the Chandra ACIS-I instrument on 2003 March 17 for a total exposure time of 39.35 ks. C-band (6 cm) continuum observations of the massive star-forming region IRAS 20126+4104 were conducted with the VLA operated by NRAO on 2011 August 7. These X-ray and radio data are augmented by NIR and optical archival data. For the Mid-IR wavelength regions, the authors searched the Spitzer Enhanced Imaging Products Point Source catalog.


LALABOOCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of an analysis of a deep, 172 ks Chandra observation of the Large Area Lyman Alpha survey (LALA) Bootes field which was obtained with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. This is one of the deepest Chandra images of the extragalactic sky, with only the 2 Ms Chandra Deep Field North (CDF-N) and the 1 Ms Chandra Deep Field South (CDF-S) observations being substantially deeper. In this table, the X-ray source catalog obtained from this image is presented, along with some results from an analysis of the X-ray source counts and optical identifications. The X-ray image is composed of two individual observations obtained in 2002 and reaches 0.5 - 2.0 and 2.0 - 10.0 keV flux limits of 1.5 x 10^-16 and 1.0 x 10^-15 ergs/cm^2/s, respectively, for point sources near the aim point. A total of 168 X-ray sources were detected: 160 in the 0.5 - 7.0 keV band, 132 in the 0.5 - 2.0 keV band, and 111 in the 2.0 - 7.0 keV band. Since X-ray source number 122 has two possible optical counterparts, it is listed twice, once for each counterpart, and the total number of entries in this table is this 169.

The primary optical data are R-band imaging from the NOAO Deep Wide-Field Survey (NDWFS), with a limiting magnitude of R = 25.7 magnitudes, (Vega, 3-sigma detection level, and a 4" diameter aperture). Optical counterparts within 1.5" or the 3-sigma X-ray positional uncertainties, whichever was larger, were detected above this level in the R band for 144 of the 168 X-ray sources. At least 90% of the optical counterparts should be the correct matches, and, at worst, there might be ~14 false matches.


LALACETCXO Catalog

The 174 ks Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) exposure of the Large Area Lyman Alpha Survey (LALA) Cetus field is the second of the two deep Chandra images on LALA fields. In their paper, the authors present the Chandra X-ray sources detected in the Cetus field, along with an analysis of X-ray source counts, the stacked X-ray spectrum, and the optical identifications. A total of 188 X-ray sources were detected: 174 in the 0.5-7.0 keV band, 154 in the 0.5-2.0 keV band, and 113 in the 2.0-7.0 keV band. The X-ray source counts were derived and compared with the 172 ks exposure LALA Bootes field (available as the LALABOOCXO table in Browse). Interestingly, the authors find consistent hard-band X-ray source density, but a (36 +/- 12)% higher soft-band X-ray source density in the Cetus field. The weighted stacked spectrum of the detected X-ray sources can be fitted by a power law with photon index Gamma = 1.55. Based on the weighted stacked spectrum, the authors find that the resolved fraction of the X-ray background drops from (72 +/- 1)% at 0.5-1.0 keV to (63 +/- 4)% at 6.0-8.0 keV. The unresolved spectrum can be fitted by a power law over the range 0.5-7 keV, with a photon index Gamma = 1.22. Optical counterparts are also presented for 154 of the X-ray sources, down to a limiting magnitude of r' = 25.9 (Vega), using a deep r'-band image obtained with the MMT.

LKHA101CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a multi-wavelength study of a partially embedded region of star formation centered on the Herbig Be star LkH-alpha 101. Using two 40 ks Chandra observations, The authors have detected 213 X-ray sources in the ~ 17' x 17' ACIS-I field. They combine the X-ray data with Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) near-IR observations and Spitzer Space Telescope (SST) IRAC and MIPS 24-micron observations to obtain a complete picture of the cluster. A total of 158 of the X-ray sources have infrared counterparts. Of these, the authors find nine protostars, 48 Class II objects, five transition objects, and 72 Class III objects. From the Spitzer data, they identify an additional 10 protostars, 53 Class II objects, and four transition disk candidates which are not detected by Chandra. (These objects are not included in this HEASARC table which contains the multi-wavelength data for only the 213 detected X-ray sources). The authors obtained optical spectra of a sample of both X-ray-detected and non-X-ray-detected objects. Combining the X-ray, Spitzer, and spectral data, they obtain independent estimates of cluster distance and the total cluster size - excluding protostars. The authors obtain consistent distance estimates of 510 (+100,-40) pc and a total cluster size of 255 (+50,-25) stars. They find the Class II:III ratio is about 5:7 with some evidence that the Class III sources are spatially more dispersed. The cluster appears very young with three sites of active star formation and a median age of about 1 Myr.

The field was observed by Chandra on 2005 March 6 starting at 17:16 UT for 40.2 ks of total time and 39.6 ks of the so-called good time (Chandra ObsID 5429). It was observed again on 2005 March 8 starting at 17:43 UT for essentially the same duration (Chandra ObsID 5428). The ACIS was used in the nominal imaging array (chips I0-I3) which provides a field of view of approximately 17' x 17'. The aimpoint was at RA, Dec = 04:30:14.4, +35:16:22.2 (J2000.0) with a roll angle of 281 degrees. In addition, the S2 and S3 chips were active; however, the analysis of these data is not presented here.

For purposes of point-source detection, the data from the two observations were merged into a single event list following established CIAO procedures to create a merged event list. To identify point sources, photons with energies below 300 eV and above 8.0 keV were filtered out from this merged event list. This excluded energies which generally lack a stellar contribution. By filtering the data as described, contributions from hard, non-stellar sources such as X-ray binaries and active galactic nuclei (AGNs) are attenuated, as is noise. A monochromatic exposure map was generated in the standard way using an energy of 1.49 keV which is a reasonable match to the expected peak energy of the stellar sources and the Chandra mirror transmission. The CIAO tool WavDetect was then run on a series of flux-corrected images binned by 1, 2, and 4 pixels. The output source lists were combined and this resulted in the detection of 231 sources. The authors defined false detections as any sources with < 4 net counts or any sources more than 5' off-axis with < 7 net counts. By this definition, 18 of the 231 detections were rejected as false detections. A post facto check confirmed that none of these (spurious) sources had an infrared counterpart.


LMC30DRCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of a study of the X-ray point-source population of the 30 Doradus (30 Dor) star-forming complex in the Large Magellanic Cloud (LMC) using high spatial-resolution X-ray images and spatially-resolved spectra obtained with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. The observation of ~21 ks was made on 1999 September 21 and placed the cluster R136 at the aim point of the ACIS Imaging Array (ACIS-I). This table lists the the X-ray sources detected in the 17' x 17' field centered on R136, the massive star cluster which lies at the center of the main 30 Dor nebula. 20 of the 32 Wolf-Rayet stars in the ACIS field are detected. The cluster R136 is resolved at the sub-arcsecond level into almost 100 X-ray sources, including many typical O3-O5 stars, as well as a few bright X-ray sources which had been previously reported. Over 2 orders of magnitude of scatter in the X-ray luminosity Lx (calculated assuming a distance of 50 kpc) is seen among R136 O stars, suggesting that X-ray emission in the most massive stars depends critically on the details of wind properties and the binarity of each system, rather than reflecting the widely reported characteristic value Lx/Lbol ~ 10-7. Such a canonical ratio may exist for single massive stars in R136, but these data are too shallow to confirm this relationship. Through this and more recent X-ray studies of 30 Dor, the complete life cycle of a massive stellar cluster can be revealed.

This HEASARC table contains both the primary high-significance X-ray sources as well as some lower-significance tentative X-ray sources. The latter sources should not be considered definitive. A subsequent Chandra observation of this field, with several times the exposure of this observation, will result in a longer, more complete list of point sources than that given in this paper.


LMCN11CXO Catalog

A very sensitive X-ray investigation of the giant H II region N11 in the Large Magellanic Cloud (LMC) was performed using the Chandra X-ray Observatory in which 165 point sources were detected. The 300-ks observation reveals X-ray sources with luminosities (if at the 50 kpc distance of the LMC) down to 1032 erg s-1, increasing the number of known point sources in the field by more than a factor of five. Among these detections are 13 massive stars (3 compact groups of massive stars, 9 O stars, and one early B star) with log(LX/LBOL) ~ -6.5 to -7, which may suggest that they are highly magnetic or colliding-wind systems. On the other hand, the stacked signal for regions corresponding to undetected O stars yields log(LX/LBOL) ~ -7.3, i.e., an emission level comparable to similar Galactic stars despite the lower metallicity. Other point sources coincide with 11 foreground stars, 6 late-B/A stars in N11, and many background objects. This observation also uncovers the extent and detailed spatial properties of the soft, diffuse emission regions, but the presence of some hotter plasma in their spectra suggests contamination by the unresolved stellar population.

The Chandra ACIS-I observations of N11 were made in six separate segments within two months in 2007. As summarized in Table 1, the exposure time of each segment was 42-49 ks and the roll angle ranged from 130 to 188 degrees Cleaning of significant background flares, together with a correction for the dead time of the six observations, resulted in a total of 280 ks useful exposure for the subsequent analysis. A combination of source detection algorithms (wavelet, sliding-box, and maximum likelihood centroid fitting) were applied to unsmoothed data in three bands: soft (S): 0.5-2.0 keV, hard (H): 2-8 keV, and total (T): 0.5-8 keV. The final source list contains 165 sources with local false detection probability P < 10-6 in at least one band (Poisson statistics were used in calculating the significance of a source detection above the local count background). The source detection, though optimized for point-like sources, includes a few strong peaks of diffuse X-ray emission, chiefly associated with the SNR N11L, which lies about ~7' west of the field center.

The authors calculated the net (background-subtracted) count rates in four sub-bands (S1 = 0.5-1.0 keV, S2 = 1-2 keV, H1 = 2-4 keV and H2 = 4-8 keV, which were later added to form the count rates in the broader bands (S, H, and T). Source counts for each sub-band were then extracted within the 70% energy-encircled radius (EER) of the PSF, whose size depends on the off-axis angle of the source in the exposure and of the energy band under consideration. A background correction was also applied. Finally, count rates were derived by dividing source net counts by their effective exposure times (values at the source positions in the exposure map of the energy band under consideration), leading to equivalent on-axis values. It should be noted that the presented count rates have thus been corrected for the full PSF and for the effective exposure, which accounts not only for the telescope vignetting, but also for the degradation of the detector sensitivity over time. Therefore, the actual number of counts in a detection aperture is not simply a count rate multiplied by an exposure of 280 ks. The difference could be up to a factor of ~2, depending on a source's spectral shape.

The authors searched for counterparts to their X-ray sources in several catalogs: the USNO-B1.0 Catalog (Monet et al. 2003), the Guide Star Catalog V2.3.2 (GSC, Lasker et al. 2008), the 2MASS All-Sky Catalog of Point Sources (Cutri et al. 2003), the Magellanic Clouds Photometric Survey (MCPS; Zaritsky et al. 2004, AJ, 128, 1606), the IRSF Magellanic Clouds Point Source Catalog (Kato et al. 2007, PASJ, 59, 615)), the DENIS Catalogue toward Magellanic Clouds (DCMC; Cioni et al. 2000, A&AS, 144, 235), and JHKs photometry of N11 young stellar objects ([HKN2006]; Hatano et al. 2006, AJ, 132, 2653). A best correlation radius of 1" was found to be optimal and was thus used to derive the final list of optical and infrared counterparts to the Chandra X-ray sources: 71 of the 165 sources have at least one counterpart within 1".

The HEASARC has modified the counterpart names given in this table compared to those given in the reference paper so that they comply with the forms recommended by the CDS Dictionary of Nomenclature of Celestial Objects.


M101CXO Catalog

A deep (98.2ks) Chandra Cycle 1 observation has revealed a wealth of discrete X-ray sources as well as diffuse emission in the nearby face-on spiral galaxy M 101. From this rich data set, the authors have created a catalog of the 110 sources from the S3 chip which were detected with a significance of greater than 3-sigma. This detection threshold corresponds to a flux of ~ 10^-16 ergs/cm^2/s and a luminosity of ~ 10^36 ergs/s for a distance to M 101 of 7.2 Mpc. The sources display a distinct correlation with the spiral arms of M101 and include a variety of X-ray binaries, supersoft sources, supernova remnants, and other objects of which only ~27 are likely to be background sources.

The 29 brightest sources have enough flux (greater than 100 counts) to perform at least crude spectral modeling using the HEASARC XSPEC model fitting program. Most of the sources could be satisfactorily fitted with a simple absorbed power-law spectrum model; however, eight of the softest sources were better fitted by an absorbed blackbody model.


M108CXO Catalog

This table contains a list of discrete sources found in a 60-ks Chandra ACIS-S observation of the isolated edge-on spiral galaxy NGC 3556 (M108). In the reference paper in which the authors present this table, they also give a multiwavelength analysis of the various discrete X-ray sources and of the diffuse X-ray features. Among 33 discrete X-ray sources detected within the IB = 25 mag arcsec-2 isophotal ellipse of the galaxy, the authors identify a candidate for the galactic nucleus, an ultraluminous X-ray source that might be an accreting intermediate-mass black hole, a possible X-ray binary with a radio counterpart, and two radio-bright giant H II regions. They also detect large amounts of extraplanar diffuse X-ray emission, which extend about 10 kpc radially in the disk and >~4 kpc away from the galactic plane. The diffuse X-ray emission exhibits significant substructures, possibly representing various blown-out superbubbles or chimneys of hot gas heated in massive star-forming regions.

This Chandra observation of NGC 3556 (observation ID 2025) was taken between 2001 September 8 and 9 for an exposure of 60 ks. The ACIS-S instrument was at the focal plane of the telescope.


M16CXO Catalog

Mechanisms regulating the origin of X-rays in young stellar objects and the correlation with their evolutionary stage are under debate. Studies of the X-ray properties in young clusters allow us to understand these mechanisms. One ideal target for this analysis is the Eagle Nebula (M 16), with its central cluster NGC 6611. At 1750 pc from the Sun, it harbors 93 OB stars, together with a population of low-mass stars from embedded protostars to disk-less Class III objects, with age <= 3 Myr. The authors study an archival 78 ks Chandra/ACIS-I observation of NGC 6611 and two new 80-ks observations of the outer region of M 16, one centered on the Column V and the other on a region of the molecular cloud with ongoing star formation. They detect 1755 point sources with 1183 candidate cluster members (219 disk-bearing and 964 disk-less), studying the global X-ray properties of M 16 and comparing them with those of the Orion Nebula Cluster. The authors also compare the level of X-ray emission of Class II and Class III stars and analyze the X-ray spectral properties of OB stars. Their study supports the lower level of X-ray activity for the disk-bearing stars with respect to the disk-less members. The X-ray luminosity function (XLF) of M 16 is similar to that of Orion, supporting the universality of the XLF in young clusters. Eighty-five percent of the O-type stars of NGC 6611 have been detected in X-rays. With only one possible exception, they show soft spectra with no hard components, indicating that mechanisms for the production of hard X-ray emission in O stars are not operating in NGC 6611.

The determination of the absorption corrected X-ray luminosity (LX), as well as the plasma temperature (kT) and hydrogen column density (NH), requires the analysis of the X-ray spectra. The authors fit the observed spectra with thermal plasma (with both one and two temperatures) and power-law models. They use the APEC ionization-equilibrium thermal plasma code, assuming the sub-solar elemental abundances of Maggio et al. (2007, APJ, 660, 1462). The absorption was treated using the WABS model. The one-temperature (1T) thermal model was applied to all the sources with more than 25 counts, while the two-temperature (2T) thermal model was applied to each source with more than 80 counts. The power-law model has been applied to those sources with hard spectra for which the best-fit thermal model predicts a plasma temperature kT > 5 keV. When more than one model has been used for a given source, the authors chose the best model by the chi-squared probability and visual inspection of the spectrum.

This table contains a description of the X-ray properties of 1754 sources (one less than stated in the abstract of the reference paper) derived from three Chandra/ACIS-I observations, together with a source classification based on the optical and infrared properties of each source. Data come from three ACIS-I observations (central or 'c', east or 'e', and north-east or 'ne') and many values are not averaged but presented for each observation as indicated by the parameter prefixes 'c_', 'e_', and 'ne_', respectively. Source detection has been performed with PWDetect, adopting a threshold corresponding to 10 spurious detections.

The HEASARC eliminated the 3 parameters describing the plasma temperature of the second spectral component and its associated negative and positive errors for sources in the north-east observation, as these were blank for all entries in the original table as obtained from the CDS.


M17CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a Chandra ACIS observation of the stellar populations in and around the M17 H II region. The field reveals 886 sources (listed in the present table) with observed X-ray luminosities (uncorrected for absorption) between ~ 29.3 erg s-1 < log LX < 32.8 erg s-1, 771 of which have stellar counterparts in infrared images. Spectral analysis results for the 598 brightest X-ray sources which have photometric significance of 2.0 or greater) are also given herein. For 546 of the X-ray sources, the fits used the "wabs(apec)" thermal plasma model in XSPEC assuming scaled 0.3 times solar photospheric abundances, while for the other 52 X-ray sources for which either the thermal model poorly described the data or required nonphysical parameters and the X-ray source was not identified with a known stellar counterpart, the fits used the "wabs(powerlaw)" model in XSPEC.

In addition to the comprehensive tabulation of X-ray source properties, several other results were presented in the reference paper:

1. The X-ray luminosity function is calibrated to that of the Orion Nebula Cluster population to infer a total population of roughly 8000-10,000 stars in M17, one-third lying in the central NGC 6618 cluster.

2. About 40% of the ACIS sources are heavily obscured with AV > 10 mag. Some are concentrated around well-studied star-forming regions -- IRS 5/UC1, the Kleinmann-Wright Object, and M17-North -- but most are distributed across the field. As previously shown, star formation appears to be widely distributed in the molecular clouds. X-ray emission is detected from 64 of the hundreds of Class I protostar candidates that can be identified by near- and mid-infrared colors. These constitute the most likely protostar candidates known in M17.

3. The spatial distribution of X-ray stars is complex: in addition to the central NGC 6618 cluster and well-known embedded groups, we find a new embedded cluster (designated M17-X), a 2 pc long arc of young stars along the southwest edge of the M17 H II region, and 0.1 pc substructure within various populations. These structures may indicate that the populations are dynamically young.

4. All (14/14) of the known O stars but only about half (19/34) of the known B0-B3 stars in the M17 field are detected. These stars exhibit the long-reported correlation between X-ray and bolometric luminosities of LX ~ 10-7 Lbol. While many O and early-B stars show the soft X-ray emission expected from microshocks in their winds or moderately hard emission that could be caused by magnetically channeled wind shocks, six of these stars exhibit very hard thermal plasma components (kT > 4 keV) that may be due to colliding wind binaries. More than 100 candidate new OB stars are found, including 28 X-ray detected intermediate- and high-mass protostar candidates with infrared excesses.

5. Only a small fraction (perhaps 10%) of X-ray selected high- and intermediate-mass stars exhibit K-band-emitting protoplanetary disks, providing further evidence that inner disks evolve very rapidly around more massive stars.


M31CFCXO Catalog

The central field of the Andromeda galaxy (M 31) was monitored from 2006 to 2012 using the Chandra HRC-I detector (about 0.1 - 10 keV energy range) with the main aim of detecting X-rays from optical novae. The authors present a systematic analysis of all X-ray sources found in the 41 nova monitoring observations, along with 23 M 31 central field HRC-I observations available from the Chandra data archive starting in December 1999. Based on these observations, they studied the X-ray long-term variability of the source population and especially of the X-ray binaries in M31. The authors created a catalog of sources detected in the 64 available observations that adds up to a total exposure time of about 1 Ms. To study the variability, they developed a processing pipeline to derive long-term Chandra HRC-I light curves for each source over the 13 years of observations, and also searched for extended X-ray sources in the merged images. This table contains the point-source catalog of 318 X-ray sources with detailed long-term variability information, 28 of which are published for the first time. The spatial and temporal resolution of the catalog allows the authors to classify 115 X-ray binary candidates showing high X-ray variability or even outbursts, as well as 14 globular cluster X-ray binary candidates showing no significant variability. The analysis may suggest that outburst sources are less frequent in globular clusters than in the field of M 31. Seven supernova remnants (not included in the point-source catalog) were detected, one of which is a new candidate, and also the first X-rays from a known radio supernova remnant were resolved. In addition to 33 known optical nova/X-ray source correlations, the authors discovered one previously unknown super-soft X-ray outburst and several new nova candidates. A large sample of detailed long-term X-ray light curves of sources in the M31 central field has been obtained in this study (see Appendix B.1 of the reference paper), which helps in understanding the X-ray population of our neighboring spiral galaxy M 31.

Based on all the available Chandra HRC-I observations (see Table A.1 in the reference paper for the complete list), a source catalog has been created (available in this HEASARC table) and the energy flux of each source in every individual observation derived (these are not available in this HEASARC table, but are obtainable at the CDS: for more details, see the files ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/J/A%2BA/555/A65/ReadMe and ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J_A%2BA/555/A65/table2.dat.gz). One thing to be aware of is that, in the latter file, upper limits are denoted by a '>' symbol rather than the more usual '<' symbol!). These fluxes were calculated assuming a generic power law spectrum and Galactic foreground absorption for each source.


M31CXO2 Catalog

The authors explore the population of X-ray point sources in the bulge of M 31 so as to contrast properties of various subpopulations, such as persistent and transient sources and primordial LMXBs and dynamically formed ones. Based on the data from 26 archival Chandra ACIS observations with aim-points within 10 arcminutes of the center of M 31 (J2000 coordinates of 00:42:44.31, +41:16:09.4), the authors study the source content and properties of various subpopulations of X-ray sources to a maximum distance of 12 arcminutes from the center of M 31.

To a limiting luminosity of ~1035 erg s-1, the authors find 263 X-ray point sources, with ~1/3 of these being background galaxies. A study of the spatial distribution and the luminosity function of the X-ray sources shows that the distribution of primordial LMXBs is consistent with the distribution of the K-band light and that their luminosity function flattens below ~1037 erg s-1 to the dN/dL ~ L-1 law in agreement with the behavior found earlier for LMXBs in the Milky Way and in Cen A. Within a radius of 12 arcminutes, the luminosity function is independent of distance to the center of M 31, in contrast to earlier Chandra studies. The LMXBs located in globular clusters and within ~1 arcminute from the center of M 31 are presumably created via dynamical interactions. The dynamical origin of the r < 1 arcminute sources is strongly suggested by their radial distribution which follows the rho*2 profile rather than the K-band light distribution. Their luminosity function shows a prominent fall-off below log(LX) <~ 36.5. Although the statistics are insufficient to claim a genuine low-luminosity cut-off in the luminosity function, the best fit power-law with a slope of -0.6 +/- 0.2 is significantly flatter than the dN/dL ~ L-1 law. The authors also searched for transients and found 28 sources that varied by a factor larger than 20. Their spatial distribution follows the distribution of the persistent LMXBs within the accuracy allowed by the limited number of transients.


M31CXOHRC2 Catalog

The authors have obtained 17 epochs of Chandra High Resolution Camera (HRC) snapshot images, each covering most of the M31 disk. The data cover a total baseline of ~2.5 yr and contain a mean effective exposure of 17 ks. The authors measured the mean fluxes and long-term light curves for 166 objects detected in these data. At least 25% of the sources show significant variability. The cumulative luminosity function (CLF) of the disk sources is well fitted by a power law with a slope comparable to those observed in typical elliptical galaxies. The CLF of the bulge is a broken power law similar to measurements made by previous surveys. The authors note several sources in the southwestern disk with LX > 1037 ergs s-1. They cross-correlate all of their sources with published optical and radio catalogs, as well as new optical data, finding counterpart candidates for 55 sources. In addition, 17 sources are likely X-ray transients. Finally, the frequency of bright X-ray transients in the M31 bulge suggests that the ratio of neutron star to black hole primaries in low-mass X-ray binaries (NS/BH) is 1.

The data for this project were originally part of a survey program to look for X-ray transients in M31. Nearly every month from 1999 November to 2001 February, Chandra took HRC-I images of five fields covering most of M31. Observations were then made every few months until 2002 June. The details of the 81 Chandra observations are summarized in Table 1 of the reference paper, which is available in a machine-readable form at http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/ftp/cats/J_ApJ/609/735/. The authors combined all the data into three data sets using the task merge_all. One set contained the data for the northern half of the galaxy, another contained the southern half, and the last contained the center. The authors searched for sources in the three data sets using the CIAO task wavdetect. They ran this task searching for sources on four size scales: 1, 2, 4, and 8 pixels. The pixels in the merged images were 1 arcsecond in the central 18 arcmin by 18 arcmin and 2 arcsec outside of this region. By searching on several scales, wavdetect is able to overcome the large changes in the size of the Chandra PSF from about 0.5 arcsec near the center of the field to over 10 arcsec in the outer regions of the field. A total of 166 sources were detected above their 3.5-sigma detection threshold.


M31CXOXRAY Catalog

This table countains the M 31 Central Region Catalog of Chandra X-Ray Point Sources. It is based on Chandra observations of the central region of M 31. By combining eight Chandra ACIS-I observations which were taken between 1999 and 2001, the authors have identified 204 X-ray sources within the central ~17'x17' region of M 31, with a detection limit of ~2x1035 erg/s. Of these 204 X-ray sources, 22 are identified with globular clusters, two with supernova remnants, nine with planetary nebulae, and nine with supersoft sources. By comparing individual images, about 50% of the sources were found to be variable on timescales of months. The authors also found 13 transients, with light curves showing a variety of shapes. They also extracted the energy spectra of the 20 brightest sources; they can be well fitted by a single power law with a mean photon index of 1.8. The spectral shapes of 12 sources were variable, suggesting that they went through state changes.

All sources in the catalog have S/N > 2.5 and only five have S/N < 3.0. The detection limit for the sources varies across the image due to the variation of exposure time, background, and instrumental PSF, and is highest near the edges, where the PSF broadens rapidly and the exposure time is lowest. Over the inner 4' of the field, the detection limit is 2.1 x 10-4 ct/s, which is equivalent to an X-ray luminosity of about 2 x 1035 erg/s.

Additional information about optical identifications and cross-correlated ROSAT X-ray sources not provided in this HEASARC table is available in the published paper (Tables 4 and 5) and/or the CDS at ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/J/ApJ/577/738/ (table4.dat & table5.dat).


M31PHATCXO Catalog

The X-ray source populations within galaxies are typically difficult to identify and classify with X-ray data alone. The authors break through this barrier by combining deep new Chandra ACIS-I observations with extensive Hubble Space Telescope (HST) imaging from the Panchromatic Hubble Andromeda Treasury (PHAT) of the M 31 disk. They detect 373 X-ray sources down to 0.35-8.0keV flux of 10-15erg/cm-2/s over 0.4deg2, 170 of which are reported for the first time. The authors identify optical counterpart candidates for 188 of the 373 sources, after using the HST data to correct the absolute astrometry of our Chandra imaging to 0.1". While 58 of these 188 are associated with point sources potentially in M 31, over half (107) of the counterpart candidates are extended background galaxies, 5 are star clusters, 12 are foreground stars, and 6 are supernova remnants. Sources with no clear counterpart candidate are most likely to be undetected background galaxies and low-mass X-ray binaries in M 31. The hardest sources in the 1-8keV band tend to be matched to background galaxies. The 58 point sources that are not consistent with foreground stars are bright enough that they could be high-mass stars in M 31; however, all but 8 have optical colors inconsistent with single stars, suggesting that many could be background galaxies or binary counterparts.

For point-like counterparts, the authors examine the star formation history of the surrounding stellar populations to look for a young component that could be associated with a high-mass X-ray binary. The associated star formation histories for sources in the catalog are available in the linked table M31PHATSFH.

In 2015 October, the authors observed the Panchromatic Hubble Andromeda Treasury (PHAT) footprint with Chandra with 7 pointings. The footprints are overlaid on a GALEX NUV image of M 31, along with the corresponding HST coverage, in Figure 1 of the reference paper. At each pointing they observed for about 50ks in VF mode (Chandra ObsID 17008 to 17014 spanning 2015 Oct 06 to 2015 Oct 26).


M31PHATSFH Catalog

The X-ray source populations within galaxies are typically difficult to identify and classify with X-ray data alone. The authors break through this barrier by combining deep new Chandra ACIS-I observations with extensive Hubble Space Telescope (HST) imaging from the Panchromatic Hubble Andromeda Treasury (PHAT) of the M 31 disk. They detect 373 X-ray sources down to 0.35-8.0keV flux of 10-15erg/cm-2/s over 0.4deg2, 170 of which are reported for the first time. The authors identify optical counterpart candidates for 188 of the 373 sources, after using the HST data to correct the absolute astrometry of our Chandra imaging to 0.1". These data are available at M31PHATCXO.

For point-like counterparts, the authors examine the star formation history of the surrounding stellar populations to look for a young component that could be associated with a high-mass X-ray binary. This table presents the star formation histories for a subset of sources in the M31PHATCXO catalog.

About one-third of the point sources are not physically associated with a young population, and are therefore more likely to be background galaxies. For the 40 point-like counterpart candidates associated with young populations, the authors find that their age distribution has two peaks at 15-20Myr and 40-50Myr. Considering only the 8 counterpart candidates with typical high-mass main-sequence optical star colors, their age distribution peaks mimic those of the sample of 40. Finally, the authors find that intrinsic faintness, and not extinction, is the main limitation for finding further counterpart candidates.

In 2015 October, the authors observed the Panchromatic Hubble Andromeda Treasury (PHAT) footprint with Chandra with 7 pointings. The footprints are overlaid on a GALEX NUV image of M 31, along with the corresponding HST coverage, in Figure 1 of the reference paper. At each pointing they observed for about 50 ks in VF mode (Chandra ObsID 17008 to 17014 spanning 2015 Oct 06 to 2015 Oct 26).


M33CHASE Catalog

This table contains the final source catalog of the Chandra ACIS Survey of M33 (ChASeM33). With a total exposure time of 1.4 Ms, ChASeM33 covers ~70% of the D25 isophote (radial extent ~ 4.0 kpc) of M33 and provides the deepest, most complete, and detailed look at a spiral galaxy in X-rays. The source catalog includes 662 sources, reaches a limiting unabsorbed luminosity of ~2.4 x 1034 erg s-1 in the 0.35-8.0 keV energy band, and contains source positions, source net counts, fluxes and significances in several energy bands, and information on source variability. The analysis challenges posed by ChASeM33 and the techniques adopted to address these challenges are discussed. To constrain the nature of the detected X-ray source, hardness ratios were constructed and spectra were fit for 254 sources, follow-up Multiple Mirror Telescope (MMT) spectra of 116 sources were acquired, and cross-correlations with previous X-ray catalogs and other multi-wavelength data were generated. Based on this effort, 183 of the 662 ChASeM33 sources could be identified. Finally, in the reference paper, the luminosity function (LF) for the detected point sources as well as the one for the X-ray binaries (XRBs) in M33 were presented. The LFs in the soft band (0.5-2.0 keV) and the hard band (2.0-8.0 keV) have a limiting luminosity at the 90% completeness limit of 4.0 x 1034 erg s-1 and 1.6 x 1035 erg s-1 (for an assumed distance D to M33 of 817 kpc), respectively, which is significantly lower than what was reported by previous XRB population studies in galaxies more distant than M33. The resulting distribution is consistent with a dominant population of high-mass XRBs as would be expected for M33.

The list of all the Chandra ACIS observations that were used in the construction of this source catalog is given in table 2 of the 2011 reference paper.

X-ray source properties, such as counts, dns values, and photon fluxes were computed in the following energy bands:

Band   Energy Range (keV)

1      0.5 - 8.0
2      0.5 - 2.0
3      2.0 - 8.0
4      0.35- 8.0
5      0.35- 1.1
6      1.1 - 2.6
7      2.6 - 8.0
8      0.35- 2.0

M33CXOXRAY Catalog

This database table contains a source list for three Chandra observations of the Local Group galaxy M 33. The observations were centered on the nucleus and on the star-forming region NGC 604. A total of 261 sources were detected in an area of about 0.2 square degrees down to a flux limit of 3 x 10-16 erg/s/cm2, which corresponds to a luminosity of ~2 x 1034 erg/s at a distance of 840 kpc. The luminosity functions of the X-ray sources observed in M 33 have been constructed and are consistent with those of other star-forming galaxies, taking into account background contamination. In addition, the combination of X-ray color analysis and the existence of "blue" optical counterparts strongly indicates that the X-ray point source population in M 33 consists of young objects. Above 3 x 1035 erg/s, there are few X-ray sources in the locus of the X-ray hardness ratio diagram that is generally populated by low-mass X-ray binaries.

Notice that each of the 261 X-ray sources in the source list has 3 entries in this table, one for each separate Chandra observation, making a total of 783 entries.

The Chandra datasets from which this source list was compiled are available by querying CHANMASTER for obsids 786, 1730, and 2023.


M37CXO Catalog

Empirical calibrations of the stellar age-rotation-activity relation (ARAR) rely on observations of the co-eval populations of stars in open clusters. The authors used the Chandra X-ray Observatory to study M 37 (NGC 2099), a 500-Myr-old open cluster that has been extensively surveyed for rotation periods (Prot). M 37 was observed almost continuously for five days, for a total of 440.5 ks, to measure stellar X-ray luminosities (LX), a proxy for coronal activity, across a wide range of masses. The cluster's membership catalog was revisited to calculate updated membership probabilities from photometric data and each star's distance to the cluster center. The result is a comprehensive sample of 1699 M 37 members: 426 with Prot, 278 with X-ray detections, and 76 with both. The authors calculate Rossby numbers, Ro= Prot/tau , where tau is the convective turnover time, and ratios of the X-ray-to-bolometric luminosity, LX/Lbol, to minimize mass dependencies in their characterization of the rotation-coronal activity relation at 500 Myr. They find that fast rotators, for which Ro < 0.09 +/- 0.01, show saturated levels of activity, with log(LX/Lbol) = -3.06 +/- 0.04. For Ro >= 0.09 +/- 0.01, activity is unsaturated and follows a power law of the form Rbetao , where beta = -2.03 (-0.14, +0.17). This is the largest sample available for analyzing the dependence of coronal emission on rotation for a single-aged population, covering stellar masses in the range 0.4 - 1.3 solar masses, Prot in the range 0.4 - 12.8 days, and LX in the range 1028.4 - 1030.5 erg s-1. These results make M 37 a new benchmark open cluster for calibrating the ARAR at ages of ~ 500 Myr.

The central field of M 37 was observed five separate times between 2011 November 14 20:58 and 2011 November 1915:31 UTC for a total of 440.5 ks with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS). The four ACIS-I chips and the ACIS-S3 chip were used in Very Faint telemetry mode to improve the screening of background events and thus increase the sensitivity of ACIS to faint sources. The exposure-weighted average aimpoint of the 16.9 x 16.9 arcmin2 ACIS-I field of view is RA = 05h 52m 17.86s,Dec = +32o 33' 48.23" (J2000). The pitch angle for four observations was 103 degrees; due to scheduling constraints, it was 253 degrees for the fifth. Table 1 in the reference paper provides the basic information for the 5 Chandra observations and Figure 1 in that paper shows their footprints superimposed on a 40' x 40' i' image centered on M 37 obtained by Hartman et al. (2008, ApJ, 675, 1233, hereafter HA08) with the Megacam on the MMT telescope.

This HEASARC table contains all of the data from Table 3 of the reference paper, the M 37 Chandra catalog of 774 X-ray sources, and the data from Table 5, the catalog of optical objects, for those objects which have been identified as optical counterparts to the X-ray sources. It does not contain entries for those optical objects in Table 5 which lack X-ray counterparts.


M51CXO Catalog

This table contains the results of two Chandra observations (separated by 1 year) of the population of X-ray sources in the spiral galaxy M 51 (NGC 5194 and NGC 5195). One hundred and thirteen X-ray sources have been detected in an 8.4' x 8.4'(20.4 x 20.4kpc) region, and 84 and 12 of them project within the disks of NGC 5194 and NGC 5195, respectively. Nine and 28 sources have luminosities exceeding 1 x 10^39 erg/s (ultraluminous X-ray sources or ULXs) and 1 x 10^38 erg/s in the 0.5 - 8 keV band, respectively, assuming that they are associated with M 51. The number of ULXs is much higher than found in most normal spiral and elliptical galaxies. Most of the X-ray sources and all seven of the ULXs in NGC 5194 are located in, or close to, a spiral arm, suggesting a connection with recent star formation.

The Chandra observations of M 51 were performed on 2000 June 20 and 2001 June 23 with the ACIS instrument. The background was stable in both observations, and effective exposure times of 14.9 and 26.8ks were obtained for the observations in 2000 and 2001, respectively.


M51CXO2 Catalog

The authors obtained a deep X-ray image of the nearby galaxy M 51 using the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. Here the catalog of X-ray sources detected in point-source population is provided in the reference paper. The authors find 298 sources within the D25 radii (the apparent major isophotal galactic radii measured at or reduced to the surface brightness level muB = 25.0 B-mag per square arcsecond) of NGC 5194 and NGC 5195, of which 20% are variable, a dozen are classical transients, and another half dozen are transient-like sources. The typical number of active ultraluminous X-ray sources in any given observation is ~5, and only two of those sources persist in an ultraluminous state over the 12 years of observations. Given reasonable assumptions about the supernova remnant population, the luminosity function is well described by a power law with an index between 1.55 and 1.7, only slightly shallower than that found for populations dominated by high-mass X-ray binaries (HMXBs), which suggests that the binary population in NGC 5194 is also dominated by HMXBs. The luminosity function of NGC 5195 is more consistent with a low-mass X-ray binary dominated population.

This deep study of M51 is composed of 107 ks of archival Chandra observations, to which the authors added another 745 ks of observations. The Chandra ObsIDs and parameters of all of the observations used in this study (which span from June 2000 to October 2012) are given in Table 2 of the reference paper. All of the observations were made with the ACIS-S array. The authors used the ACIS Extract software package (AE) to perform the photometry. For each source, AE extracted a source region whose size and shape were based on the local PSF, and a background region whose size and shape were based on the size of the local PSF and the location of nearby sources. Source properties were then calculated in a standard manner. Of particular importance in this analysis is the prob_no_source parameter, which is the probability that one could measure the observed count rate in the absence of a source. The authors took a source to be significant only if this parameter was < 5 x 10-6. At this probability threshold, one would expect a single spurious source per field, or roughly 1.5 spurious sources within the D25 regions. As they used the same value in their analysis of M83 (Long et al. 2014, ApJS, 212, 21, the source catalog from which is available in the HEASARC database as the M83CXO table), the two catalogs are directly comparable.


M67CXO Catalog

The M 67 Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog contains the results of a 47 ks Chandra/ACIS observation of the old (4 Gyr) open cluster M67. The authors detected 25 proper-motion cluster members (including ten new sources) and 12 sources (all new) that they suspect to be M 67 members from their locations close to the main sequence (1 < B-V < 1.7). Of the detected members, 23 are binaries. In addition to cluster members, about 100 background sources were detected, many of which were identified with faint objects in the ESO Imaging Survey (EIS, Momany et al. 2001, A&A, 379, 436).

This table summarizes the X-ray properties of the 158 sources which were detected by Chandra in this observation, and also lists the ROSAT (Belloni et al., 1998A&A...335..517B) and optical (candidate) counterparts.


M71CXO Catalog

The authors observed the nearby, low-density globular cluster M71 (NGC 6838) with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory to study its faint X-ray populations. Five X-ray sources were found inside the cluster core radius, including the known eclipsing binary millisecond pulsar (MSP) PSR J1953+1846A. The X-ray light curve of the source coincident with this MSP shows marginal evidence for periodicity at the binary period of 4.2hr. Its hard X-ray spectrum and luminosity resemble those of other eclipsing binary MSPs in 47 Tuc, suggesting a similar shock origin of the X-ray emission. A further 24 X-ray sources were found within the half-mass radius rh, reaching to a limiting luminosity of 1.5 x 1030 ergs/s (0.3-8 keV). From a radial distribution analysis, the authors find that 18 +/- 6 of these 29 sources are associated with M71, somewhat more than predicted, and that 11 +/- 6 are background sources, both Galactic and extragalactic. M71 appears to have more X-ray sources in the range LX = 1030 - 1031 ergs/s than expected by extrapolating from other studied clusters using either mass or collision frequency. In their paper, the authors explore the spectra and variability of these sources and describe the results of ground-based optical counterpart searches.

The authors obtained a 52.4 ks Chandra observation (ObsID 5434) of M71 (nominal center of cluster at J2000.0 RA and Dec of 19 53 46.1 +18 46 42) on 2004 December 20-21 using the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) in very faint (VF), timed-exposure mode with a 3.141s frame time. They searched for X-ray sources in the observed field by employing techniques described in Tennant (2006, AJ, 132, 1372) which use a circular Gaussian approximation to the point-spread function (PSF). Within twice the M71 half-mass radius (rh = 1.65 arcminutes), they set the signal-to-noise threshold (S/N) for detection to 2.0, but also required the number of source counts to be at least 5 times the statistical uncertainty in the local background estimate. The empirical relation derived by Tennant, Cmin = (S/N)2/0.81, then implies a point-source sensitivity limit of about 4.9 counts for rM71 <= 2rh and in the energy band 0.3-8.0 keV. Because of the increase in PSF size with off-axis distance and the associated increase in background within a detection cell, for RM71 > 2rh they set the S/N threshold for detection to 2.4 and again required the number of source counts to be at least 5 times the statistical uncertainty in the local background estimate. The point-source sensitivity limit thus rises to about seven counts.

This table contains 63 X-ray sources and their optical/infrared counterpart information, if any, for those sources with rM71 <= 2r_h which are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper: these sources have name prefixes of s01 to s63. It also contains 73 X-ray sources and their optical/infrared counterpart information, if any, for those sources with rM71 > 2r_h which are listed in Table 2 of the reference paper: these sources have name prefixes of ss01 to ss59 and is01 to is14. Each entry in this table corresponds to an X-ray source if there is no counterpart information or only a single identified counterpart or to a particular X-ray source and counterpart match if there are multiple counterpart identifications. There are thus 165 entries in this HEASARC table corresponding to 136 X-ray sources.


M81CXO Catalog

A Chandra X-Ray Observatory ACIS-S imaging observation is used to study the population of X-ray sources in the nearby (3.6 Mpc) Sab galaxy M 81 (NGC 3031). A total of 177 sources are detected, with 124 located within the D_25 isophote to a limiting X-ray luminosity of ~ 3 x 1036 erg/s. Source positions, count rates, luminosities in the 0.3 - 8.0 keV band, limiting optical magnitudes, and potential counterpart identifications are tabulated. Spectral and timing analysis of the 36 brightest sources are reported, including the low-luminosity active galactic nucleus, SN 1993J, and the Einstein-discovered ultraluminous X-ray source X6.

The primary X-ray data set is a 49926 s observation of M81 obtained on 2000 May 7 with the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) spectroscopy array operating in imaging mode. The X-ray data were reprocessed by the Chandra X-ray Center (CXC) on 2001 January 4. These reprocessed data were used in this work. There are no significant differences between the reprocessed data and the originally distributed data analyzed by Tennant et al. (2001ApJ...549L..43T). The observation was taken in faint timed exposure mode at 3.241 s/frame at a focal plane temperature of -120 C. Standard CXC processing has applied aspect corrections and compensated for spacecraft dither.

The primary target, SN 1993J, was located near the nominal aimpoint on the back-illuminated (BI) device S3. The nucleus of M81 lies 2.79' from SN 1993J toward the center of S3 in this observation. Accurate positions of these two objects and two G0 stars located on device S2 were used to identify any offset and to determine absolute locations of the remaining Chandra sources as well as objects in other X-ray images and those obtained at other wavelengths. No offset correction was applied to the Chandra X-ray positions.


M81CXO2 Catalog

This table contains the source table from an analysis of 15 Chandra ACIS observations of the nearby spiral galaxy M81 taken over the course of six weeks in 2005 May-July. Each observation reaches a sensitivity of ~1037 erg s-1. With these observations and one previous deeper Chandra observation (the properties of which are described in Table 1 and Section 2 of the reference paper), the authors have compiled a master source list of 265 point sources, extracted and fitted their spectra, and differentiated basic populations of sources through their colors. They also carried out variability analyses of individual point sources and of X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) in multiple regions of M 81 on timescales of days, months, and years. They find that, despite measuring significant variability in a considerable fraction of sources, snapshot observations provide a consistent determination of the XLF of M81. They also fit the XLFs for multiple regions of M81 and, using common parametrization, compare these luminosity functions to those of two other spiral galaxies, M31 and the Milky Way.

This table contains the 265 point sources at or above the 99.9% probability level of being real according to AE's PROB_NO_SOURCE statistic (the "master" source list), and 11 additional "borderline" sources which have 99.0-99.9% probability of being real according to AE's PROB_NO_SOURCE statistic, for a total of 276 sources whose properties were described in Tables 3 and 4 of the reference paper. The 265 "master" sources have source numbers from 1 to 265 while the 11 "borderline" sources have source numbers beginning with 'B', e.g., they have source numbers 'B1' to 'B11'. Note that only coordinates are listed for 3 sources in the master source list (source numbers 234, 241 and 262) and 2 sources in the borderline source list (B8 and B9) because they were only in the field of view (on chip) of one observation (ObsID 735). Six additional sources near the center of M81 which were found using maximum likelihood image reconstruction are not included in either the master or borderline source lists contained herein but their positions are listed in table 2 of the reference paper.


M83CXO Catalog

The authors of this table have obtained a series of deep X-ray images of the nearby (4.61 Mpc) galaxy M 83 using Chandra, with a total exposure of 729 ks. Combining the new data with earlier archival observations totaling 61 ks, they find 378 point sources within the D25 contour of the galaxy. The authors find 80 more sources, mostly background active galactic nuclei (AGNs), outside of the D25 contour. Of the X-ray sources, 47 have been detected in a new radio survey of M 83 obtained using the Australia Telescope Compact Array (ATCA). Of the X-ray sources, at least 87 seem likely to be supernova remnants (SNRs), based on a combination of their properties in X-rays and at other wavelengths. The authors attempt to classify the point source population of M 83 through a combination of spectral and temporal analysis. As part of this effort, in the reference paper they carry out an initial spectral analysis of the 29 brightest X-ray sources. The soft X-ray sources in the disk, many of which are SNRs, are associated with the spiral arms, while the harder X-ray sources, mostly X-ray binaries (XRBs), do not appear to be. After eliminating AGNs, foreground stars, and identified SNRs from the sample, the authors construct the cumulative luminosity function (CLF) of XRBs brighter than 8 x 1035 erg s-1. Despite M 83's relatively high star formation rate, the CLF indicates that most of the XRBs in the disk are low mass X-ray binaries (XRBs).

The X-ray observations of M 83 in this survey were all carried out with the ACIS-S in order to maximize the sensitivity to soft X-ray sources, such as SNRs, and to diffuse emission. The nucleus of M 83 was centered in the field of the back-illuminated S3 chip to provide reasonably uniform coverage of M 83. In addition to the S3 chip, data were also obtained from chips S1, S2, S4, I2, and I3. All of the observations were made in the "very faint" mode to optimize background subtraction. Observations were spaced over a period of one year from 2010 December to 2011 December, as indicated in Table 1 of the reference paper. The only difference among observations was the roll orientation of the spacecraft and the differing exposure times. All of the observations were nominal, and yielded a total of 729 ks of useful data. In order to maximize their sensitivity and more importantly to improve their ability to identify time variable sources, the authors included in their analysis earlier Chandra observations of M 83 in 2000 and 2001 totaling 61 ks which were obtained by G. Rieke (Prop ID. 1600489) and by A. Prestwich (Prop ID. 267005758). These data were obtained in a very similar manner to that of the present survey, and increased the total exposure to 790 ks.

The authors used ACIS EXTRACT (AE) to derive net count rates from the sources in various energy bands: 0.35 - 8.0 keV (total or T), 0.35 - 1.1 keV (soft or S), 1.1 - 2.6 keV (medium or M), 2.6 - 8.0 keV (hard or H), 0.5 - 2.0 keV ("normal" soft band) and 2.0 - 8.0 keV ("normal" hard band). Their choice of these bands was based on a variety of overlapping goals. The broad 0.35 - 8.0 keV band samples the full energy range accessible to Chandra observations. The three bands S, M and H provide energy ranges intended to classify sources on the basis of their hardness ratios. The boundary at 1.1 keV, in particular, is just above the region containing strong features due to Ne and Fe seen in the spectra of most SNRs. The 0.5 - 2.0 keV and 2.0 - 8.0 keV bands are needed because number counts of active galactic nuclei (AGNs) and of X-ray binary populations are normally carried out in these bands and because the 0.5 - 2.0 keV band, encompassing the peak of the response curve, provides better statistics for some purposes than S+M. The AE count rates were used to establish which of the sources in the candidate list were statistically valid. The authors retained any source that had a probability-of-no-source < 5 x 10-6 in any one of these bands in the total data set. For their final run of AE, their list of source candidates had 847 potential sources. Of those, they find a total of 458 valid point sources, whose properties are listed in this table. Of the 458 point sources, 378 are located within the area defined by the D25 ellipse of the galaxy (which the authors take to have a major axis diameter of 12.9 arcminutes), and the remaining 80 are outside this region. There were 43 sources in the nuclear region (defined to be any source within a projected radius of 0.5 kpc from the optical nucleus).


M83XRBCXO Catalog

Building on recent work by Chandar+ (2020, J/ApJ/890/150), the authors constructed X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) for different classes of X-ray binary (XRB) donors in the nearby star-forming galaxy M 83. Rather than classifying low-versus high-mass XRBs based on the scaling of the number of X-ray sources with stellar mass and star formation rate, respectively, this catalog utilized multi-band Hubble Space Telescope imaging data to classify each Chandra-detected compact X-ray source as a low-mass (i.e., donor mass < ~3Msun), high-mass (donor mass > ~8Msun), or intermediate-mass XRB based on either the location of its candidate counterpart on optical color-magnitude diagrams or the age of its host star cluster. In addition to the standard (single and/or truncated) power-law functional shape, the authors approximated the resulting XLFs with a Schechter function. They identified a marginally significant (at the 1-sigma to 2-sigma level) exponential downturn for the high-mass XRB XLF, at l~38.48-0.33+0.52 (in log CGS units). In contrast, the low- and intermediate-mass XRB XLFs, as well as the total XLF of M 83, are formally consistent with sampling statistics from a single power law. This method suggests a non-negligible contribution from low- and possibly intermediate-mass XRBs to the total XRB XLF of M 83, i.e., between 20% and 50%, in broad agreement with X-ray-based XLFs. More generally, the authors caution against considerable contamination from X-ray emitting supernova remnants to the published, X-ray-based XLFs of M 83, and possibly all actively star-forming galaxies.

This table presents a fully classified catalog of X-ray sources in M 83 that builds upon the deep Chandra ACIS imaging data published in Lehmer+ 2019 (J/ApJS/243/3). Out of a total of 456 point-like sources brighter than 1035erg/s, this work restricts the analysis to the 325 objects that fall within the M 83 HST footprint.

HST observations of M 83 were taken with the WFC3/UVIS instrument, spanning seven fields that each cover approximately 162" x 162" for a total mosaic area of ~43 arcmin2. All observations were obtained between 2009 August and 2012 September by R. O'Connell (Prop ID. 11360) and W. Blair (Prop ID. 12513), with exposure times ranging from ~1.2 to 2.7 ks for each image. Images were downloaded from the Hubble Legacy Archive (HLA). In general, BVI images are created using the F438W, F547M, and F814W filters. The central field, which includes the galaxy nucleus, uses the broader F555W V-band filter, rather than F547M. The authors also use U-band images (F336W) to help calculate cluster ages.


M87CXO Catalog

The ACIS instrument on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory has been used to carry out the first systematic study of low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) in M 87 (NGC 4486), the giant elliptical galaxy near the dynamical center of the Virgo Cluster. These images - with a total exposure time of 154 ks - are the deepest X-ray observations obtained as of 2004 of M 87. The authors identified 174 X-ray point sources, (contained in this Browse table) of which ~ 150 are likely LMXBs. This LMXB catalog was combined with deep F475W and F850LP images taken with ACS on the Hubble Space Telescope (HST) (as part of the ACS Virgo Cluster Survey) to examine the connection between LMXBs and globular clusters in M87. Of the 1688 globular clusters in the authors' catalog, a fraction fX = 3.6% +/- 0.5% contain an LMXB.

M 87 (NGC 4486) was observed with the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) for 121 ks on 2002 July 5-6. In this table, only the S3 chip data are used. The data were processed following the CIAO data reduction threads, including a correction for charge transfer inefficiency (CTI). In addition, the authors used 38 ks of archival ACIS observations of M 87 taken on 2000 July 29. These data were processed in a fashion similar to the 2002 July data, except that no CTI correction was possible because the data were telemetered in graded mode. All reductions were carried out with CIAO, version 2.3, coupled with CALDB, version 2.21. In order to combine the event files into a single image for point-source detection, the authors obtained relative offsets by matching the celestial coordinates of two X-ray point sources. The relative offset was ~ 0.5". The total exposure time of the co-added image, excluding four background flares totaling ~ 2.5 ks, was 154 ks.


MONR2CXO Catalog

The Monoceros R2 (Mon R2) Cloud X-Ray Point Source Catalog contains the results of the Chandra ACIS-I observation of the central region of this high-mass star-forming region (SFR), which lies at a distance of 830pc. With a deep exposure of ~ 100 ks, the authors detected 368 X-ray sources, ~80% of which were identified with near-infrared (NIR) counterparts. They systematically analyzed the spectra and time variability of most of the X-ray emitting sources and provide a comprehensive X-ray source catalog for the first time. Using the J-, H- and K-bands magnitudes of the NIR counterparts, they have estimated the evolutionary phase, classical T Tauri (CTT) stars and weak-lined T Tauri (WTT) stars, and the masses of the X-ray emitting sources, and have analyzed their X-ray properties as a function of age and mass. They found a marginal hint that CTT stars have a slightly higher temperature (2.4 keV) that of WTT stars (2.0 keV). A significant fraction of the high- and intermediate-mass sources have time variability and high plasma temperatures (2.7 keV) simailar to those of the low-mass stars (2.0 keV). This supports earlier proposals that high- and intermediate-mass young stellar objects emit X-rays via magnetic activity. The authors also found a significant difference in the spatial distribution between X-ray and NIR sources.

MOXC Catalog

This table contains the Massive Star-forming Regions (MSFRs) Omnibus X-ray Catalog (MOXC), a compendium of X-ray point sources from Chandra/ACIS observations of a selection of MSFRs across the Galaxy, plus 30 Doradus in the Large Magellanic Cloud. MOXC consists of 20,623 X-ray point sources from 12 MSFRs with distances ranging from 1.7 kpc to 50 kpc, and comprises Table 3 of the reference paper. In their paper, the authors show the morphology of the unresolved X-ray emission that remains after the cataloged X-ray point sources are excised from the ACIS data, in the context of Spitzer and WISE observations that trace the bubbles, ionization fronts, and photon-dominated regions that characterize MSFRs. In previous work, they have found that this unresolved X-ray emission is dominated by hot plasma from massive star wind shocks. This diffuse X-ray emission is found in every MOXC MSFR, clearly demonstrating that massive star feedback (and the several-million-degree plasmas that it generates) is an integral component of MSFR physics.

The Chandra observations used for the Massive Star-forming Regions Omnibus X-ray Catalog (MOXC) are summarized in Table 2 of the reference paper and have dates ranging from 2000-04-03 to 2013-01-31 for the 12 MSFRs: the 7 MYStIX targets NGC 6334, NGC 6357, M 16, M 17, W 3, W 4 and NGC 3576, and the 5 "beyond-MYStIX" targets G333.6-0.2, W 51A, G29.96-0.02, NGC 3603 and 30 Doradus.

A similar table to MOXC for other MYStIX targets was presented by Kuhn et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 27, available as the HEASARC MYSTIXXRAY table). The main difference between that table and the MOXC version is that the present authors have chosen to omit absorption-corrected X-ray source luminosities from the XPHOT algorithm (Getman et al. 2010, ApJ, 708, 1760) herein, because those quantities are given in Broos et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 32, available as the HEASARC MYSTIXMPCM table) for relevant MYStIX X-ray sources (those classified as pre-main sequence stars). For beyond-MYStIX targets, the authors chose to postpone XPHOT calculations until the X-ray sources were classified, since XPHOT estimates are only appropriate for pre-MS stars. The XPHOT code is available (Getman et al. 2012, Astrophysics Source Code Library, record ascl.soft12002) if others wish to use it on MOXC sources.

All photometric quantities in this table are apparent (not corrected for absorption). The HEASARC has used prefixes 'fb_', 'sb_' and 'hb_' (replacing the suffixes '_t', '_s' and '_h' used in the reference paper) on the names of the X-ray photometric quantities which designate the full (total, 0.5 - 8 keV), soft (0.5 - 2.0 keV) and hard (2-8 keV) energy bands. Correction for finite extraction apertures is applied to the ancillary reference file (ARF) calibration products (see Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, Section 5.3); the total_counts and counts quantities characterize the extraction and are not aperture-corrected. The only calibrated quantities presented are the apparent photon fluxes, in units of photon cm-2 s-1 (see Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, Section 7.4), and estimates for the apparent energy fluxes, in units of erg cm-2 s-1 (Getman et al. 2010, ApJ, 708, 1760).


MYSTIXMPCM Catalog

The Massive Young Star-forming complex Study in Infrared and X-rays (MYStIX) project requires samples of young stars that are likely members of 20 nearby Galactic massive star-forming regions. Membership is inferred from statistical classification of X-ray sources, from detection of a robust infrared excess that is best explained by circumstellar dust in a disk or infalling envelope and from published spectral types that are unlikely to be found among field stars. This table contains the MYStIX membership lists, which total 31,549 probable complex members. In their reference paper, the authors describe in detail the statistical classification of X-ray sources via a "Naive Bayes Classifier". These membership lists provide the empirical foundation for subsequent MYStIX science studies.

The MYStIX project, described by Feigelson et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 26), seeks to identify and study samples of young stars in 20 nearby (0.4 < D < 3.6kpc) Galactic massive star-forming regions (MSFRs). These samples are derived using X-ray data from the Chandra X-ray Observatory, near-infrared (NIR) photometry from the United Kingdom InfraRed Telescope (UKIRT) and from the Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS), mid-infrared (MIR) photometry from the Spitzer Space Telescope, and from published spectroscopically-identified massive stars. The purpose of this study is to describe the authors' efforts to minimize contaminants in the MYStIX catalogs of young stars. They refer to these latter objects as the "MYStIX Probable Complex Members" or MPCMs. This table contains the combined MPCM catalog for all 20 of the MYStIX MSFRs. This MPCM catalog is the union of three sets of probable members identified by three different established methods for identifying young stars (see Feigelson et al. 2013, ApJS, 209, 26, Fig. 3).

Most of the X-ray information on the MPCMs (with the exception of the X-ray luminosities and absorbing column densities obtained using XPHOT) was produced by the ACIS Extract (AE) software package (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582 and 2012, Astrophysics Source Code Library, 1203.001). The AE software and User's Guide are available at http://www.astro.psu.edu/xray/acis/acis_analysis.html. X-ray quantities using the 'fb' prefix are for the full or total energy band from 0.5 - 8.0 keV, those using the 'sb' prefix are for the soft band from 0.5 - 2.0 keV, and those using the 'hb' prefix are for the hard band from 2.0 - 8.0 keV. L. K. Townsley and P. S. Broos (2013, in preparation) and Kuhn et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 27) identify a few very bright X-ray sources in each region that suffer from a type of instrumental non-linearity known as photon pile-up (http://cxc.harvard.edu/ciao/why/pileup_intro.html); X-ray properties reported for those sources are biased and should be used with caution.


MYSTIXXRAY Catalog

The Massive Young Star-forming complex Study in Infrared and X-ray (MYStIX) uses data from the Chandra X-Ray Observatory to identify and characterize the young stellar populations in 20 Galactic (d < 4 kpc) massive star-forming regions. In this present study, the X-ray analysis for Chandra ACIS-I observations of 10 of the MYStIX fields is described, and a catalog of > 10,000 X-ray sources is presented in this table. In comparison to other published Chandra source lists for the same regions, the number of MYStIX-detected faint X-ray sources in a region is often doubled. While the higher catalog sensitivity increases the chance of false detections, it also increases the number of matches to infrared stars. X-ray emitting contaminants include foreground stars, background stars, and extragalactic sources. The X-ray properties of sources in these classes are discussed in the reference paper.

The X-ray observations were made with the imaging array on the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. This array of four CCD detectors subtends 17' x 17' on the sky. The number of different Chandra pointings for each region, the total exposures for these pointings, and details of how the observations were taken are provided in Table 1 of the reference paper. Overall, 29 Chandra ObsIDs are included with typical integration times for a pointing of 40 - 100 ks, sufficient to detect most OB stars and lower-mass pre-main-sequence stars down to ~ 0.5 - 1 solar masses for the MYStIX regions. The 10 MYStIX MSFRs treated herein are listed in Table 2 of the reference paper.

The data were acquired from the Chandra Data Archive from 2001 Jan to Mar 2008 for 10 MYStIX fields (the Flame Nebula, RCW 36, NGC 2264, the Rosette Nebula, the Lagoon Nebula, NGC 2362, DR 21, RCW 38, Trifid Nebula and NGC 1893). The X-ray photometry is from Broos et al. (2010, ApJ, 714, 1582; ACIS Extract); see also the CCCP, Broos et al. (2011, ApJS, 194, 2). The source significance quantities (fb_prob_no_src, sb_prob_no_src, hb_prob_no_src and prob_no_src_min) are computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to maximize significance (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, Section 6.2). The source position and positional uncertainty quantities are computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to minimize the position uncertainty (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, Sections 6.2 and 7.1). All other quantities are computed using a subset of each source's extractions chosen to balance the conflicting goals of minimizing photometric uncertainty and of avoiding photometric bias (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582, Sections 6.2 and 7).

The observed and absorption-corrected energy fluxes and their associated errors and the estimated hydrogen column densities and their uncertainties are derived using non-parametric procedures (XPHOT, Getman et al. 2010, ApJ, 708, 1760). XPHOT assumes the X-ray spectral shapes of young, low-mass stars, which come from coronal X-ray emission. XPHOT quantities will therefore be unreliable for high-mass stars, for which X-ray emission is associated with the stellar wind.


NAPEXMMCXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first extensive X-ray study of the North-America and Pelican star-forming region (NGC 7000/IC 5070), with the aim of finding and characterizing the young population of this cloud. X-ray data from Chandra (four pointings) and XMM-Newton (seven pointings) were reduced and source detection algorithm applied to each image. The authors complement the X-ray data with optical and near-IR data from the IPHAS, UKIDSS, and 2MASS catalogs, and with other published optical and Spitzer IR data. More than 700 X-ray sources are detected, the majority of which have an optical or NIR counterpart. This allowed the authors to identify young stars in different stages of formation. Less than 30% of the X-ray sources are identified with a previously known young star. the authors argue that most X-ray sources with an optical or NIR counterpart, except perhaps for a few tens at near-zero reddening, are likely candidate members of the star-forming region, on the basis of both their optical and NIR magnitudes and colors, and of their X-ray properties such as spectral hardness or flux variations. They are characterized by a wide range of extinction, and sometimes near-IR excesses, both of which prevent derivation of accurate stellar parameters. The optical color-magnitude diagram suggests ages between 1-10 Myr. The X-ray members have a very complex spatial distribution with some degree of subclustering, qualitatively similar to that of previously known members. The detailed distribution of X-ray sources relative to the objects with IR excesses identified with Spitzer is sometimes suggestive of sequential star formation, especially near the 'Gulf of Mexico' region, probably triggered by the O5 star which illuminates the whole region. The authors confirm that around the O5 star no enhancement in the young star density is found, in agreement with previous results. Thanks to the precision and depth of the IPHAS and UKIDSS data used, the authors also determine the local optical-IR reddening law, and compute an updated reddening map of the entire region.

This table contains the catalog of X-ray sources, with their optical and near-IR identifications, in the NGC 7000/IC 5070 (North America/Pelican) star formation complex. The final X-ray source list comprises 721 objects, of which there are 378 ACIS detections (of which 34 have an XMM-Newton counterpart), and 343 XMM-Newton-only detection. The chosen detection threshold, corresponding to approximately one spurious detection per field, ensures that no more than approximately ten of the 721 detections are spurious. The 11 XMM-Newton and Chandra fields analyzed in this study are listed in Tables 1 and 2, respectively, of the reference paper.


NARCSCAT Catalog

This table contains the catalog of 1,415 X-ray sources identified in the Norma Arm Region Chandra Survey (NARCS), which covers a 2 degree x 0.8 degree region in the direction of the Norma spiral arm to a depth of ~ 20 ks. Of these sources, 1,130 are point-like sources detected with >= 3-sigma confidence in at least one of three energy bands (0.5 - 10, 0.5 - 2, and 2 - 10 keV), five have extended emission, and the remainder are detected at low significance. Since most sources have too few counts to permit individual classification, they are divided into five spectral groups defined by their quantile properties. The authors analyze stacked spectra of X-ray sources within each group, in conjunction with their fluxes, variability, and infrared counterparts, to identify the dominant populations in this survey. They find that ~ 50% of their sources are foreground sources located within 1 - 2 kpc, which is consistent with expectations from previous surveys. Approximately 20% of sources are likely located in the proximity of the Scutum-Crux and near Norma arm, while 30% are more distant, in the proximity of the far Norma arm or beyond. The authors argue that a mixture of magnetic and non-magnetic cataclysmic variables dominates the Scutum-Crux and near Norma arms, while intermediate polars and high-mass stars (isolated or in binaries) dominate the far Norma arm. In the paper, they also present the cumulative number count distribution for sources in this survey that are detected in the hard energy band. A population of very hard sources in the vicinity of the far Norma arm and active galactic nuclei dominate the hard X-ray emission down to fX ~ 10-14 erg cm-2 s-1, but the distribution curve flattens at fainter fluxes. The authors find good agreement between the observed distribution and predictions based on other surveys.

Chandra ACIS-I observations were performed in faint mode of a 2 degree by 0.8 degree region of the Norma spiral arm in 2011 June. This field was subdivided into 27 pointings; Table 1 in the reference paper reports their coordinates and exposure times and Figure 1 (op. cit.) is a mosaic image of the survey. The observing strategy was to cover a wide area with relatively uniform flux sensitivity and good spatial resolution; therefore, the authors chose field centers spaced by 12 arcminutes, which provided roughly 70 arcminute2 of overlap on the outskirts of adjacent observations such that the additional exposure time in these overlapping regions partly made up for the worsening point-spread function (PSF) at large off-axis angles.


NGC1068CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a study of the compact X-ray source population in the Seyfert 2 galaxy NGC 1068, imaged with a 50-ks Chandra observation. The authors find a total of 84 compact sources on the ACIS-S3 chip, of which 66 are located within the 25.0 B-mag/arcsec2 isophote of the galactic disk of NGC 1068. In the reference paper, the spectra of the 21 X-ray sources with at least 50 counts were modeled with both multicolor disk blackbody and power-law models. The power-law model provides the better description of the spectrum for 18 of these sources. For fainter sources, the spectral index was estimated from the hardness ratio. Five sources have 0.4-8 keV intrinsic luminosities greater than 1039 ergs s-1, assuming that their emission is isotropic and that they are associated with NGC 1068. The authors refer to these sources as intermediate-luminosity X-ray objects (IXOs). If these five sources are X-ray binaries accreting with luminosities that are both sub-Eddington and isotropic, then the implied source masses are >~7 solar masses, and so they are inferred to be black holes. Most of the spectrally modeled sources have spectral shapes similar to Galactic black hole candidates. However, the brightest compact source in NGC 1068 has a spectrum that is much harder than that found in Galactic black hole candidates and other IXOs. The brightest source also shows large amplitude variability on both short-term and long-term timescales, with the count rate possibly decreasing by a factor of 2 in ~2 ks during this Chandra observation, and the source flux decreasing by a factor of 5 between this observation and the grating observations taken just over 9 months later. The ratio of the number of sources with luminosities greater than 2.1 x 1038 ergs s-1 in the 0.4-8 keV band to the rate of massive (>5 solar masses) star formation is the same, to within a factor of 2, for NGC 1068, the Antennae, NGC 5194 (the main galaxy in M51), and the Circinus galaxy. This suggests that the rate of production of X-ray binaries per massive star is approximately the same for galaxies with currently active star formation, including "starbursts."

The authors were concerned with the study of the discrete X-ray source population in NGC 1068, imaged within the 8.4 arcmin x 8.4 arcmin (35.3 kpc x 35.3 kpc) field of view of the ACIS S3 chip. Images were extracted from the reprocessed level 2 events file in soft (0.4-1.5 keV), hard (1.5-5.0 keV) and full (0.4-5.0 keV) energy bands. The authors used the CIAO program wavdetect to search the images in the three energy bands for discrete sources of X-ray emission. They analyzed the images using wavelet scales in the range from 1 pixel (0.492 arcsec) to 16 pixels (7.87 arcsec), separated by a factor of sqrt(2). The wavelet source detection threshold was set to 10-6, which gives approximately one false source for the whole S3 chip. The total number of sources detected by wavdetect in the soft, hard, and full energy band images was 115, 67, and 138, respectively. Each of these sources was examined carefully by eye, and only those 84 sources that appear compact to the eye are included in this source list.


NGC1291CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a study of the X-ray binary (XRB) populations in the bulge and ring regions of the ring galaxy NGC 1291. Utilizing the four available Chandra observations totaling an effective exposure of 179 ks, the authors detect 169 X-ray point sources in the galaxy in the full band (0.3 - 8.0 keV) with a false-positive probability threshold of 10-6 (implying approximately 2 false detections given the size of the image). Of these sources, 75 are in the bulge and 71 are in the ring. The authors report photometric properties of these sources in a point-source catalog. There are ~ 40% of the bulge sources and ~ 25% of the ring sources showing > 3-sigma long-term variability in their X-ray count rate. The X-ray colors suggest that a significant fraction of the bulge (~ 75%) and ring (~ 65%) sources are likely low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs). The spectra of the nuclear source indicate that it is a low-luminosity active galactic nucleus (AGN) with moderate obscuration; spectral variability is observed between individual observations. The authors construct 0.3-8.0 keV X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) for the bulge and ring XRB populations, taking into account the detection incompleteness and background AGN contamination. They reach 90% completeness limits of ~ 1.5 x 1037 and ~ 2.2 x 1037 erg s-1 for the bulge and ring populations, respectively. Both XLFs can be fit with a broken power-law model, and the shapes are consistent with those expected for populations dominated by LMXBs. In the paper, the authors perform detailed population synthesis modeling of the XRB populations in NGC 1291, which suggests that the observed combined XLF is dominated by an old LMXB population. They compare the bulge and ring XRB populations, and argue that the ring XRBs are associated with a younger stellar population than the bulge sources, based on the relative overdensity of X-ray sources in the ring, the generally harder X-ray color of the ring sources, the overabundance of luminous sources in the combined XLF, and the flatter shape of the ring XLF.

NGC1332CXO Catalog

Chandra ACIS-S3 (Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer) observations of the nearby S0 galaxy NGC 1332 resolve much of the X-ray emission into 73 point sources, of which 37 lie within the D25 isophote. The remaining galaxy emission comprises hot, diffuse gas and unresolved sources and is discussed in two companion papers. The point-source X-ray luminosity function (XLF) shows the characteristic break seen in other early-type galaxies at ~2 x 1038 ergs s-1. After applying corrections for detection incompleteness at low luminosities due to source confusion and contamination from diffuse galactic emission, the break vanishes and the data are well described as a single power law. This result casts further doubt on there being a "universal" XLF break in early-type galaxies, marking the division between neutron star and black hole systems. The logarithmic slope of the differential XLF (dN/dL), beta = 2.7 +/- 0.5, is marginally (~2.5 sigma) steeper than has been found for analogous completeness-corrected fits of other early-type galaxies but closely matches the behavior seen at high luminosities in these systems. Two of the sources within D25 are ultraluminous X-ray sources (ULXs), although neither have LX > 2 x 1039 ergs s-1. The absence of very luminous ULXs in early-type galaxies suggests a break in the XLF slope at ~1-2 x 1039 ergs s-1, although the data were not of sufficient quality to constrain such a feature in NGC 1332. The sources have a spatial distribution consistent with the optical light and display a range of characteristics that are consistent with an LMXB population. The general spectral characteristics of the individual sources, as well as the composite source spectra, are in good agreement with observations of other early-type galaxies, although a small number of highly absorbed sources are seen. Two sources have very soft spectra, two show strong variability, indicating compact binary nature, and one source shows evidence of an extended radial profile. The authors do not detect a central source in NGC 1332, but find a faint (LX = 2 +/- 1 x 1038 ergs s-1) point source coincident with the center of the companion dwarf galaxy NGC 1331.

The region of sky containing NGC 1332 was observed with the ACIS instrument aboard Chandra between 2002 September 19 10:39 and September 20 02:59 UTC for a nominal ~60 ksec exposure.. This table contains the 73 bona fide X-ray compact sources detected in this observation, excluding one source centered within 1" of the galaxy centroid that is actually the central part of the diffuse galactic emission, one source within the D25 isophote of the neighboring galaxy NGC 1331, and one source with no photons within the 0.5-7.0 keV band which is likely to be spurious. The spatial extent of 72 of the 73 sources is consistent with the instrumental PSF. One source (number 14) is clearly more extended than the PSF.


NGC1333CXO Catalog

NGC 1333, a highly active star formation region within the Perseus molecular cloud complex, has been observed on 2000 July 12.96 - 13.48 with the ACIS-I detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. The aim point of the array was 3 29 06.1, +31 19 38 (J2000,0 RA and Dec), the satellite roll angle was 95.7 degrees, and the effective exposure time after removing time intervals contaminated by background flaring was 37.8 ks.

In this image with a sensitivity limit in luminosity of ~1028 erg/s for X-ray sources at the 318 pc distance of NGC 1333, 127 X-ray sources were detected, most with sub-arcsecond positional accuracy. While 32 of these sources appear to be foreground stars and extragalactic background objects, 95 X-ray sources are identified with known cluster members. The X-ray luminosity function of the discovered young stellar object (YSO) population spans a range of log LX ~= 28.0 - 31.5 erg s-1 in the 0.5 - 8 keV band, and the absorption column densities range from log NH ~=20 to 23 cm-2. Most of the sources have plasma temperatures between 0.6 and 3 keV, but a few sources show higher temperatures up to ~7 keV. Comparison with K-band source counts indicates that all of the known cluster members with K < 12 and about half of the members with K > 12 were detected. (K ~= 11, the peak of the K-band luminosity function, corresponds to 0.2 - 0.4 M_solar stars for a cluster age of ~1 Myr). Seven of the 20 known YSOs in NGC 1333 which are producing jets or molecular outflows were detected, as well as one deeply embedded object without outflows. No evident difference in X-ray emission of young stars with and without outflows is found.

This present table contains X-ray, optical and near-infrared information on the 109 X-ray sources that were detected above a source significance threshold of 1 x 10-6 in any of 3 energy bands: soft: 0.5 - 2.0 keV, hard: 2.0 - 8.0 keV, or full: 0.5 - 8.0 keV, excluding 8 sources that were deemed to be spurious on visual examination of the images. The faintest on-axis source emerging from the wavelet detection procedure has 5 extracted counts, corresponding to a source of log LX ~ 28.0 in the total (0.5 - 8.0 keV) band for a source with negligible interstellar absorption (AV ~ 1) and a typical source spectrum of a kT ~ 1 keV thermal plasma. This limit increases to 28.6 (29.3) if the absorption is increased to AV ~ 5 (10). The sensitivity decreases by a factor of 4 at the edge of the field compared to the central regions. 80 of the significant 109 sources (73%) have counterparts in a non-X-ray band. This table does not include 18 tentative X-ray sources listed in Table 3 of the reference paper that were found by the authors by searching for concentrations of photons spatially coincident with known sources from near-IR, mm/sub-mm, and radio catalogs of this region which did not reach the detection significance given above. Most of these tentative sources are believed to be real sources.


NGC1399CXO Catalog

This table contains results from a wide-field study of the globular cluster (GC)/low-mass X-ray binary (LMXB) connection in the giant elliptical NGC 1399. The large field of view of the Advanced Camera for Surveys/WFC, combined with the high resolution of the Hubble Space Telescope and Chandra, allow the authors to constrain the LMXB formation scenarios in elliptical galaxies. They confirm that NGC 1399 has the highest LMXB fraction in GCs of all nearby elliptical galaxies studied so far, even though the exact value depends on galactocentric distance due to the interplay of a differential GC versus galaxy light distribution and the GC color dependence. In fact, LMXBs are preferentially hosted by bright, red GCs out to > 5 Reff of the galaxy light. The finding that GCs hosting LMXBs follow the radial distribution of their parent GC population argues against the hypothesis that the external dynamical influence of the galaxy affects the LMXB formation in GCs. On the other hand, field-LMXBs closely match the host galaxy light, thus indicating that they are originally formed in situ and not inside GCs. The authors measure GC structural parameters, finding that the LMXB formation likelihood is influenced independently by mass, metallicity, and GC structural parameters. In particular, the GC central density plays a major role in predicting which GCs host accreting binaries. Finally, this analysis shows that LMXBs in GCs are marginally brighter than those in the field, and in particular the only color-confirmed GC with LX > 1039 erg/s shows no variability, which may indicate a superposition of multiple LMXBs in these systems.

The optical data were taken with the ACS on board the HST (GO-10129), in the F606W filter. A detailed description of the HST data and source catalogs are given in Puzia T.H. et al. 2011, in preparation.

The X-ray data were retrieved from the Chandra public archive (CXC). The authors selected observations 319 (ACIS-S; 2000 Jan 18) and 1472 (ACIS-I; 2003 May 26).

This table contains the list of 230 X-ray sources detected in the overlap region common to Chandra ACIS-I, Chandra ACIS-S and HST ACS observation (see Fig 1 of the reference paper). Details of the X-ray source detection methodology are given in Section 2.2 of the reference paper.


NGC1600CXO Catalog

The authors observed the X-ray-bright E3 galaxy NGC 1600 and nearby members of the NGC 1600 group with the Chandra X-Ray Observatory ACIS-S3 to study their X-ray properties. NGC 1600 is the brightest member of the NGC 1600 group; NGC 1601 (1.6 arcminutes away) and NGC 1603 (2.5 arcminutes away) are the two nearest galaxies, both of which are non-interacting members. The authors adopted the 2MASS Point Source Catalog position of J2000.0 RA = 04h 31m 39.87s, Dec = -05o 05' 10.5" as the location of the center of the NGC 1600 galaxy.

Unresolved emission dominates the Chandra observation; however, some of the emission is resolved into 71 sources, most of which are low-mass X-ray binaries associated with NGC 1600. Twenty-one of the sources have LX > 2 x 1039 ergs/s (0.3-10.0 keV; assuming they are at the distance of NGC 1600 of 59.98 Mpc), marking them as ultraluminous X-ray point source (ULX) candidates. NGC 1600 may have the largest number of ULX candidates in an early-type galaxy to date; however, cosmic variance in the number of background active galactic nuclei cannot be ruled out. The spectrum and luminosity function (LF) of the resolved sources are more consistent with sources found in other early-type galaxies than with sources found in star-forming regions of galaxies. The source LF and the spectrum of the unresolved emission both indicate that there are a large number of unresolved point sources. The authors propose that these sources are associated with globular clusters (GCs) and that NGC 1600 has a large GC specific frequency. Observations of the GC population in NGC 1600 would be very useful for testing this prediction.

NGC 1600 was observed in two intervals on 2002 September 18-19 (ObsID 4283) and 2002 September 20 (ObsID 4371) with live exposures of 26,783 and 26,752 s, respectively. The first observation showed clear evidence of a major background "flare" in the first 20% of the observation. The second observation had some small fluctuations greater than 20% from the mean rate. After these were filtered, observations 4283 and 4371 had flare-free exposure times of 21,562 and 23,616 s, respectively. This table lists all 71 discrete sources detected by wavdetect over the 0.3-6 keV energy range in the combination of the two observations. The first 3 sources (source numbers 1, 2 and 3) are clearly extended according to the authors. The authors expect 11 +/- 2 foreground/background sources to be present based on the source counts in Brandt et al. (2000, AJ, 119, 2349) and Mushotzky et al. (2000, Nature, 404, 459).

The authors determined the observed X-ray hardness ratios for the sources, using the same techniques that they have used previously. They define three hardness ratios as H21 = (M-S)/(M+S), H31 = (H-S)/(H+S), and H32 = (H-M)/(H+M), where S,M, and H are the total counts in the soft (0.3-1 keV), medium (1-2 keV) and hard (2-6 keV) respectively. From their previous definitions, they have reduced the hard band from 2-10 to 2-6 keV: since the 6-10 keV range is dominated by background photons for most sources, this should increase the S/N of the hardness ratio techniques. The hardness ratios measure observed counts, which are affected by Galactic absorption and quantum efficiency (QE) degradation in the Chandra ACIS detectors. In order to compare with other galaxies, it is useful to correct the hardness ratios for these two soft X-ray absorption effects. Therefore, the authors have calculated the intrinsic hardness ratios, denoted by a superscript 0, using a correction factor in each band appropriate to the best-fit spectrum of the resolved sources, and these are what are quoted in this table.


NGC1893CXO Catalog

The outer Galaxy, where the environmental conditions are different from the solar neighbourhood, is a laboratory in which it is possible to investigate the dependence of the star formation process on the environmental parameters. The authors investigate the X-ray properties of NGC 1893, a young cluster (~ 1 - 2 Myr) in the outer part of the Galaxy (galactic radius >= 11 kpc), where they expect differences in the disk evolution and in the mass distribution of the stars, so as to explore the X-ray emission of its members and compare it with that of young stars in star forming regions near to the Sun.

The authors analyze 5 deep Chandra ACIS-I observations with a total exposure time of 450 ks. Source events of the 1021 X-ray sources have been extracted with the IDL-based routine ACIS-Extract. Using spectral fitting and quantile analysis of X-ray spectra, they derive X-ray luminosities and compare the respective properties of Class II and Class III members. They also evaluate the variability of sources using the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and identify flares in the lightcurves.

The X-ray luminosity of NGC 1893 X-ray members is in the range 1029.5 - 1031.5 erg s-1. Diskless stars are brighter in X-rays than disk-bearing stars, given the same bolometric luminosity. The authors find that 34% of the 1021 lightcurves appear variable and that they show 0.16 flares per source, on the average. Comparing their results with those relative to the Orion Nebula Cluster, they find that, after accounting for observational biases, the X-ray properties of NGC 1893 and the Orion stars are very similar.

The authors conclude that the X-ray properties of stars in NGC 1893 are not affected by the environment and that the stellar population in the outer Galaxy may have the same coronal properties as nearby star-forming regions. The X-ray luminosity properties and the X-ray luminosity function appear to be universal and can therefore be used for estimating distances and for determining stellar properties.


NGC2024CXO Catalog

The NGC 2024 Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog contains the results of a sensitive 76 ks Chandra observation of the young stellar cluster in NGC 2024, lying at a distance of ~415 pc in the Orion B giant molecular cloud. Previous infrared observations have shown that this remarkable cluster contains several hundred embedded young stars, most of which are still surrounded by circumstellar disks. Thus, it presents a rare opportunity to study X-ray activity in a large sample of optically invisible protostars and classical T Tauri stars (CTTSs) undergoing accretion. Chandra detected 283 X-ray sources, of which 248 were identified with counterparts at other wavelengths, mostly in the near-infrared. Astrometric registration of Chandra images against the Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) resulted in positional offsets of ~0.25" near field center, yielding high confidence identifications of infrared counterparts. The Chandra detections are characterized by hard, heavily absorbed spectra and specular variability. Spectral analysis of more than 100 of the brightest X-ray sources yields a mean V-band extinction of ~10.5 magnitudes and typical plasma energies <kT> ~ 3 keV. Chandra detected all but one of a sample of 27 classical T Tauri stars (CTTSs) identified from previous near- and mid-infrared photometry, and their X-ray and bolometric luminosities are correlated. IRS 2b, which is thought to be a massive embedded late O or early B star that may be the ionizing source of NGC 2024, is detected as an X-ray source. Seven millimeter-bright cores (FIR 1-7) in NGC 2024 that may be protostellar were not detected, with the possible exception of faint emission near the unusual core FIR 4.

NGC2237CXO Catalog

The authors have obtained high spatial resolution Chandra X-ray images of the NGC 2237 young stellar cluster on the periphery of the Rosette Nebula. They detect 168 X-ray sources, 80% of which have stellar counterparts in USNO, Two Micron All Sky Survey, and deep FLAMINGOS images. These constitute the first census of the cluster members with 0.2 <~ M <~ 2 Msun. Star locations in near-infrared color-magnitude diagrams indicate a cluster age of around 2 Myr with a visual extinction of 1 <~ AV <~ 3 at 1.4 kpc, the distance of the Rosette Nebula's main cluster NGC 2244. The authors derive the K-band luminosity function and the X-ray luminosity function of the cluster, which indicate a population of ~ 400-600 stars. The X-ray-selected sample shows a K-excess disk frequency of 13%. The young Class II counterparts are aligned in an arc ~3 pc long suggestive of a triggered formation process induced by the O stars in NGC 2244. The diskless Class III sources are more dispersed. Several X-ray emitting stars are located inside the molecular cloud and around gaseous pillars projecting from the cloud. These stars, together with a previously unreported optical outflow originating inside the cloud, indicate that star formation is continuing at a low level and the cluster is still growing. This X-ray view of young stars on the western side of the Rosette Nebula complements the authors' earlier studies of the central cluster NGC 2244 and the embedded clusters on the eastern side of the Nebula. The large-scale distribution of the clusters and molecular material is consistent with a scenario in which the rich central NGC 2244 cluster formed first, and its expanding H II region triggered the formation of the now-unobscured satellite clusters Rosette Molecular Cloud (RMC) XA and NGC 2237. A large swept-up shell of material around the H II region is now in a second phase of collect-and-collapse fragmentation, leading to the recent formation of subclusters. Other clusters deeper in the molecular cloud appear unaffected by the Rosette Nebula expansion.

Some sources which have information from published catalogs are listed by their source_number value below, where for convenience, [OI81] = Ogura & Ishida (1981, PASJ, 33, 149), [MJD95] = Massey, Johnson, & Degioia-Eastwood (1995, ApJ, 454, 151) and [BC02] = Berghofer & Christian (2002, A&A, 384, 890):

   53 = [OI81] 14 = [MJD95] 104; spectral type B1V; pmRA=11.0 mas/yr,
        pmDE=-2.8 mas/yr;
   54 = [OI81] 10 = [MJD95] 108; spectral type B2V; pmRA=-2.3 mas/yr,
        pmDE=-11.9 mas/yr;
   61 = V539 Mon [OI81] 13 = [MJD95] 110; MSX6C G206.1821-02.3456;
        pmRA=2.8 mas/yr, pmDE=0.4 mas/yr;
   71 = [OI81] 12 = [MJD95] 102; pmRA=6.8 mas/yr, pmDE=0.6 mas/yr;
  128 = [OI81] 35 = [MJD95] 471; spectral type A2:; pmRA=-0.8 mas/yr,
        pmDE=3.6 mas/yr;
  138 = [OI81] 36 = [MJD95] 497; spectral type B5; pmRA=6.5 mas/yr,
        pmDE=2.1 mas/yr;
  141 = [MJD95] 498; pmRA=-3.0 mas/yr, pmDE=1.9 mas/yr;
  149 = [BC02] 11; known X-ray source; log(Lx(ROSAT/PSPC))=31.01 erg/s;
        pmRA=0.6 mas/yr, pmDE=-12.6 mas/yr;
  161 = [MJD95] 653; pmRA=-1.0 mas/yr, pmDE=-5.4 mas/yr

NGC2244CXO Catalog

This table contains the point source catalog based on the first high spatial resolution X-ray study of NGC 2244, the 2 Myr old stellar cluster in the Rosette Nebula, using Chandra. Over 900 X-ray sources are detected within 20 arcminutes of the cluster central position (J2000.0 RA and Dec of 6 31 59.9, +4 55 36); 77% of these X-ray sources have optical or FLAMINGOS NIR stellar counterparts and are mostly previously uncataloged young cluster members. The X-ray-selected population is estimated to be nearly complete between 0.5 and 3 Msolar. A number of further results emerge from the analysis: (1) The X-ray luminosity function (XLF) and the associated K-band LF indicate a normal Salpeter IMF for NGC 2244. This is inconsistent with the top-heavy IMF reported from earlier optical studies that lacked a good census of < 4 Msolar stars. By comparing the NGC 2244 and Orion Nebula Cluster XLFs, the authors estimate a total population of ~2000 stars in NGC 2244. (2) The spatial distribution of X-ray stars is strongly concentrated around the central O5 star, HD 46150. The other early O star, HD 46223, has few companions. The cluster's stellar radial density profile shows two distinctive structures: a power-law cusp around HD 46150 that extends to ~0.7 pc, surrounded by an isothermal sphere extending out to 4 pc with core radius 1.2 pc. This double structure, combined with the absence of mass segregation, indicates that this 2 Myr old cluster is not in dynamical equilibrium. (3) The fraction of X-ray-selected cluster members with K-band excesses caused by inner protoplanetary disks is 6%, slightly lower than the 10% disk fraction estimated from the FLAMINGOS study based on the NIR-selected sample. (4) X-ray luminosities for 24 stars earlier than B4 confirm the long-standing log (LX/Lbol) ~ -7 relation. The Rosette OB X-ray spectra are soft and consistent with the standard model of small-scale shocks in the inner wind of a single massive star.

NGC2264CX2 Catalog

With the goal of improving the member census of the NGC 2264 star-forming region and studying the origin of X-ray activity in young pre-main sequence (PMS) stars, the authors analyzed a deep, 100 ks long, Chandra ACIS observation covering a 17' x 17' field in the 3 Myr old star-forming region (SFR) NGC 2264. The preferential detection in X-rays of low-mass PMS stars gives strong indications of their membership. The authors study X-ray activity as a function of stellar and circumstellar characteristics by correlating the X-ray luminosities, temperatures, and absorptions with optical and near-infrared (NIR) data from the literature.

The authors detected 420 X-ray point sources in the observation above a 4.6-sigma significance threshold using the PWDetect software. Optical and NIR counterparts were found in the literature for 85% of the sources. The authors argue that more than 90% of these counterparts are NGC 2264 members, thereby significantly increasing the known low-mass cluster population by about 100 objects. Among the sources without counterpart, about 50% are probably associated with members, several of which are expected to be previously unknown protostellar objects. With regard to activity, several previous findings are confirmed: X-ray luminosity is related to stellar mass, although with a large scatter; Lx/Lbol is close to, but almost invariably below, the saturation level of 10-3, especially when considering the quiescent X-ray emission. A comparison between classical T Tauri stars (CTTS) and weak-line T Tauri stars (WTTS) shows several differences: CTTS have, at any given mass, activity levels that are both lower and more scattered than WTTS; emission from CTTS may also be more time variable and is on average slightly harder than for WTTS. However, there is evidence in some CTTS of extremely cool, ~0.1 - 0.2 keV, plasma which the authors speculate is due to plasma heated by accretion shocks.

The X-ray spectra of the 199 sources with more than 50 detected photons were analyzed by the authors. Spectral fits were performed with XSPEC 11.3 and with several shell and TCL scripts to automate the process. For each source, they fit the data in the [0.5 - 7.0] keV energy interval with several model spectra: one and two isothermal components (APEC), subject to photoelectric absorption from interstellar and circumstellar material (WABS). Plasma abundances for one-temperature (1T) models were fixed at 0.3 times the solar abundances, while they were both fixed at that value and treated as a free parameter for the two-temperature (2T) models. The absorbing column densities, NH, were both left as a free parameter and fixed at values corresponding to the optically/NIR determined extinctions, when available: NH = 1.6 x 1021 AV.

This table contains the X-ray, optical and NIR data for the 420 detected X-ray sources; it does not contain the master catalog of 1598 optical/NIR sources within the ACIS FOV which was presented in Table 3 of the reference paper, available at ftp://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/pub/cats/J/A+A/455/903/table3.dat


NGC2264CXO Catalog

The NGC 2264 Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog contains the results of a Chandra observation of a field in the NGC 2264 star-forming region. The observation was made with Chandra's Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer imaging array (ACIS-I) on 2002 February 9, and has an exposure time of 48.1 ks. The catalog contains 263 sources, and includes X-ray luminosity, optical and infrared photometry, and X-ray variability information. The authors found 41 variable sources, 14 of which have a flare-like light curve, and two of which have a pattern of a steady increase or decrease over a 10-hr period. The optical and infrared photometry for the stars identified as X-ray sources are consistent with most of these objects being pre-main sequence stars with ages younger than 3 Myr.

The authors found that 213 (81%) of the 263 X-ray sources have optical and/or infrared counterparts, most, but probably not all, of which are likely to be member stars of NGC 2264. There are 51 X-ray sources that lack optical or infrared counterparts: the authors believe that these are most likely extragalactic objects (active galaxies).


NGC2362CXO Catalog

This table contains the results of an observation of the young cluster NGC 2362 in X-rays with Chandra ACIS-I in which 387 point X-ray sources, most of which are shown to be cluster members, were detected using PWDetect, a wavelet-based source detection algorithm, with a detection threshold chosen to ensure no more than one spurious detection in the entire ACIS FOV. The table lists all of the detected X-ray sources and their basic X-ray properties, as well as their proposed identifications with optical stars, using data from Moitinho et al. (2001ApJ...563L..73M; UBVRI photometry) and Dahm (2005, CDS Cat. <J/AJ/130/1805>; H-alpha data), as well as newer photometric data from Moitinho et al. (2005, in 'Cores to Clusters' [A&SSL, 324], 167). A matching position of less than 4 times the X-ray positional uncertainty of the X-ray source from PWDetect was used. Also included in the table is a classification of the optically-identified X-ray sources, based on their positions in the HR Diagram, which helps to separate rather clearly the cluster members from interloping field objects.

NGC2403CX2 Catalog

This table contains a comprehensive X-ray point source catalog of the galaxy NGC 2403, an outlying member of the M 81 group of galaxies, as part of the Chandra Local Volume Survey. The combined archival observations of this galaxy have an effective exposure time of 190 ks. When combined with the catalogs of sources in NGC 55 and NGC 4214 given in this same reference paper, and the authors' previously published catalogs for NGC 300 (Binder et al. 2012, ApJ, 758, 15) and NGC 404 (Binder et al. 2013, ApJ, 763, 128), the CLVS contains 629 high-significance X-ray sources total down to a limiting unabsorbed luminosity of ~ 5 x 1035 erg s-1 in the 0.35-8.0 keV band in each of the five galaxies. In the reference paper, the authors present X-ray hardness ratios, spectral analysis, radial source distributions, and an analysis of the temporal variability for the X-ray sources detected at high significance. To constrain the nature of each X-ray source, they carried out cross-correlations with multi-wavelength data sets. They searched overlapping Hubble Space Telescope observations for optical counterparts to their X-ray detections to provide preliminary classifications for each X-ray source as a likely X-ray binary, background active galactic nucleus, supernova remnant, or foreground star.

The authors utilized archival X-ray observations: NGC 2403 was observed by the Chandra X-Ray Observatory using the ACIS-S array on five occasions for a total of 190 ks:

  Obs. ID       Date       Eff. Exposure time (ks)

  2014       2001 Apr 17       35
  4627       2004 Aug 09       31
  4628       2004 Aug 23       42
  4629       2004 Oct 03       40
  4630       2004 Dec 22       42
The iterative source detection strategy that was used is described in Section 2.3 of Binder et al. (2012, ApJ, 758, 15). ACIS-Extract (AE) was run a final time on the source list that was produces after an initial run of wavdetect followed by several iterations of AE, and the Poisson probability of not being a source (pns) value was computed in each of the following nine energy bands: 0.5 - 8.0, 0.5 - 2.0, 2.0 - 8.0, 0.5 - 1.0, 1.0 - 2.0, 2.0 - 4.0, 4.0 - 8.0, 0.35 - 1.0 or 0.35 - 8.0 keV. To be included in the final NGC 2403 catalog, a source was required to have a pns value less than 4 x 10-6 in any of the nine energy bands. The final CLVS source catalog for NGC 2403 contains 190 sources.

NGC2403CXO Catalog

Archival Chandra observations are used to study the X-ray emission associated with star formation in the central region of the nearby (D = 3.2 Mpc, 1 arcminute = 1 kpc) SAB(s)cd galaxy NGC 2403. The distribution of X-ray emission is compared to the morphology visible at other wavelengths using complementary Spitzer, Galaxy Evolution Explorer, and ground-based H-alpha imagery. In general, the brightest X-ray emission is associated with H II regions and to other star-forming structures, but is more pervasive, existing also in regions devoid of strong H-alpha and UV emission.

NGC 2403 was observed in full-frame mode with the Chandra ACIS-S on four occasions for a total of ~ 180 ks, on 2001 Apr 17, 2004 Aug 13, 2004 Oct 03 and 2004 Dec 22. The source-finding tool described by Tennant (2006, AJ, 132, 1372) was applied to all 4 individual data sets and to the merged data set in order to search for discrete X-ray sources. The search was limited to the cnetral 6' x 6' (6 kpc x 6 kpc) region and to events within the full Chandra energy range 0.3-8.0 keV. Fifty eight point sources were detected in the merged data set with a signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) above 2.8 and with a minimum of 5 sigma above background uncertainty (corresponding to a detection limit of 8-10 counts for a typical on-axis source). These sources were listed in Table 2 of the reference paper and and are contained in the present HEASARC table. They can be selected by specifying source_type = 'Point Source'.

The X-ray data were also examined to see if there was emission from known SNRs and H II regions after masking out the afore-mentioned X-ray point sources (see Section 2.1 of the reference paper for full details). Events falling within the areas defined by 24 optically identified SNRs that were imaged on the S3 chip in the first three observations were used to construct a composite spectrum. This stacked spectrum was fit by an absorbed 1-T APEC model with the hydrogen column density as a free parameter in XSPEC which was then used to translate the observed net count rates into X-ray luminosities. Only 4 or 5 of these SNRs are likely to be 'truely' detected X-ray sources. The SNRs can be selected in the present HEASARC table by specifying source_type ='SNR'.

A similar procedure was used to search the X-ray data for the presence of X-ray emission at the locations of 47 H II regions in NGC 2403. Events falling within the areas defined by 47 H II regiuons that were imaged on the S3 chip in the first three observations were used to construct a composite spectrum. This stacked spectrum was fit by an absorbed 2-T APEC model with the hydrogen column density as a free parameter in XSPEC which was then used to translate the observed net count rates into X-ray luminosities. Only the most X-ray-luminous H II regions are likely to be 'truely' detected X-ray sources. The H II regions can be selected in the present HEASARC table by specifying source_type ='HII Region'.


NGC2516CXO Catalog

The NGC 2516 Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog is the result of a comprehensive study of the Chandra X-ray observations of the young open star cluster NGC 2516. The authors have analyzed eight individual Chandra observations, comprising 5 ACIS and 3 HRC-I observations. They have combined these datasets to achieve the greatest sensitivity, reaching down to a threshold level of log fX = -14.56 (erg/s/cm2), or log LX = 28.69 (erg/s) at the 387 pc distance of NGC 2516. Out of 284 X-ray sources detected, 155 are identified with photometric cluster members, with very little ambiguity, another 60 with non-members. There are 4 X-ray sources with two possible optical identifications (one cluster member and one nonmember for each), with no obvious choice between the two candidates. These 4 X-ray sources are listed in this Browse table twice, one for each optical counterpart, hence there are (284 + 4 =) 288 entries. There remain 73 X-ray sources without an optical identification with the authors' optical catalog stars.

NGC2808CXO Catalog

This table contains the sources detected in a Chandra X-ray observation of the Galactic globular cluster NGC 2808, as well as the corresponding XMM-Newton data for those sources which have XMM-Newton X-ray counterparts.

Using new Chandra X-ray observations and existing XMM-Newton X-ray and Hubble Space Telescope far-ultraviolet observations, the authors aim to detect and identify the faint X-ray sources belonging to NGC 2808 in order to understand their role in the evolution of globular clusters. The authors classify the X-ray sources associated with the cluster by analysing their colors and variability. Previous observations with XMM-Newton and far-ultraviolet observations with Hubble are re-investigated to help identify the Chandra sources associated with the cluster. The authors compare their results to population synthesis models and observations of other Galactic globular clusters.

NGC 2808 was observed with the Chandra X-ray Observatory Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer-Imager (ACIS-I) on 2007 June 19-21 (28 months after the XMM-Newton observation referred to the reference paper) for two distinct exposures of 46 and 11 kiloseconds. The authors detect 113 sources, of which 16 fall inside the half-mass radius of NGC 2808 and are concentrated towards the cluster core.


NGC2903CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a deep Chandra observation of the central regions of the late-type barred spiral galaxy NGC 2903. The Chandra data reveal soft (kTe ~ 0.2 - 0.5 keV) diffuse emission in the nuclear starburst region and extending ~ 2' (~ 5 kpc) to the north and west of the nucleus. Much of this soft hot gas is likely to be from local active star-forming regions; however, besides the nuclear region, the morphology of hot gas does not strongly correlate with the bar or other known sites of active star formation. The central ~ 650 pc radius starburst zone exhibits much higher surface brightness diffuse emission than the surrounding regions and a harder spectral component in addition to a soft component similar to the surrounding zones. The authors interpret the hard component as also being of thermal origin with kTe ~ 3.6 keV and to be directly associated with a wind fluid produced by supernovae and massive star winds similar to the hard diffuse emission seen in the starburst galaxy M82. The inferred terminal velocity for this hard component, ~ 1100 km/s, exceeds the local galaxy escape velocity suggesting a potential outflow into the halo and possibly escape from the galaxy gravitational potential. Morphologically, the softer extended emission from nearby regions does not display an obvious outflow geometry. However, the column density through which the X-rays are transmitted is lower in the zone to the west of the nucleus compared to that from the east and the surface brightness is relatively higher suggesting some of the soft hot gas originates from above the disk: viewed directly from the western zone but through the intervening disk of the host galaxy along sight lines from the eastern zone. There are several point-like sources embedded in the strong diffuse nuclear emission zone. Their X-ray spectra show them to likely be compact binaries. None of these detected point sources are coincident with the mass center of the galaxy and the authors place an upper limit on the luminosity from any point-like nuclear source o < 2 x 1038 erg/s in the 0.5 - 8.0keV band, which indicates that NGC 2903 lacks an active galactic nucleus. Heating from the nuclear starburst and a galactic wind may be responsible for preventing cold gas from accreting onto the galactic center.

NGC 2903, a nearby (8.9 Mpc, 1" = 43 pc) late-type barred SAB(rs)bc galaxy with strong circumnuclear star formation, was observed with Chandra using the ACIS-S instrument in imaging mode on 2010 March 7 (ObsID 11260). The source finding tool in lextrct (Tennant 2006, AJ, 132, 1372) was applied in the energy range of 0.5 - 8.0 keV in order to detect point sources inside the D25 isophote. A total of 92 point-like sources were detected with a signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) above 2.4 (see Tennant 2006) and with a minimum of 5 counts above the background uncertainty. This table contains this list of point-like sources.


NGC300CXO Catalog

This table contains the source catalog from a new Chandra ACIS-I observation of the nearby (2.0 Mpc) SA(s)d spiral galaxy NGC 300 which was obtained as part of the Chandra Local Volume Survey (CLVS). This 63-ks exposure covers ~88% of the D25 isophote (R ~ 6.3 kpc) and yields a catalog of 95 X-ray point sources detected at high significance down to a limiting unabsorbed 0.35-8 keV luminosity of ~ 1036 erg/s. Sources were cross-correlated with a previous XMM-Newton catalog, and the authors find 75 "X-ray transient candidate" sources that were detected by one observatory, but not the other. They derive an X-ray scale length of 1.7 +/- 0.2 kpc and a recent star formation rate of 0.12 Msun/yr in excellent agreement with optical observations. Deep, multi-color imaging from the Hubble Space Telescope, covering ~ 32% of this Chandra field, was used to search for optical counterparts to the X-ray sources, and the authors have developed a new source classification scheme to determine which sources are likely X-ray binaries, supernova remnants, and background active galactic nucleus candidates. In the reference paper, the authors present the X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) at different X-ray energies, and find the total NGC 300 X-ray point-source population to be consistent with other late-type galaxies hosting young stellar populations (<~ 50 Myr). They find that the XLF of sources associated with older stellar populations has a steeper slope than the XLF of X-ray sources coinciding with young stellar populations, consistent with theoretical predictions.

NGC 300 was observed on 2010 September 25 for 63 ks using ACIS-I during the Chandra X-Ray Observatory Cycle 12, observation ID 12238. The source detection strategy that was used is described in Section 2.3 of the reference paper. ACIS-Extract (AE) was run a final time on the source list that was produces after an initial run of wavdetect followed by several iterations of AE, and the Poisson probability of not being a source (pns) value was computed in each of the following nine energy bands: 0.5 - 8.0, 0.5 - 2.0, 2.0 - 8.0, 0.5 - 1.0, 1.0 - 2.0, 2.0 - 4.0, 4.0 - 8.0, 0.35 - 1.0 and 0.35 - 8.0 keV. To be included in the final NGC 300 catalog, a source was required to have a pns value less than 4 x 10-6 in any of the nine energy bands; if only the 0.35 - 8 keV band were considered, ~4% of significant sources would have been lost. The final CLVS source catalog for NGC 300 contains 95 sources.


NGC3115CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from an in-depth study of low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) detected in the nearby lenticular galaxy NGC 3115 using the Megasecond Chandra X-ray Visionary Project observation (total exposure time 1.1 Ms). In total the authors found 136 candidate LMXBs in the field and 49 in globular clusters (GCs) above 2-sigma detection, with 0.3-8 keV luminosity LX ~ 1036 - 1039 erg s-1. Other than 13 transient candidates, the sources overall have less long-term variability at higher luminosity, at least at LX >~ 2 x 1037 erg s-1. In order to identify the nature and spectral state of these sources, the authors compared their collective spectral properties based on single-component models (a simple power law or a multicolor disk) with the spectral evolution seen in representative Galactic LMXBs. The authors found that in the LX vs. photon index GammaPL and LX versus disk temperature kTMCD plots, most of their sources fall on a narrow track in which the spectral shape hardens with increasing luminosity below LX ~ 7 x 1037 erg s-1, but is relatively constant (GammaPL ~ 1.5 or kTMCD ~ 1.5 keV) above this luminosity, which is similar to the spectral evolution of Galactic neutron star (NS) LMXBs in the soft state in the Chandra bandpass. Therefore, the authors identified the track as the NS LMXB soft-state track and suggested sources with LX <~ 1037 erg s-1 as atolls in the soft state and those with LX >~ 1037 erg s-1 as Z sources. Ten other sources (five are transients) displayed significantly softer spectra and are probably black hole X-ray binaries in the thermal state. One of them (a persistent source) is in a metal-poor GC.

The 11 Chandra observations of NGC 3115 are listed in Table 1 of the reference paper. They were made during three epochs: one in 2001,two in 2010, and nine in 2012. All observations used the imaging array of the AXAF CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS).

This table contains the properties of the 482 detected point sources in the merged and single Chandra ACIS observations of NGC 3115 above a 2-sigma threshold and after eliminating a number of spurious sources associated with bright streaks on the ACIS-S1 chip and (in one case) on a CCD edge. 469 of these sources (indicated by values of obs_flag = '0') have a single entry in this table, based on their properties as derived from all of the available Chandra data for that position. There are 13 transient sources (having obs_flag = 'h') for which an additional entry is provided referring to their properties in the "high state", and based on the combination of their high-state observations, as shown in Figures 3(a) - 3(d) in the reference paper. For source number 198, there is a second additional entry provided referring to its properties in the "low state", and based on the combination of its low-state observations, as shown in Figure 3(c) in the reference paper. Thus, there are 496 entries (rows) in this table, i.e., 482 + 13 + 1.


NGC3293CXO Catalog

NGC 3293 is a young stellar cluster at the northwestern periphery of the Carina Nebula Complex that has remained poorly explored until now. The authors wanted to characterize the stellar population of NGC 3293 in order to evaluate key parameters of the cluster population like the age and the mass function, and to test claims of an abnormal initial mass function (IMF) and a deficit of <= 2.5*Msun stars. Thus, they performed a deep (71 ksec) X-ray observation of NGC 3293 with Chandra in which they detected 1026 individual X-ray point sources. These X-ray data directly probe the low-mass (M <= 2*Msun) stellar population by means of the strong X-ray emission of young low-mass stars. The authors have identified counterparts for 74% of the X-ray sources in their deep near-infrared images.

These data clearly show that NGC 3293 hosts a large population of ~ 1*Msun stars, refuting claims of a lack of M <= 2.5*Msun stars. The analysis of the color-magnitude diagram suggests an age of ~8-10 Myr for the low-mass population of the cluster. There are at least 511 X-ray detected stars with color-magnitude positions that are consistent with young stellar members within 7 arcminutes from the cluster center. The number ratio of X-ray detected stars in the 1-2 solar mass range versus the M >= 5*Msun stars (known from optical spectroscopy) is well consistent with the expectation from a normal field initial mass function. Most of the early B-type stars and ~20% of the later B-type stars are detected as X-ray sources.

These data shows that NGC 3293 is one of the most populous stellar clusters in the entire Carina Nebula Complex (only excelled by Tr 14, and very similar to Tr 16 and Tr 15). The cluster has probably harbored several O-type stars, the supernova explosions of which may have had an important impact on the early evolution of the Carina Nebula Complex.

The authors used the Chandra X-ray Observatory to perform a deep pointing of the cluster NGC 3293 with the Imaging Array of the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I). The 71-ksec observation was performed as an open time project with ObsID 16648 (PI: T. Preibisch) during Chandra Observing Cycle 15 in October 2015 (start date: 2015-10-07 T10:14:23, end date: 2015-10-08 T06:43:28). The imaging array ACIS-I provides a field of view of 17' x 17' on the sky (which corresponds to a scale of 11.3 x 11.3pc at the cluster distance of 2.3 kpc), and has a pixel size of 0.492". The aimpoint of the observation was RA(J2000) = 10h 35m 50.07s, Dec(J2000) = -58o 14' 00", which is close to the optical center of the cluster (see Fig. 1 in the reference paper). The pointing roll angle (i.e., the orientation of the detector with respect to the celestial North direction) was 140.19o. In addition to ACIS-I, one CCD detector (CCD 7 = S3) of the spectroscopic array ACIS-S was also operational during this pointing. It covers an 8.3' x 8.3' area on the sky southwest of the cluster center. While the ACIS-I chips are front-illuminated (FI), the S3 chip is back-illuminated (BI), and thus its response extends to energies below that accessible by the FI chips. This causes a substantially higher level of background in the S3 chip. Furthermore, the PSF is seriously degraded at the rather large off-axis angles of the S3 chip. These two effects led to a considerably higher detection limit for point sources in the area covered by the S3 chip compared to the region covered by the ACIS-I array. Nevertheless, the S3 data were included in the data analysis and source detection, and contributed four point sources to the total source list.

At the distance of 2.3 kpc, the expected ACIS point source sensitivity limit for a three-count detection on-axis in a 71-ks observation corresponds to a minimum X-ray luminosity of Lx ~ 1029.7 erg s-1 in the 0.5-8.0 keV energy band, assuming an extinction of AV ~ 1 mag (NH ~ 2 x 1021 cm-2) typical for the stars in the central region of NGC 3293, and a thermal plasma with kT = 1 keV (which is a typical value for young stars). Using the empirical relation between X-ray luminosity and stellar mass and the temporal evolution of X-ray luminosity from the sample of young stars in the Orion Nebula Cluster, which was very well studied in the Chandra Orion Ultradeep Project (Preibisch et al. 2005, ApJS, 160, 401; Preibisch & Feigelson 2005, ApJS, 160, 390), the authors expected to detect ~90% of the ~ 1*Msun stars in the central region of the young cluster NGC 3293.

The X-ray properties of the 97 B-type stars in the ACIS-I field towards the cluster (24 of which are detected as X-ray sources) are not included in this HEASARC table, but are listed in Table 3 of the reference paper, which is also reproduced below:

ESL No.* Star Name     X-ray    Spectral Type   X-ray Luminosity (Lx)   log (Lx/Lbol)
                       Src No.                      erg/s

   49                           B2.5 V           < 4.33e+30                  < -5.88
   33    HDE 303073             B8 III           < 7.15e+30                  < -6.31
   65    ALS 20075              B5 III-V         < 2.12e+30                  < -5.88
   77                           B6-7 V           < 1.42e+30                  < -5.91
   96    ALS 20084              B6-7 III         < 9.09e+29                  < -5.96
   87                    47     B5 V               4.62e+30                    -5.11
   38                           B2.5 V           < 7.16e+29                  < -6.94
   68                    78     B9 III             4.79e+30
   72                           B8 IIp           < 6.87e+29
   69                           B5 V             < 3.89e+29                  < -6.47
   22    HDE 303075             B0.5-1.5n        < 6.22e+29                  < -7.77
  109                           B5 V             < 5.05e+29                  < -6.06
   93                           B6-7 V           < 5.16e+29                  < -6.17
  116                           B6-7 V           < 4.74e+29                  < -5.88
   73                           B6-7 V           < 3.87e+29                  < -6.38
   10    CPD-57 3500    395     B1 III             7.35e+29                    -7.89
  121    ALS 20096              B8: III          < 4.84e+29
   50                           B3 Vn            < 5.01e+29                  < -6.71
    2    HD 91943       418     B0.7 Ib            4.11e+30                    -8.15
   41    V438 Car               B2.5 V           < 3.94e+29                  < -7.21
   48    CPD-57 3505    461     B2.5 V             1.39e+30                    -6.67
    3    CPD-57 3506A   490     B1 III             5.37e+30                    -7.63
  125                           B8 III-V         < 8.62e+29                  < -5.48
   19    V405 Car       523     B1 V               6.77e+29                    -7.88
   34    CPD-57 3509    535     B2 IIIh            6.71e+29                    -7.54
    1    HD 91969       542     B0 Iab             2.78e+31                    -7.52
  106                   565     B6-7 V             1.20e+30                    -5.54
   53    CPD-57 3512            B3 V             < 3.61e+29                  < -6.70
   98                   598     B8 III-V           1.31e+30                    -5.65
   30    CPD-57 3514    601     B2 V               1.99e+30                    -6.64
  123                   604     B8 III             3.79e+30                    -4.98
    8    HD 91983       626     B1 III             1.36e+30                    -7.78
   32    CPD-57 3518            B0.5-B1.5 Vn     < 1.20e+30                  < -7.14
   61                           B5 V             < 3.87e+29                  < -6.56
    5    CPD-57 3521    679    B1 III              3.45e+30                    -7.61
   28    CPD-57 3520            B2 V             < 4.16e+29                  < -7.46
  113                           B6-7 V           < 4.09e+29                  < -6.01
   11    CPD-57 3526    703     B1:                2.29e+30
    6    CPD-57 3526B   710     B1 III             2.29e+30                    -7.73
   84                           B5 V             < 3.99e+29                  < -6.33
   31    CPD-57 3528            B2 V             < 1.50e+30                  < -6.66
   29    CPD-57 3531            B0.5-B1.5 Vn     < 5.99e+29                  < -7.56
   59                           B5 III-Vn        < 8.23e+29                  < -6.61
   80                           B5 V             < 1.31e+30                  < -5.98
   13     HD 92024      831     B1 III             6.59e+29                    -7.82
  108                   850     B6-7 V             3.65e+30                    -5.09
   95                   884     B6-7 V             1.49e+30                    -5.66
   67                           B3 V             < 1.20e+30                  < -6.42
   97                           B6-7 III         < 6.34e+29                  < -6.01
   94                   927     B5 V               4.42e+30                    -5.35
   85                           B5 V             < 1.47e+30                  < -5.80
    4    CPD-57 3523    697     B1 III             3.40e+30                    -7.57
    7    HD 92044       908     B1 III             2.20e+30                    -7.94
   14    CPD-57 3524A   704     B0.5 IIIn          5.46e+30                    -7.27
* The ESL number is the source number of the star as given in Evans et al. (2005, A&A, 437, 467).

NGC404CXO Catalog

This table contains a comprehensive X-ray point-source catalog of NGC 404, the closest face-on (inclination angle of 11 degrees) S0 galaxy to the Milky Way, which was obtained as part of the Chandra Local Volume Survey (CLVS) and originally published in Binder et al. (2013). A new 97-ks Chandra ACIS-S observation of NGC 404 was combined with archival observations for a total exposure of ~123 ks. This survey yields 74 highly significant X-ray point sources and is sensitive to a limiting unabsorbed luminosity of ~6 x 1035 erg/s in the 0.35-8 keV band. To constrain the nature of each X-ray source, cross-correlations with multi-wavelength data were generated. The authors searched overlapping Hubble Space Telescope (HST) observations for optical counterparts to their X-ray detections, but found only two X-ray sources with candidate optical counterparts. They found 21 likely low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs), although this number is a lower limit due to the difficulties in separating LMXBs from background active galactic nuclei (AGN). The X-ray luminosity functions (XLFs) in both the soft and hard energy bands are presented in the 2013 reference paper. The XLFs in the soft band (0.5-2 keV) and the hard band (2-8 keV) have a limiting luminosity at the 90% completeness limit of 1035 erg/s and 1036 erg/s, respectively, significantly lower than previous X-ray studies of NGC 404. The authors find the XLFs to be consistent with those of other X-ray populations dominated by LMXBs. However, the number of luminous (>1037 erg/s) X-ray sources per unit stellar mass in NGC 404 is lower than is observed for other galaxies. The relative lack of luminous XRBs may be due to a population of LMXBs with main-sequence companions formed during an epoch of elevated star formation ~0.5 Gyr ago.

NGC 404 was observed during Chandra X-Ray Observatory Cycle 12 on 2010 October 21-22 for 97 ks using the ACIS-S array (Obs. ID 12339). The authors additionally utilized archival observations: NGC 404 was observed on 1999 December 19 (Obs. ID 870) for ~24 ks and on 2000 August 30 (Obs. ID 384) for ~2 ks, both using the ACIS-S array. The authors created images in the following energy bands (keV): 0.35-8.0, 0.35-1.0, 1.0-2.0, 2.0-8.0 with bin sizes of 1, 2, 3, and 4.

The iterative source detection strategy that was used is described in Section 2.3 of Binder et al. (2012, ApJ, 758, 15). ACIS-Extract (AE) was run a final time on the source list that was produces after an initial run of wavdetect followed by several iterations of AE, and the Poisson probability of not being a source (pns) value was computed in each of the following nine energy bands: 0.5 - 8.0, 0.5 - 2.0, 2.0 - 8.0, 0.5 - 1.0, 1.0 - 2.0, 2.0 - 4.0, 4.0 - 8.0, 0.35 - 1.0 or 0.35 - 8.0 keV. To be included in the final NGC 404 catalog, a source was required to have a pns value less than 4 x 10-6 in any of the nine energy bands. The final CLVS source catalog for NGC 404 contains 74 sources. Given the survey size of these NGC 404 observations, there are expected to be ~1.6 false sources included in this NGC 404 final source catalog.

Three HST fields were used to search for optical counterparts for each of the X-ray sources. One field (labeled "DEEP") was taken as part of the Advanced Camera for Surveys (ACS) Nearby Galaxy Survey Treasury (ANGST, GO-10915; Dalcanton et al. 2009, ApJS, 183, 67), while the other two shallower fields (labeled "NE" and "SW") were obtained as part of GO-11986. Details of the HST data acquisition and data reduction are provided in Williams et al. (2010, ApJ, 716, 71).


NGC4214CXO Catalog

This table contains a comprehensive X-ray point source catalog of the IAB(s)m galaxy NGC 4214 similar to the LMC, one of the nearest examples of a starburst galaxy with a substantial population of Wolf-Rayet stars, as part of the Chandra Local Volume Survey. The combined archival observations of this galaxy have an effective exposure time of 79 ks. When combined with the catalogs of sources in NGC 55 and NGC 2403 given in this same reference paper, and the authors' previously published catalogs for NGC 300 (Binder et al. 2012, ApJ, 758, 15) and NGC 404 (Binder et al. 2013, ApJ, 763, 128), the CLVS contains 629 high-significance X-ray sources total down to a limiting unabsorbed luminosity of ~ 5 x 1035 erg s-1 in the 0.35-8.0 keV band in each of the five galaxies. In the reference paper, the authors present X-ray hardness ratios, spectral analysis, radial source distributions, and an analysis of the temporal variability for the X-ray sources detected at high significance. To constrain the nature of each X-ray source, they carried out cross-correlations with multi-wavelength data sets. They searched overlapping Hubble Space Telescope observations for optical counterparts to their X-ray detections to provide preliminary classifications for each X-ray source as a likely X-ray binary, background active galactic nucleus, supernova remnant, or foreground star.

The authors utilized archival X-ray observations: NGC 4214 was observed by the Chandra X-Ray Observatory using the ACIS-S array on three occasions for a total of 79 ks:

  Obs. ID       Date       Eff. Exposure time (ks)

  2030       2001 Oct 16       25
  4743       2004 Apr 03       26
  5197       2004 Jul 30       28
The iterative source detection strategy that was used is described in Section 2.3 of Binder et al. (2012, ApJ, 758, 15). ACIS-Extract (AE) was run a final time on the source list that was produces after an initial run of wavdetect followed by several iterations of AE, and the Poisson probability of not being a source (pns) value was computed in each of the following nine energy bands: 0.5 - 8.0, 0.5 - 2.0, 2.0 - 8.0, 0.5 - 1.0, 1.0 - 2.0, 2.0 - 4.0, 4.0 - 8.0, 0.35 - 1.0 or 0.35 - 8.0 keV. To be included in the final NGC 4214 catalog, a source was required to have a pns value less than 4 x 10-6 in any of the nine energy bands. The final CLVS source catalog for NGC 2403 contains 116 sources.

NGC4278CXO Catalog

This table lists some of the properties of the discrete X-ray sources detected in the authors' monitoring program of the globular cluster (GC)-rich elliptical galaxy, NGC 4278, observed with Chandra ACIS-S in six separate pointings, resulting in a co-added exposure of 458 ks. From this deep observation, 236 sources have been detected within the region overlapped by all observations, 180 of which lie within the D25 ellipse angular diameter of the galaxy. These 236 sources range in X-ray luminosity LX from 3.5 x 1036 erg s-1 (with 3-sigma upper limit <= 1 x 1037 erg s-1) to ~2 x 1040 erg s-1, including the central nuclear source which has been classified as a LINER. From optical data, 39 X-ray sources have been determined to be coincident with a GC, these sources tend to have high X-ray luminosity, with 10 of these sources exhibiting LX > 1 x 1038 erg s-1. From X-ray source photometry, it has been determined that the majority of the 236 point sources that have well-constrained colors have values that are consistent with typical low-mass X-ray binary spectra, with 29 of the sources expected to be background objects from the log N-log S relation. There are 103 sources in this population that exhibit long-term variability, indicating that they are accreting compact objects. Three of these sources have been identified as transient candidates, with a further three possible transients. Spectral variations have also been identified in the majority of the source population, where a diverse range of variability has been identified, indicating that there are many different source classes located within this galaxy.

This HEASARC table contains the master source list (Table 3 of the reference paper) and the X-ray properties of the sources in the co-added observations (Table 4 of the reference paper), but not the X-ray properties of the sources in the 6 individual observations (Tables 5-10 of the reference paper).

The details of the six individual pointings used in this study, e.g., the Chandra ObsIDs, dates, exposure times and cleaned exposure times, are given in Table 1 of the reference paper, and repeated here:

Obs. No.OBSID	Date	        Exposure (s)	  Cleaned Exposure (s)
1	 4741	2005 Feb 3	37462.0	           37264.5
2	 7077	2006 Mar 16	110303.8	  107736.7
3	 7078	2006 Jul 25	51433.2	           48076.2
4	 7079	2006 Oct 24	105071.7	  102504.6
5	 7081	2007 Feb 20	110724.0	  107564.5
6	 7080	2007 Apr 20	55824.8	           54837.5
Total Co-added          	470819.5	  457984.0
Notes. The pointing OBSID 7181 was taken before OBSID 7080, so to maintain the time sequence of the exposures these observation numbers have been labeled as above in the reference paper.

The details of the energy bands and X-ray colors used in this study are given in Table 2 of the reference paper, and repeated here:

Band/Color	        Energy Range/Definition

Broad (B)	        0.3-8 keV
Soft (S)	        0.3-2.5 keV
Hard (H)	        2.5-8 keV
Soft 1 (S1)	        0.3-0.9 keV
Soft 2 (S2)	        0.9-2.5 keV
Conventional broad (Bc)	0.5-8 keV
Conventional soft (Sc)	0.5-2 keV
Conventional hard (Hc)	2-8 keV
Hardness ratio HR	(Hc-Sc)/(Hc+Sc)
X-ray color C21    	-log(S2) + log(S1) = log(S1/S2)
X-ray color C32 	-log(H) + log(S2) = log(S2/H)

NGC4365CXO Catalog

The authors used the Chandra X-Ray Observatory ACIS-S3 to image the X-ray-faint elliptical galaxy NGC 4365 and the lenticular galaxy NGC 4382. This table presents only the NGC 4365 results; however, the results for NGC 4382 are also available in a separate table. NGC 4365 was observed on 2001 June 23 with a live exposure of 40429 s. The observations resolved much of the X-ray emission into 99 sources for NGC 4365, most of which are low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) associated with the galaxy. Within one effective radius of NGC 4365, about 45% of the counts were resolved into sources, 30% were attributed to unresolved LMXBs, and 25% were attributed to diffuse gas. The authors identified 18 out of the 37 X-ray sources in a central field in NGC 4365 with globular clusters.

The authors defined two hardness ratios: HR21 = (M - S)/(M + S) and HR31 = (H - S)/(H + S), where S, M, and H are the total counts in the soft (0.3 - 1 keV), medium (1 - 2 keV), and hard (2 - 10 keV) bands, respectively.


NGC4382CXO Catalog

The authors used the Chandra X-Ray Observatory ACIS-S3 to image the X-ray-faint elliptical galaxy NGC 4365 and the lenticular galaxy NGC 4382. This table presents only the NGC 4382 results; however, the results for NGC 4365 are also available in a separate table. NGC 4382 was observed on 2001 May 29-30 for 39749 s. The observations resolved much of the X-ray emission into 58 sources for NGC 4382, most of which are low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) associated with the galaxy. Within two effective radii of NGC 4382, about 22% of the counts were resolved into sources, 33% were attributed to unresolved LMXBs, and 45% were attributed to diffuse gas.

The authors defined two hardness ratios: HR21 = (M - S)/(M + S) and HR31 = (H - S)/(H + S), where S, M, and H are the total counts in the soft (0.3 - 1 keV), medium (1 - 2 keV), and hard (2 - 10 keV) bands, respectively.


NGC4472CXO Catalog

The Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog of the giant elliptical galaxy NGC 4472 contains the results of a Chandra ACIS-S/Hubble Space Telescope (HST) study of the point sources of this Virgo Cluster galaxy. The authors ran WAVDETECT from the CIAO 2.2 software package using wavelet scales from 1 to 16 pixels spaced by factors of 2, setting a false-source probability detection threshold of 10^-6, which should yield an expectation value of slightly less than one false source over the entire ACIS-S chip. They identify 144 X-ray point sources outside the nuclear region, 72 of which are located within the HST fields. An additional 3 sources are within 8" of the center of the galaxy and appear to be associated either with a weak active galactic nucleus or with brightness enhancements in the hot interstellar gas. One additional source (not included in this table) appears to be a spurious detection, as WAVDETECT assigns it a count rate of 1.5 counts, and visual inspection fails to find evidence of a source at that location. The optical data show 1102 sources whose half-light radii are small enough to be globular cluster candidates, 829 of which also have colors consistent with being globular clusters (with only four in the restricted central 10" region). 30 X-ray sources within 0.7" of an optical source with optical colors consistent with being globular clusters were found. Two additional sources show optical colors outside the globular cluster color range and are likely to be either foreground or background objects. The thirty globular cluster matches are likely to be low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) associated with the globular clusters, while ~ 42 of the X-ray sources have no optical counterparts to V <~ 25 and I <~ 24, indicating that they are likely to be predominantly LMXBs in the field star population with a small amount of possible contamination from background active galactic nuclei. Thus approximately 40% of the X-ray sources are in globular clusters and ~ 4% of the globular clusters contain X-ray sources.

This HEASARC table contains the X-ray data for the above-mentioned 147 detected X-ray sources, and the correlative optical data for the 30 optical counterparts which have colors consistent with being globular clusters. It does not contain the data from the full list of optical sources which were given in Table 2 of the reference paper.


NGC4636CXO Catalog

This catalog lists the X-ray point-source population in the nearby Virgo elliptical galaxy NGC 4636 from three Chandra X-ray observations. These observations, totaling ~193 ks after time filtering, were taken with the Advanced CCD Imaging Camera (ACIS) over a three-year period. Using a wavelet decomposition detection algorithm, the authors detected 318 individual point sources. For their analysis, they used a subset of 277 detections with >= net 10 counts (a limiting luminosity of approximately 1.2 x 1037 erg s-1 in the 0.5-2 keV band, outside the central 1.5 arcminutes bright galaxy core). This table contains this subset of 277 X-ray sources. The authors discuss the radial distribution of the point sources. Between 1.5 and 6 arcminutes from the center, 25% of the sources are likely to be background sources (active galactic nuclei (AGNs)) and 75% to be low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) within the galaxy, while at radial distances greater than 6 arcminutes, background sources (AGN) will dominate the point sources.

The authors explore short and long-term variability (over timescales of 1 day to three years) for X-ray point sources in this elliptical galaxy. 54 sources (24%) in the common ACIS fields of view show significant variability between observations. Of these, 37 are detected with at least 10 net counts in only one observation and thus may be "transient." In addition, ~10% of the sources in each observation show significant short-term variability. The cumulative luminosity function (LF) for the point sources in NGC 4636 can be represented as a power law of slope Alpha = 1.14 +/- 0.03. The authors do not detect, but estimate an upper limit of ~4.5 x 1037 erg s-1 to the current X-ray luminosity of, the historical supernova SN1939A. They find 77 matches between X-ray point sources and globular cluster (GC) candidates found in deep optical images of NGC 4636. In the annulus from 1.5 to 6 arcminutes of the galaxy center, 48 of the 129 X-ray point sources (37%) with >=10 net counts are matched with GC candidates. Since they expect 25% of these sources to be background AGN, the percentage matched with GCs could be as high as 50%. Of these matched sources, the authors find that ~70% are associated with the redder GC candidates, those that are thought to have near-solar metal abundance. The fraction of GC candidates with an X-ray point source match decreases with decreasing GC luminosity. The authors do not find a correlation between the X-ray luminosities of the matched point sources and the luminosity or color of the host GC candidates. The LFs of the X-ray point sources matched with GCs and those that are unmatched have similar slopes over 1.8 x 1037 erg s-1 <= Lx <= 1 x 1038 erg s-1.


NGC4649CX2 Catalog

This table contains the main X-ray source catalog for the Chandra monitoring observations of the 16.5-Mpc distant elliptical galaxy, NGC 4649. The galaxy has been observed with Chandra ACIS-S3 in six separate pointings, reaching a total exposure of 299 ks. There are 501 X-ray sources detected in the 0.3-8.0 keV band in the merged observation or in one of the six individual observations; 399 sources are located within the D25 ellipse. The observed 0.3-8.0 keV luminosities of these 501 sources range from 9.3 x 1036 erg s-1 to 5.4 x 1039 erg s-1. The 90% detection completeness limit within the D25 ellipse is 5.5 x 1037 erg s-1. Based on the surface density of background active galactic nuclei (AGNs) and the detection completeness, we expect ~ 45 background AGNs among the catalog sources (~ 15 within the D25 ellipse). There are nine sources with luminosities greater than 1039 erg s-1, which are candidates for ultraluminous X-ray sources. The nuclear source of NGC 4649 is a low-luminosity AGN, with an intrinsic 2.0-8.0 keV X-ray luminosity of 1.5 x 1038 erg s-1. The X-ray colors suggest that the majority of the catalog sources are low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs). The authors find that 164 of the 501 X-ray sources show long-term variability, indicating that they are accreting compact objects, and discover four transient candidates and another four potential transients. They also identify 173 X-ray sources (141 within the D25 ellipse) that are associated with globular clusters (GCs) based on Hubble Space Telescope and ground-based data; these LMXBs tend to be hosted by red GCs. Although NGC 4649 has a much larger population of X-ray sources than the structurally similar early-type galaxies, NGC 3379 and NGC 4278, the X-ray source properties are comparable in all three systems.

This HEASARC table contains the main Chandra source catalog of the basic properties of the 501 X-ray detected sources (Table 3 in the reference paper which includes both sources detected in the merged X-ray image as well as a number only detected in the individual observations), and also the information on source counts, hardness ratios and soft and hard X-ray colors in the merged observation for the same 501 X-ray detected sources (Table 4 in the reference paper). It does not contain the information on source counts, hardness ratios and soft and hard X-ray colors for these same sources in the six individual observations that were contained in Tables 5 - 10 of the reference paper.


NGC4649CXO Catalog

The authors performed a Chandra X-ray observation of the X-ray bright E2 elliptical galaxy NGC 4649 (M 60). In addition to bright diffuse emission, they resolved 165 discrete sources, most of which are presumably low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs). As found in previous studies, the luminosity function of the resolved sources is well-fitted by a broken power law. In NGC 4697 and NGC 1553, the break luminosity was comparable to the Eddington luminosity of a 1.4 solar mass neutron star. One possible interpretation of this result is that those sources with luminosities above the break are accreting black holes and those below are mainly accreting neutron stars. The total X-ray spectrum of the resolved sources is well fitted by a hard power law.

NGC 4649 was observed on 2000 April 20 on the ACIS-S3 CCD operated at a temperature of -120 C and with a frame time of 3.2 s. In addition to the S3 chip, the ACIS chips I2, I3, S1, S2, and S4 were also turned on for the duration of the observation. Although a number of serendipitous sources were seen on the other chips, the analysis of NGC 4649 in this paper was based on data from the S3 chip alone. The total exposure for the S3 chip was 36,780 s. The discrete X-ray source population on the ACIS S3 image was determined using a wavelet detection algorithm in the 0.3 - 10.0 keV band, and they were confirmed with a local cell detection method. The authors used the CIAO, WAVDETECT, and CELLDETECT programs. The high spatial resolution of Chandra implies that the sensitivity to point sources is not affected very strongly by the background. Thus, the source detection was done using the entire exposure of 36,780 s, including periods with background flares. The wavelet source detection significance threshold was set at 10-6, which implies that less than 1 false source (due to a statistical fluctuation in the background) would be detected in the entire S3 image. This significance threshold approximately corresponds to requiring that the source flux be determined to better than 3 sigma.


NGC55CXO Catalog

This table contains a comprehensive X-ray point source catalog of the SB(s)m galaxy NGC 55, a member of the nearby Sculptor group of galaxies, as part of the Chandra Local Volume Survey. The combined archival observations of this galaxy have an effective exposure time of 56.5 ks. When combined with the catalogs of sources in NGC 2403 and NGC 4214 given in this same reference paper, and the authors' previously published catalogs for NGC 300 (Binder et al. 2012, ApJ, 758, 15) and NGC 404 (Binder et al. 2013, ApJ, 763, 128), the CLVS contains 629 high-significance X-ray sources total down to a limiting unabsorbed luminosity of ~ 5 x 1035 erg s-1 in the 0.35-8.0 keV band in each of the five galaxies. In the reference paper, the authors present X-ray hardness ratios, spectral analysis, radial source distributions, and an analysis of the temporal variability for the X-ray sources detected at high significance. To constrain the nature of each X-ray source, they carried out cross-correlations with multi-wavelength data sets. They searched overlapping Hubble Space Telescope observations for optical counterparts to their X-ray detections to provide preliminary classifications for each X-ray source as a likely X-ray binary, background active galactic nucleus, supernova remnant, or foreground star.

The authors utilized archival X-ray observations: NGC 55 was observed by the Chandra X-Ray Observatory on 2001 September 11 for 47 ks using the ACIS-I array (Obs. ID 2255), and on 2004 June 29 for 9.5 ks using the ACIS-I array (Obs. ID 4744). The iterative source detection strategy that was used is described in Section 2.3 of Binder et al. (2012, ApJ, 758, 15). ACIS-Extract (AE) was run a final time on the source list that was produces after an initial run of wavdetect followed by several iterations of AE, and the Poisson probability of not being a source (pns) value was computed in each of the following nine energy bands: 0.5 - 8.0, 0.5 - 2.0, 2.0 - 8.0, 0.5 - 1.0, 1.0 - 2.0, 2.0 - 4.0, 4.0 - 8.0, 0.35 - 1.0 or 0.35 - 8.0 keV. To be included in the final NGC 55 catalog, a source was required to have a pns value less than 4 x 10-6 in any of the nine energy bands. The final CLVS source catalog for NGC 55 contains 154 sources.


NGC5866CXO Catalog

S0 galaxies are often thought to be passively evolved from spirals after star formation is quenched. To explore what is actually occurring in such galaxies, the authors conducted a multi-wavelength case study of NGC 5866 - a nearby edge-on S0 galaxy in a relatively isolated environment. This study shows strong evidence for dynamic activities in the interstellar medium, which are most likely driven by supernova explosions in the galactic disk and bulge. Understanding these activities can have strong implications for studying the evolution of such galaxies. The authors utilized Chandra, Hubble Space Telescope, and Spitzer data as well as ground-based observations to characterize the content, structure, and physical state of the medium and its interplay with the stellar component in NGC 5866. These reveal the presence of diffuse X-ray-emitting hot gas, which extends as far as 3.5 kpc away from the galactic plane and can be heated easily by Type Ia SNe in the bulge.

The Chandra/ACIS observation of NGC 5866 was taken on 2002 November 14. The authors reprocessed the archived data for their study. See Figure 1 in the reference paper for the Chandra/ACIS-S image of NGC 5866 in the 0.3-7 keV band. This table contains the detected X-ray point sources listed in table 2 of this paper.


NGC6231CX2 Catalog

NGC 6231 is a young cluster (age ~2-7 Myr) dominating the Sco OB1 association (distance ~1.59 kpc) with ~100 O and B stars and a large pre-main-sequence stellar population. The authors combine a reanalysis of archival Chandra X-ray data with multi-epoch near-infrared (NIR) photometry from the VISTA Variables in the Via Lactea (VVV) survey and published optical catalogs to obtain a catalog of 2148 probable cluster members. This catalog is 70% larger than previous censuses of probable cluster members in NGC 6231. It includes many low-mass stars detected in the NIR but not in the optical and some B stars without previously noted X-ray counterparts. In addition, the authors identify 295 NIR variables, about half of which are expected to be pre-main-sequence stars. With the more complete sample, they estimate a total population in the Chandra field of 5700-7500 cluster members down to 0.08 Msun (assuming a universal initial mass function) with a completeness limit at 0.5 Msun. A decrease in stellar X-ray luminosities is noted relative to other younger clusters. However, within the cluster, there is little variation in the distribution of X-ray luminosities for ages less than 5 Myr. The X-ray spectral hardness for B stars may be useful for distinguishing between early-B stars with X-rays generated in stellar winds and B-star systems with X-rays from a pre-main-sequence companion (>35% of B stars). A small fraction of catalog members have unusually high X-ray median energies or reddened NIR colors, which might be explained by absorption from thick or edge-on disks or being background field stars.

This work makes use of some basic cluster properties available from the literature. Summaries of older studies are provided by Sana et al. (2006, J/A+A/454/1047), available in NGC6231XMM, and Reipurth (2008hsf2.book.....R). Expanded catalogs of cluster members have been provided by Sung et al. (2013, J/AJ/145/37) and Damiani et al. 2016, J/A+A/596/A82 (DMS2016), available at NGC6231CXO.

Chandra X-ray observations were made using the imaging array on the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I; Garmire et al. 2003SPIE.4851...28G). This instrument is an array of four CCD detectors that subtends 17'x17'. The target was observed in 2005 July (Sequence 200307; PI: S. Murray) in two observations (ObsID 5372 and 6291), and the data were retrieved from the Chandra Data Archive.

The NIR ZYJHKs data were obtained from the VVV survey (Minniti et al. 2010NewA...15..433M; Saito et al. 2012, Cat. II/337). VVV is a multi-epoch NIR survey that covers both the Galactic bulge and an adjacent Galactic disk region and was carried out using the 4.1 m VISTA telescope on Cerro Paranal. The VVV data were taken with the VISTA Infrared CAMera (VIRCAM; Dalton et al. 2006SPIE.6269E..0XD), a 4x4 array of Raytheon VIRGO 2048x2048 20 micron pixel detectors with a pixel scale of 0.34".

In addition to the VVV photometry, public optical or infrared catalogs are available from surveys and publications. We have included VPHAS+ photometry (Drew et al. 2014, J/MNRAS/440/2036), UBVRI (Johnson-Cousins system) and H-alpha photometry from Sung et al. (2013, J/AJ/145/37), and Spitzer/IRAC photometry from the GLIMPSE survey (Benjamin et al. 2003, Cat. II/293).


NGC6231CXO Catalog

NGC 6231 is a massive young star cluster, near the center of the Sco OB1 association. While its OB members are well studied, its low-mass population has received little attention. In the reference paper, the authors present high-spatial resolution Chandra ACIS-I X-ray data, wherein they detect 1,613 point X-ray sources. Their main aim was to clarify the global properties of NGC 6231 down to low masses through a detailed membership assessment, and to study the cluster stars' spatial distribution, the origin of their X-ray emission, the cluster age and formation history, and its initial mass function.

The authors use X-ray data, complemented by optical and IR data, to establish cluster membership. The spatial distribution of different stellar subgroups also provides highly significant constraints on cluster membership, as does the distribution of X-ray hardness. In their study, the authors perform spectral modeling of group-stacked X-ray source spectra.

The X-ray properties of the sources detected in the Chandra observations of NGC 6231, and their cross-identifications in the catalogs of Sung, Sana, and Bessell (2013 AJ, 145, 37; hereafter SSB); VPHAS+ (Drew et al., 2014, MNRAS, 440, 2036); and 2MASS (CDS Cat. II/246), and information about membership, H-alpha or IR excess, mass and luminosity are also provided. SSB derive a distance modulus for NGC 6231 of 11.0 (1,585 pc), a reddening E(B - V) = 0.47, and a nearly normal reddening law with R = 3.2. The present authors adopt these values for this work.

NGC 6231 was observed twice in X-rays with the ACIS-I detector on-board the Chandra X-ray Observatory on 2005, July 3 to 4 (ObsId 5372) and 16 to 17 (ObsID 6291), respectively. The two pointings share the same center (aimpoint) but were performed with a different roll angle. Effective exposure times for the observations were 76.19 and 44.39 ks, respectively, making the total exposure time 120.58 ks. The data were filtered to retain the energy band 0.3 - 8.0 keV, and the full-field lightcurves were inspected to search for high-background periods, but none were found. Exposure maps were computed using standard CIAO software tasks. To these prepared datasets, the authors applied the source detection software PWDetect, a wavelet-based detection algorithm developed at INAF-Osservatorio Astronomico di Palermo. The PWDetect version used here is a modified one, able to detect sources in combined datasets, thus taking full advantage of the deep total exposure. The detection threshold was chosen such as to yield ten spurious detections in the field of view (FOV), for the given background counts. This is a more relaxed constraint than the more usual limit of one spurious detection per field, but is justified when the lowered threshold allows the detection of more than one hundred additional faint sources, as it was the case here or in the COUP Program's Orion data.

This HEASARC table contains the list of 1,613 detected X-ray point sources and information about their optical and IR counterparts, where known. It does not contain the 275 additional candidate cluster members (where their candidacy was based on their having H-alpha or IR excesses) which lack X-ray counterparts and that were also listed in Table B.2 of the reference paper.


NGC6334CXO Catalog

The full stellar population of NGC 6334, one of the most spectacular regions of massive star formation in the nearby Galaxy, has not been well sampled in past studies. The authors have analyzed a mosaic of two Chandra X-ray Observatory images of the region using sensitive data analysis methods, giving a list of 1607 faint X-ray sources with arcsecond positions and approximate line-of-sight absorption. About 95% of these are expected to be cluster members, most lower mass pre-main-sequence stars. Extrapolating to low X-ray levels, the total stellar population is estimated to be 20,000 - 30,000 pre-main-sequence stars. The X-ray sources show a complicated spatial pattern with ~10 distinct star clusters. The heavily obscured clusters are mostly associated with previously known far-infrared sources and radio H II regions. The lightly obscured clusters are mostly newly identified in the X-ray images. Dozens of likely OB stars are found, both in clusters and dispersed throughout the region, suggesting that star formation in the complex has proceeded over millions of years. A number of extraordinarily heavily absorbed X-ray sources are associated with the active regions of star formation.

NGC6357CXO Catalog

This contains some of the results from the first high spatial resolution X-ray study of the massive star-forming region NGC 6357, which were obtained in a 38 ks Chandra/ACIS observation. Inside the brightest constituent of this large H II region complex is the massive open cluster Pismis 24. It contains two of the brightest and bluest stars known, yet remains poorly studied; only a handful of optically bright stellar members have been identified. The authors have investigated the cluster extent and initial mass function and detected ~800 X-ray sources with a limiting sensitivity of ~ 1030 erg s-1: this provides the first reliable probe of the rich intermediate-mass and low-mass population of this massive cluster, increasing the number of known members from optical studies by a factor of ~ 50. The high-luminosity end (log L[2-8 keV] >= 30.3 erg s-1) of the observed X-ray luminosity function in NGC 6357 is clearly consistent with a power-law relation as seen in the Orion Nebula Cluster and Cepheus B, yielding the first estimate of NGC 6357's total cluster population, a few times the known Orion population. The long-standing LX ~ 10-7 Lbol correlation for O stars is confirmed. Twenty-four candidate O stars and one possible new obscured massive YSO or Wolf-Rayet star are presented. Many cluster members are estimated to be intermediate-mass stars from available infrared photometry (assuming an age of ~ 1 Myr), but only a few exhibit K-band excess. The authors report the first detection of X-ray emission from an evaporating gaseous globule at the tip of a molecular pillar; this source is likely a B0-B2 protostar.

NGC 6357 was observed on 2004 July 9 with the Imaging Array of the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on board Chandra. Four front-illuminated (FI) CCDs form the ACIS-I, which covers a field of view (FOV) of ~ 17 by 17 arcminutes. The observation was made in the standard Timed Exposure, Very Faint mode, with 3.2 s integration time and 5 pixel by 5 pixel event islands. The total exposure time was 38 ks and the satellite roll angle was 289 degrees. The aim point was centered on the O3 If star Pis 24-1, the heart of the OB association Pismis 24. The Chandra observation ID is 4477.

Data reduction started with filtering the Level 1 event list processed by the Chandra X-ray Center pipeline to recover an improved Level 2 event list. To improve absolute astrometry, X-ray positions of ACIS-I sources were obtained by running the wavdetect wavelet-based source detection algorithm within the Chandra Interactive Analysis of Observations (CIAO) package on the original Level 2 event list, using only the central 8 by 8 arcminutes of the field. The resulting X-ray sources were matched to the 2MASS point source catalog. The authors calculated the position offsets between 277 X-ray sources and their NIR counterparts and applied an offset of +0.02" in right ascension (R.A.) and -0.33" in declination to the X-ray coordinates.

From an initial list of 910 potential X-ray sources, the authors rejected sources with a PB > 1% likelihood of being a background fluctuation. The trimmed source list includes 779 sources, with full-band (0.5 - 8.0 keV) net (background-subtracted) counts ranging from 1.7 to 1837 counts. The 779 valid sources were purposely divided by the authors into two lists: the 665 sources with PB < 0.1% make up the primary source list of highly reliable sources (Table 1 in the reference paper; sources with source_type = 'M' in this table), and the remaining 114 sources with PB >= 0.1% likelihood of being spurious background fluctuations were listed as tentative sources in Table 2 of the reference paper (source_type = 'T' in this table). The authors believe that most of these tentative sources are likely real detections.


NGC6357OID Catalog

Circumstellar disks are expected to evolve quickly in massive young clusters harboring many OB-type stars. Two processes have been proposed to drive the disk evolution in such cruel environments: (1) gravitational interaction between circumstellar disks and nearby passing stars (stellar encounters), and (2) photoevaporation by UV photons from massive stars. The relative importance of both mechanisms is not well understood. Studies of massive young star clusters can provide observational constraints on the processes of driving disk evolution.

The authors investigate the properties of young stars and their disks in the NGC 6357 complex, concentrating on the most massive star cluster within the complex: Pismis 24. They use infrared data from the 2MASS and Spitzer GLIMPSE surveys, complemented with their own deep Spitzer imaging of the central regions of Pismis 24, in combination with X-ray data to search for young stellar objects (YSOs) in the NGC 6357 complex. The infrared data constrain the disk presence and are complemented by optical photometric and spectroscopic observations, obtained with VLT/VIMOS, that constrain the properties of the central stars. For those stars with reliable spectral types, they combine spectra and photometry to estimate the masses and ages. For cluster members without reliable spectral types, they obtain the mass and age probability distributions from R and I-band photometry, assuming these stars have the same extinction distribution as those in the "spectroscopic" sample. The authors compare the disk properties in the Pismis 24 cluster with those in other clusters/star-forming regions employing infrared color-color diagrams.

The authors discover two new young clusters in the NGC 6357 complex. They give a revised distance estimate for Pismis 24 of 1.7 +/- 0.2 kpc. They also find that the massive star Pis 24-18 is a binary system, with the secondary being the main X-ray source of the pair. The authors provide photometry in 9 bands between 0.55 and 8 micron (µm) for the members of the Pismis 24 cluster. They derive the cluster mass function and find that up to the completeness limit at low masses it agrees well with the initial mass function of the Trapezium cluster. They derive a median age of 1 Myr for the Pismis 24 cluster members.

The R-band observations were performed on 2008 April 1 and 6, and the I-band observations were done on 2008 May 1, both using the VIMOS instrument on the VLT. The near-IR photometry in the J, H and Ks bands were taken from the 2MASS. The mid-IR photometry at 3.6, 4.5, 5.8 and 8.0 um were obtained withe the Spitzer IRAC camera, both from the GLIMPSE I survey and from deep observations of the central Pismis 24 region carried out by the authors on 2006 September 29. The X-ray observations were made by the Chandra ACIS-I instrument and previously published by Wang et al. (2007, ApJS, 168, 100: the HEASARC NGC6357CXO table). The X-ray sources were matched to sources detected in the VIMOS R and I bands based on positional coincidence, using a 1.5 arcseconds tolerance. The accuracy of the optical and X-ray positions was 0.6 and 1.0 arcseconds, respectively. Given the high space density of sources in the central regions of Pismis 24, there may be a substantial number (up to 1/6 of the sources) of "false positives", according to the authors.

This table contains the list of 643 optical/IR counterparts to the Chandra X-ray sources found by Wang et al. (2007) which were identified by the present authors: for 136 of the 779 X-ray sources, no counterparts were found.


NGC6530CXO Catalog

In a deep 60 ks Chandra ACIS-I X-ray observation of the very young (~ 1.5 - 2.0 Myr) cluster NGC 6530 on 2001 Jun 18-19, the authors have detected 884 X-ray point sources and argue that a very large fraction of them (90%-95%) must be pre-main-sequence (PMS) cluster members, mostly low-mass stars. This is a significant enlargement of the known NGC 6530 stellar population with respect to previous optical studies, including H-alpha surveys. They identify 220 X-ray sources with catalogued stars down to V = 17, while most unidentified sources have fainter counterparts. Moreover, they find an infrared counterpart in the 2MASS (CDS. No. <II/246>) Catalog for 731 X-ray sources. The optically identified cluster X-ray sources are found in a band in the H-R diagram above the main sequence, in the locus of 0.5 - 1.5 Myr PMS stars, with masses down to 0.5 - 1.5 solar masses (M_sun).

The pointing direction for the Chandra observation was the NGC 6530 cluster center at RA = 18^h 04^m 24.38^s, Dec = -24^o 21' 05.8" (J2000.0). The PWDetect algorithm found 884 X-ray point sources in the ACIS-I image above a detection significance threshold chosen to ensure only 1 spurious detection on the average. The Sung et al. (2000, AJ, 120, 333; CDS Cat. <J/AJ/120/333>) = SCB Catalog of optical objects against which the X-ray point source list was compared doed not cover the easternmost 2.25' of the ACIS FOV (RAs later than 18^h 04^m 52^s), notice, which comprises about 13% of the ACIS FOV. There are 46 detected X-ray sources (5.2% of the total) in the area not covered by the SCB Catalog. A matching distance of 4 times the X-ray error radius or 2.0" (whichever is greater) was used to identify optical counterparts to the X-ray sources, after a systematic shift between the X-ray and optical positions of -0.4" and 1.84" in RA and declination, respectively, was applied. The authors estimate that as many as 28 of their 220 optical identifications may be spurious, preferentially those in the outer parts of the FOV where the positional uncertainties are larger.

There are 8792 'good' 2MASS sources in the ACIS FOV. A matching distance of 4 times the X-ray error radius or 1.5" (whichever is greater) was used to identify 2MASS counterparts to the X-ray sources, after systematic corrections of 0.3" and 1.75" in RA and declination, respectively, were applied to the 'raw' X-ray positions. There are 13 cases where there are two possible IR counterparts to a single X-ray source, and 2 cases where there are three possible IR Counterparts to a single X-ray source. (Notice that, in such cases, this table contains multiple entries, one for each counterpart, and hence there are 901 entries compared to 884 X-ray sources.) The authors conclude that the plausible number of spurious X-ray-2MASS identifications is between 30 and 50. Overall, there remain 146 X-ray sources with no optical or IR identification.


NGC6530OID Catalog

The authors have obtained astrometry and BVI photometry, down to a V magnitude of ~22, of the very young open cluster NGC 6530, from observations taken with the Wide Field Imager (WFI) camera at the MPG/ESO 2.2m Telescope. They have positionally matched their optical catalog with the list of X-ray sources found in a Chandra-ACIS observation of this cluster (Damiani et al. 2004, ApJ, 608, 781: available in Browse both via links from this table and also as the NGC6530CXO table), finding a total of 828 stars in common, 90% of which are pre-main sequence stars in NGC 6530.

The data used in this work come from the combination of optical BVI images taken with the WFI camera made on 27-28 July 2000, a 60 ks Chandra ACIS X-ray observation, and public near-infrared data from the All-Sky Catalog of Point Sources of the Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS, CDS Cat. <II/24>).

The total number of optical sources falling in the Chandra FOV is 8956, while the Damiani et al. (2004, ApJ, 608, 781) Catalog contains 884 X-ray sources, who concluded that at least 90% of the X-ray sources are very probable cluster members. To cross-correlate the X-ray and optical catalogs, the authors used a matching distance of < 4 sigmaX, where sigmaX is the the X-ray positional error, or 1.5", whichever is smaller, after a systematic shift between the X-ray and WFI positions of 0.2" in RA and -0.26" in Dec had been included. This resulted in a number of multiple identifications, among which 4 turned into unique identifications when a reduced distance of 1.5" was used. This finally resulted in 721 single, 44 double, and 3 triple identifications in the optical catalog; in addition, one X-ray source has 4 optical identifications, and another has 6 optical identifications. The total number of X-ray sources with WFI counterparts is therefore 770; of them, only 15 X-ray identified stars come from the Sung et al. (2000, AJ, 120, 333) Catalog and are not in the WFI Catalog. The total number of optical sources with an X-ray counterpart is 828. The agreement between X-ray and WFI optical positions is excellent in most cases, with offsets below 1".


NGC6791CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from the first X-ray study of NGC 6791, one of the oldest open clusters known (8 Gyr). This Chandra observation was aimed at uncovering the population of close interacting binaries down to an X-ray luminosity (LX) of ~1 x 1030 erg/s (0.3-7 keV). The authors detect 86 sources within 8 arcminutes of the cluster center, including 59 inside the half-mass radius of 4.42 arcminutes. centered on 19h 20m 53s, +37o 46' 18" (J2000.0). They identify 20 sources with proper-motion cluster members, which are a mix of cataclysmic variables (CVs), active binaries (ABs), and binaries containing sub-subgiants. With follow-up optical spectroscopy, the authors confirm the nature of one CV. They also discover one new, X-ray variable candidate CV with Balmer and He II emission lines in its optical spectrum; this is the first X-ray-selected CV in an open cluster. The number of CVs per unit mass is consistent with the field, suggesting that the 3-4 CVs observed in NGC 6791 are primordial. The authors compare the X-ray properties of NGC 6791 with those of a few old open clusters (NGC 6819, M67) and globular clusters (47 Tuc, NGC 6397). It is puzzling that the number of ABs brighter than 1 x 1030 erg/s normalized by cluster mass is lower in NGC 6791 than in M 67 by a factor ~3-7. CVs, ABs, and sub-subgiants brighter than 1 x 1030 erg/s are under-represented per unit mass in the globular clusters compared to the oldest open clusters, and this accounts for the lower total X-ray luminosity per unit mass of the former. This indicates that the net effect of dynamical encounters may be the destruction of even some of the hardest (i.e., X-ray-emitting) binaries.

The authors observed NGC 6791 with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on Chandra from 2004 July 1 20:51 UTC until July 2 10:49 UTC for a total exposure time of 48.2ks (ObsID 4510). They obtained low-resolution spectra of candidate optical counterparts to guide the classification of the X-ray sources. A total of 16 candidate counterparts brighter than V ~18.3 were observed with the FAST long-slit spectrograph on the 1.5m Tillinghast telescope on Mt. Hopkins on nine nights between 2005 June 7 to September 2 (coverage from 3480 to 7400 Angstrom and a 3 Angstrom resolution). Candidate optical counterparts fainter than V ~17 were observed with the fiber-fed multi-object spectrograph Hectospec on the 6.5m Multi-Mirror Telescope. A total of 16 candidate counterparts were observed on the nights of 2005 May 13 and July 4-6 (spectra that cover 3700 to 9150 Angstrom with a 6-Angstrom resolution).

The authors performed source detections in broad (0.3-7.0 keV), soft (0.3-2.0 keV) and hard (2.0-7.0 keV) energy bands, also used in their Chandra study of M 67 (van den Berg et al. 2004, A&A, 418. 509), so as to facilitate comparison. The CIAO detection routine wavdetect was run for scales of 1.0 to 11.3 pixels, in steps increasing by a factor of sqrt(2), with the larger scales appropriate for large off-axis angles where the point-spread function (PSF) becomes significantly broader. The authors computed exposure maps for the response at 1 keV to account for spatial variations of the sensitivity. The wavdetect detection threshold was set to 10-6, from which the authors expect two spurious detections per detection scale (so 16 spurious detections in total) in the area that they consider here. Combination of the broad, soft, and hard-band source lists results in a master catalog of 86 distinct sources within 8 arcmin of the cluster center, of which 59 lie inside the half-mass radius rh. To investigate the validity of the sources, the authors also ran wavdetect with a threshold of 10-7 or an expected number of spurious sources of 1.6. The 14 sources not detected in this run are marked with a value of the source_flag parameter of 'T' in this table (replacing the '*' symbol used in the original table).


NGC752CXO Catalog

This table provides a list of X-ray sources detected in a ~140 ks Chandra X-ray observation of the open cluster NGC 752. For the sources with 2MASS counterparts, the values of their magnitudes in the J, H and K bands are also given.

Very little is known about the evolution of stellar activity between the ages of the Hyades (0.8 Gyr) and the Sun (4.6 Gyr). To gain information on the typical level of coronal activity at a star's intermediate age, the authors have studied the X-ray emission from stars in the 1.9 Gyr-old open cluster NGC 752. They analyzed a ~ 140 ks Chandra observation of NGC 752 and a ~50 ks XMM-Newton observation of the same cluster. They detected 262 X-ray sources in the Chandra data and 145 sources in the XMM-Newton observation. Around 90% of the catalogued cluster members within Chandrás field of view are detected in the X-ray observation. The X-ray luminosity of all observed cluster members (28 stars) and of 11 cluster member candidates was derived. These data indicate that, at an age of 1.9 Gyr, the typical X-ray luminosity Lx of the cluster members with masses of 0.8 to 1.2 solar masses is 1.3 x 1028 erg s-1, which is approximately a factor of 6 times less intense than that observed in the younger Hyades. Given that Lx is proportional to the square of a star's rotational rate, the median Lx of NGC 752 is consistent, for t >= 1 Gyr, with a decaying rate in rotational velocities vrot ~ t-alpha with alpha ~ 0.75, steeper than the Skumanich relation (alpha ~ 0.5) and significantly steeper than that observed between the Pleiades and the Hyades (where alpha <0.3), suggesting that a change in the rotational regimes of the stellar interiors is taking place at an age of ~ 1 Gyr.

The 135 ks observation of NGC 752 was performed by the Chandra ACIS camera on September 29, 2003 starting at 21:11:59 UT. The X-ray source detection was performed on the event list using the Wavelet Transform detection algorithm developed at Palermo Astronomical Observatory PWDETECT, available at http://oapa.astropa.unipa.it/progetti_ricerca/PWDetect. Initially, the energy range 0.2 - 10 keV was selected and the threshold for source detection was taken as to ensure a maximum of 1-2 spurious sources per field. 169 sources were detected in this way. The analysis of these sources hardness ratios showed, however, that all the catalogued stars in the field had low hardness ratios, HR < ~ 0.2, where HR is the number of photons in the 2 - 8 keV band over the number in the 0.5 - 2 keV band. Thus, to maximize the detection of stellar sources, PWDETECT was applied to the event list in the energy range from 0.5 - 2 keV. Using a detection threshold which ensures less than 1 spurious source per field leads to the detection of 188 sources, while lowering this threshold to 10 spurious sources per field, allows 262 sources to be identified in this energy range. This is a significant increase (well above the number expected if all the additional sources were spurious), thus the authors retained this list of 262 sources as their final list of sources in the NGC 752 field, with the caveat that ~ 10 sources among them are likely spurious. Note that the existence of ~ 10 spurious sources in the list is not so much of a problem in this context, because cluster members or candidate members are identified by the existence of a visible or near-IR counterpart.

The authors searched for 2MASS counterparts to the X-ray sources using the 2MASS Point Source Catalogue (PSC) and a search radius of 3 arcsec and found a counterpart for 43 sources. Searching within the Point Source Reject Table of the 2MASS Extended Mission leads to the further identification of 1 counterpart (source number 87).


OMC2P3CXO Catalog

The OMC-2 and OMC-3 Chandra X-Ray Point Source Catalog contains the results of the Chandra X-ray observation of Orion Molecular Clouds 2 and 3 (OMC-2 and OMC-3). A deep exposure of ~100 ks detects ~400 X-ray sources in the field of view (FOV) of the ACIS array, providing one of the largest X-ray catalogs in a star-forming region as of the date that this was published (February 2002). Coherent studies of the source detection, time variability, and energy spectra were performed. The authors classified the X-ray sources into Class I, Class II, and Class III+MS types based on the J-, H-, and K-band colors of their near-infrared counterparts, and discussed the X-ray properties (temperature, absorption, and time variability) along these evolutionary phases.

The results of the X-ray imaging analysis and a correlation with the 2MASS Catalog are given for all the detected X-ray sources. Notice that the sources '[TKT2002] I1' - '[TKT2002] I354' and '[TKT2002] S1' - '[TKT2002] S11' were detected in the total-band image (0.5 - 8.0 keV) images of the ACIS-I and the ACIS-S2 CCDs, respectively, but that source '[TKT2002] I355' - '[TKT2002] I369' and '[TKT2002] S12' - '[TKT2002] S13' were detected only in the hard-band (2.0 - 8.0 keV) images of the ACIS-I and the ACIS-S2 CCDs, and '[TKT2002] I370' - '[TKT2002] I385' were detected only in the soft-band (0.5 - 2.0 keV) image of the ACIS-I. No new source was detected in the soft band image of the ACIS-S2 CCD.


OMEGCENCX2 Catalog

The authors identify 233 X-ray sources, of which 95 are new, in a 222-ks exposure of omega Centauri with the Chandra X-ray Observatory's Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer detector. The limiting unabsorbed flux in the core is fX(0.5-6.0keV) ~= 3 x 10-16 erg/s/cm2 (Lx ~= 1 x 1030 erg/s at 5.2kpc). The authors estimate that ~60 +/- 20 of these are cluster members, of which ~30 lie within the core (rc = 155 arcsec), and another ~30 between 1-2 core radii. They identify four new optical counterparts, for a total of 45 likely identifications. Probable cluster members include 18 cataclysmic variables (CVs) and CV candidates, one quiescent low-mass X-ray binary, four variable stars, and five stars that are either associated with omega Cen's anomalous red giant branch or are sub-subgiants. The authors estimate that the cluster contains 40 +/- 10 CVs with L_x_> 1031 erg/s, confirming that CVs are underabundant in omega Cen relative to the field. Intrinsic absorption is required to fit X-ray spectra of six of the nine brightest CVs, suggesting magnetic CVs, or high-inclination systems. Though no radio millisecond pulsars (MSPs) are currently known in omega Cen, more than 30 unidentified sources have luminosities and X-ray colors like those of MSPs found in other globular clusters; these could be responsible for the Fermi-detected gamma-ray emission from the cluster. The authors identify a CH star as the counterpart to the second brightest X-ray source in the cluster and argue that it is a symbiotic star. This is the first such giant/white dwarf binary to be identified in a globular cluster.

The data were obtained over two long exposures of omega Cen using the imaging array of the Chandra X-ray Observatory's ACIS-I on 2012 April 16 and 17. The data sets have a combined exposure time of ~222ks (173.7 and 48.5ks for ObsIDs 13726 and 13727, respectively).


OMEGCENCXO Catalog

The authors analyzed a ~ 70 ks Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) exposure of the globular cluster Omega Cen (NGC 5139). The ~ 17' x 17' field of view fully encompasses three cluster core radii and almost twice the half-mass radius. They detected 180 sources to a limiting flux of ~ 4.3 x10 -16 erg/cm2/s (Lx = 1.2 x 1030 erg/s at the 4.9 kpc distance to the cluster). After accounting for the number of active galactic nuclei and possible foreground stars among the detected X-ray sources, they estimate that 45-70 of the sources are cluster members. Four of the X-ray sources have previously been identified as accreting compact binaries in the cluster - three cataclysmic variables (CVs) and one quiescent neutron star. Correlating the Chandra positions with known variable stars yields 8 matches, of which 5 are probable cluster members that are likely to be binary stars with active coronae. Extrapolating these optical identifications to the remaining unidentified X-ray source population, the authors estimate that 20 - 35 of the sources are CVs and a similar number are active binaries. This likely represents most of the CVs in the cluster, but only a small fraction of all the active binaries. The authors place a 2-sigma upper limit of Lx < 3 x 1030 erg/s on the integrated luminosity of any additional faint, unresolved population of sources in the core of the cluster. In their paper, they explore the significance of these findings in the context of primordial versus dynamical channels for CV formation. They note that the number of CVs per unit mass in Omega Cen is at least 2 - 3 times lower than in the field, suggesting that primordial binaries that would otherwise lead to CVs are being destroyed in the cluster environment.

The authors obtained 2 exposures of Omega Cen using the imaging array of the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on 2000 January 24 - 25, in "very faint" (VF) mode. The total exposure time was 72.4 ks. The authors determined source counts using 95% encircled energy radii as determined from model PSFs, derived using the CIAO tool mkpsf at an intermediate energy of ~ 1.5 keV (the PSF shape being somewhat energy dependent). Counts were extracted in three bands: "soft" (0.5 - 1.5 keV), "medium" (0.5 - 4.5 keV), and "hard" (1.5 - 6.0 keV). The authors determined the background to subtract from each source by dividing the image into 1 arcminute-wide annuli centered on the aim point in chip 3 (the innermost "annulus" being a circle of radius 1.5 arcminutes). Background values adopted for sources in a given annulus were averages determined from several source-free regions within that annulus, after verifying that the background levels were azimuthally symmetric. For 12 sources ( source_numbers 11b, 12b, 13e, 22c, 32c, 41b, 41c, 84a, 84b, 84c, 93a, and 93b) that fell in the chip gaps or near the outer edge of a chip, background regions were chosen specifically to reflect these conditions. Local background determinations were also made for a small number of sources to the west of the cluster center that lie on or near a large diffuse X-ray source ~7 arcminutes west of the cluster center (see below). Following background subtraction, the authors applied aperture corrections and also corrected for reduced effective exposure times off-axis and in the chip gaps using the exposure map.


ONCCXOOPT Catalog

In the first of two companion papers on the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC), the authors presented their analysis of a 63 ks Chandra HRC-I observation that yielded 742 X-ray detections within the 30' x 30' field of view. To facilitate their interpretation of the X-ray image, they compiled a multi-wavelength catalog of nearly 2900 known objects in the region by combining 17 different catalogs from the recent literature. They defined two reference groups: an infrared sample, containing all objects detected in the K band, and an optical sample comprising low-extinction, well-characterized ONC members. They showed for both samples that field object contamination is generally low. Their X-ray sources are primarily low-mass ONC members. The detection rate for optical sample stars increases monotonically with stellar mass from zero at the brown dwarf limit to ~100% for the most massive stars but shows a pronounced dip between 2 and 10 Msun. They determined LX and LX/Lbol or all stars in their optical sample and utilized this information in their companion paper to study correlations between X-ray activity and other stellar parameters.

In particular, the authors assembled an extensive catalog of known X-ray/optical/IR and radio objects that fell within the HRC FOV. In addition to their list of HRC sources and the Chandra source lists of Garmire et al. (2000, CDS Cat. <J/AJ/120/1426>) and Schulz et al. (2001, CDS Cat. <J/ApJ/549/441>), they considered 14 catalogs from recent publications, producing a database of nearly 2900 distinct objects reported in at least one of the studies considered. A full list of references is given in the first column of Table 2 of the reference paper, along with a concise classification of the work and the referenced table number(s) from the original work. The authors' ONC optical sample is comprised of stars in the HRC FOV for which they have a mass estimate, whose values of the visual absorption AV are less than 3.0, and which are either confirmed proper motion members or have unknown proper motion (see Section 3.4.1 of the reference paper). For the 696 stars of this optical sample, this HEASARC table (the full version of Table 4 of the reference paper) lists sky position, mass, age, rotational period, Ca II line equivalent width, HRC basal count rate (see Section 5 of the reference paper), X-ray luminosity, and LX/Lbol (see Sections 4 and 5 of the reference paper).


ONCCXOXRAY Catalog

In the first of two companion papers on the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC), the authors presented their analysis of a 63 ks Chandra HRC-I observation that yielded 742 X-ray detections within the 30' x 30' field of view. To facilitate their interpretation of the X-ray image, they compiled a multi-wavelength catalog of nearly 2900 known objects in the region by combining 17 different catalogs from the recent literature. They defined two reference groups: an infrared sample, containing all objects detected in the K band, and an optical sample comprising low-extinction, well-characterized ONC members. They showed for both samples that field object contamination is generally low. Their X-ray sources are primarily low-mass ONC members. The detection rate for optical sample stars increases monotonically with stellar mass from zero at the brown dwarf limit to ~100% for the most massive stars but shows a pronounced dip between 2 and 10 Msun. They determined LX and LX/Lbol or all stars in their optical sample and utilized this information in their companion paper to study correlations between X-ray activity and other stellar parameters.

In particular, the authors assembled an extensive catalog of known X-ray/optical/IR and radio objects that fell within the HRC FOV. In addition to their list of HRC sources and the Chandra source lists of Garmire et al. (2000, CDS Cat. <J/AJ/120/1426>) and Schulz et al. (2001, CDS Cat. <J/ApJ/549/441>), they considered 14 catalogs from recent publications, producing a database of nearly 2900 distinct objects reported in at least one of the studies considered. A full list of references is given in the first column of Table 2 of the reference paper, along with a concise classification of the work and the referenced table number(s) from the original work.

The HRC on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory (Weisskopf et al., 2002PASP..114....1W) observed the ONC for 63.2ks on 2000 February 4. The pointing (R.A. = 5h 35m 17s, DE=-5{deg} 23' 16" (J2000.0)) was chosen to place the Trapezium region and the bright O star Theta1 Ori C in the center of the field of view (FOV). A good fraction of the ONC region was included in the 30' x 30' HRC FOV. This HEASARC table lists the properties of the 742 X-ray sources detected in this observation as presented in the full version of Table 1 of the reference paper.


ORIONFFCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of Chandra observations of two flanking fields (FFs) in Orion outside the Orion Nebula Cluster (ONC), in the form of a catalog of 417 sources, which includes X-ray luminosity, optical and infrared photometry, and X-ray variability information. 91 variable sources were found, 33 of which have flarelike light curves, and 11 of which have a pattern of a steady increase or decrease over a 10 hour period. The optical and infrared photometry for the stars identified as X-ray sources are consistent with most of these objects being pre-main-sequence stars with ages younger than 10 Myr.

The two flanking fields in Orion were observed with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) detector on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. The north Orion flanking field (NOFF) is centered at a J2000 RA and Declination of 05:35:19, -04:48:15, which is about 36' (~5 pc, at a distance of 470 pc) north of the Trapezium cluster and was observed on 2002 August 26 with a total exposure time of 48.8 ks. The south Orion flanking field (SOFF), centered at a J2000 RA and Declination of 05:35:06, -05:40:48, which is about 17' (~ 2.5pc, at a distance of 470 pc) south of the Trapezium cluster, was observed on 2002 September 6 with a total exposure time of 47.9 ks.

The data analysis for these observations was performed in the same manner as described in Ramirez et al. (2004, AJ, 127, 2659) for a similar observation of a field in NGC 2264, which should be consulted for the full details. (See also the help file for the HEASARC version of the catalog from the latter reference available at /W3Browse/chandra/ngc2264cxo.html ).


RCW108CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results of an approximately 90 ks Chandra observation of a complex region that hosts multiple sites of recent and active star formation in ARA OB1a. The field is centered on the embedded cluster RCW 108-IR and includes a large portion of the open cluster NGC 6193. The authors detected over 420 X-ray sources in the field and combined these data with deep near-IR, Spitzer/IRAC and Midcourse Space Experiment (MSX) mid-IR data. They find that about 360 of the X-ray sources have near-IR counterparts. They divide the region into five parts based on the X-ray point source characteristics and extended 8 micron emission. The most clearly defined regions are the central region, identified by embedded sources with high luminosities in the both the near-IR and X-ray as well as high X-ray temperatures (~3 keV), and the eastern region, identified by low extinction and ~1 keV X-ray temperatures. Other regions, identified by their directional relationship to RCW 108-IR, are less uniform, representing combinations of the first two regions, independent star formation epochs, or both. The cluster members range in X-ray luminosity from 1029 to 1033 erg s-1. Over 18% of the cluster members with over 100 counts exhibit flares. All sources with over 350 counts are variable. Overall about 10% (16% in RCW 108-IR) appear to have optically thick disks as derived from their position in the (J - H), (H - K) diagram. The disk fraction becomes much higher when IRAC data are employed. The largest fraction of X-ray sources is best described as possessing some disk material via a more detailed extinction fitting. The authors fit the bulk of the X-ray spectra as absorbed Raymond-Smith-type plasmas, and find that the column to the RCW 108-IR members varies from 1021 to 1023 cm-2. They find that the field contains 41 candidate O or B stars, and estimate that the total number of pre-main-sequence stars in the field is about 1600 +/- 200. Approximately 800 are confined to the 3' (~1.1 pc) central region.

The field was observed by Chandra on 2004 October 25 starting at 02:37 UT for 92.2 ks of total time and 88.8 ks of so-called "good-time" (ObsId 4503). The ACIS was used in the nominal imaging array (chips I0-I3) which provides a field of view of approximately 17' by 17' (~6.5 pc on a side). The aimpoint was at RA, Dec = 16:39:58.7, -48:51:54.4 (J2000.0). In addition, the S2 and S3 chips were on and located over IRAS 16379-4856. About 20 point sources were detected associated with this object; however, the analysis of these data is not presented here because they are far off-axis.


RCW38CXO Catalog

This table contains the results of a 96.7-ks Chandra observation of one of the youngest, most embedded, and most massive young stellar clusters studied to this date in X-rays, namely the embedded young cluster, RCW 38. 460 X-ray sources were detected in the field, of which 360 are confirmed to be associated with the RCW 38 cluster. The cluster members range in luminosity from 1030 to 1033.5 erg/s. Over 10% of the cluster members with over 100 counts were found to exhibit flares, while about 15% of the cluster members with over 30 counts were variable. Of the sources identified as cluster members, 160 have near-infrared (NIR) counterparts either in the Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) database or which were detected via Very Large Telescope observations. Of these, about 20% appear to have optically thick disks. An additional 353 cluster members were identified through NIR observations, of which at least 50% possess optically thick disks. Over 100 X-ray sources were fit as absorbed Raymond-Smith-type plasmas and the authors found that the column to the cluster members varies from 1021.5 to 1023 cm-2. Comparing the gas to dust absorption signatures in these stars they found NH = AV (2 x 1021) cm-2. They also found that the cluster contains 31 candidate OB stars and is centered about 10" (0.1 pc) west of the primary source of its ionization, the O5 star IRS 2. The cluster has a peak central density of about 400 X-ray sources pc-2. The authors estimate that the total cluster membership exceeds 2000 stars.

The Chandra observation of RCW 38 took place on 2001 December 10-11 and lasted 96.7 ks. It used Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) chips 0, 1, 2, 3, 6 and 7 in very faint mode. The combined field of view (FOV) of the 4 chips in the imaging array (0-3, ACIS-I) is 16.9' x 16.9'. The aimpoint of the array was 8 59 19.20, -47 30 22.0 (J2000.0), and Chandra's roll angle was 51 degrees. The source detection algorithm PWDetect was run on the cleaned events list across the entire ACIS-I array, and found 460 sources, including 31 sources with more than 200 net counts, 49 sources with 100-200 net counts, 71 sources with 50-100 net counts, and 78 sources with 20-50 net counts. NIR matches were found for 349 of the 460 X-ray sources, including 294 of the 360 cluster members and 55 of the 100 nonmembers.


RCW38CXO2 Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a study of the structure of the high-mass star-forming region RCW 38 and the spatial distribution of its young stellar population. Spitzer Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) photometry (3-8 micron) is combined with Two Micron All Sky Survey (2MASS) near-IR data to identify young stellar objects (YSOs) by IR-excess emission from their circumstellar material. Chandra X-ray data are used to identify class III pre-main-sequence stars lacking circumstellar material. The authors identify 624 YSOs: 23 class 0/I and 90 flat spectrum (FS) protostars, 437 class II stars, and 74 class III stars. They also identify 29 (27 new) O star candidates over the IRAC field. Seventy-two stars exhibit IR-variability, including 7 class 0/I and 12 flat spectrum YSOs. A further 177 tentative candidates are identified by their location in the IRAC [3.6] versus [3.6]-[5.8] color-magnitude diagram. The authors find strong evidence of subclustering in the region. Three subclusters were identified surrounding the central cluster, with massive and variable stars in each subcluster. The central region shows evidence of distinct spatial distributions of the protostars and pre-main-sequence stars. A previously detected IR cluster, DB2001_Obj36, has been established as a subcluster of RCW 38. This suggests that star formation in RCW 38 occurs over a more extended area than previously thought. The gas-to-dust ratio is examined using the X-ray derived hydrogen column density, NH and the K-band extinction, and found to be consistent with the diffuse interstellar medium, in contrast with Serpens and NGC 1333. The authors posit that the high photoionizing flux of massive stars in RCW 38 affects the agglomeration of the dust grains.

This table contains the list of 536 X-ray sources found in the Chandra data using a three-pass method with the CIAO 3.4 Wavdetect tool.


RCW49CXO Catalog

This table contains the list of X-ray sources detected in a high-resolution X-ray imaging study of the stellar population in the Galactic massive star-forming region RCW 49 and its central OB association Westerlund 2. The authors obtained a ~ 40 ks X-ray image of a ~ 17' x 17' field using the Chandra X-Ray Observatory and deep NIR images using the Infrared Survey Facility in a concentric ~ 8.3' x 8.3' region. They detected 468 X-ray sources with a photometric significance >=1.0 and a 1% or less chance of being a background fluctuation, and identified optical, near-infrared (NIR), and Spitzer mid-infrared (MIR) counterparts for 379 of them. The unprecedented spatial resolution and sensitivity of the X-ray image, enhanced by optical and infrared imaging data, yielded the following results:

(1) The central OB association Westerlund 2 is resolved for the first time in the X-ray band. X-ray emission is detected from all spectroscopically identified early-type stars in this region. (2) Most (~ 86%) X-ray sources with optical or infrared identifications are cluster members in comparison with a control field in the Galactic plane. (3) A loose constraint (2-5 kpc) for the distance to RCW 49 is derived from the mean X-ray luminosity of T Tauri stars. (4) The cluster X-ray population consists of low-mass pre-main-sequence and early-type stars as obtained from X-ray and NIR photometry. About 30 new OB star candidates are identified. (5) The authors estimate a cluster radius of 6' - 7' based on the X-ray surface number density profiles. (6) A large fraction (~ 90%) of cluster members are identified individually using complimentary X-ray and MIR excess emission. (7) The brightest five X-ray sources, two Wolf-Rayet stars and three O stars, have hard thermal spectra.

The X-ray observation of RCW 49 was carried out using the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) on board the Chandra X-Ray Observatory from 2003 August 23 UT 18:20 to August 24 UT 4:54. Four imaging array (ACIS-I) chips covered a 17 by 17 arcminutes field centered at (R.A., Dec.) = (10h24m00.5s, -57d 45' 18") in the equinox J2000.0 for a 36.7 ks exposure. ACIS-I covers the 0.5 - 8.0 keV energy band with a spectral resolution of ~ 150 eV at 6 keV and a point-spread function (PSF) radius of ~ 0.5" within ~ 2' of the on-axis position, degrading to ~ 6" at a 10' off-axis angle. The data were taken with the very faint telemetry mode and the timed exposure CCD operation with a frame time of 3.2 s.

Sources with photometric significance of larger than 2 were fitted with an absorbed thin thermal plasma model. The abundance was fixed to be 0.3 times the solar value. Fits lacking uncertainties, fits with large uncertainties, and fits with frozen parameters should be viewed merely as splines to the data to obtain rough estimates of the X-ray luminosities: the listed parameter values are considered unreliable in such cases.

The authors also conducted NIR observations on 2004 December 25 and 28 using the Simultaneous three-color Infrared Imager for Unbiased Surveys (SIRIUS) mounted on the Cassegrain focus of the IRSF 1.4 m telescope at the South African Astronomical Observatory. SIRIUS is a NIR imager capable of obtaining simultaneous images in the J, H, and Ks bands. The instrument is equipped with three HAWAII arrays of 1024 by 1024 pixels. The pixel scale of 0.45" is an excellent match with the on-axis spatial resolution of Chandra. The authors covered 8.3 by 8.3 arcminute fields at two positions, one aimed at RCW 49 (10h24m01.9s, -57d 45' 31") and the other at a control region.


RHOOPHCXO Catalog

This catalog of X-ray sources represents some of the results of a systematic study of X-ray flares from low-mass young stellar objects, using two deep exposure Chandra observations of the main region of the rho Ophiuchi star-forming cloud. From 195 X-ray sources, including class I-III pre-main sequence sources and some young brown dwarfs, a total of 71 X-ray flares were detected.

The Chandra X-ray Observatory (Weisskopf et al., 2002PASP..114....1W) observed the central region of rho Oph twice with a deep exposure of the ACIS-I array, consisting of four abutted X-ray CCDs. The first observation (here and after, obs. BF) covered the south-east 17.4' x 17.4' area, including cores B, C, E, and F, while the second observation (obs. A) covered the north-west area centered on core A (Loren et al., 1990ApJ...365..269L).

This table contains data and the results of spectral and timing analyses on the 195 sources detected in the two rho Oph fields, 9 of which were detected in both fields and are therefore listed twice (A-61=BF-2, A-64=BF-4, A-65=BF-5, A-69=BF-7, A-75=BF-11, A-77=BF-15, A-78=BF-16, A-79=BF-17, and A-81 = BF-19). Sources which flared have multiple entries, with one entry (typically, but not always) listing the properties of the quiescent emission, and additional entries for individual flares which were analyzed separately. For the very faint sources for which the temperatures obtained from X-ray spectral analyses were not constrained, there are typically two entries in this table per source, one of which gives the results of a spectral analysis in which the temperature was fixed at 1 keV (11.6 MK) and the other in which the temperature was instead fixed at 5 keV (58 MK). Thus, there are more entries (306) in this HEASARC table than the number (195) of detected rho Oph X-ray sources.


ROS13HRCXO Catalog

This table contains some of the results from a Chandra ACIS-I survey of a high-latitude region at RA, Dec = 13 hours, +38 degrees which was earlier observed with ROSAT and which had recently been observed by XMM-Newton for 200 ks. XMM-Newton was expected to provide good-quality X-ray spectra for over 200 sources with fluxes around the knee of the log N /log S distribution, which are responsible for the bulk of the X-ray background. The main aim of the Chandra observations was to provide arcsecond, or better, positions, and hence reliable identifications, for the XMM-Newton sources. The ACIS-I observations were arranged in a mosaic of four 30-ks pointings, covering almost all of the 15-arcminute radius XMM-Newton/ROSAT field. 214 Chandra sources were detected above a Cash likelihood statistic of 25, which approximates to a 5-sigma significance, to a limiting flux of ~ 1.3 x 10-15erg/cm2/s (0.5 - 7 keV). Optical counterparts were derived from a Subaru SuprimeCam image reaching to R ~ 27. The very large majority of the Chandra sources have an optical counterpart, with the distribution peaking at 23 < R < 24, although 14 have no counterpart to R = 27. The fraction of X-ray sources with no identification brighter than R = 27 is similar to that found in deeper Chandra surveys.

The majority of the identifications are with galaxies. As found in other Chandra surveys, there is a very wide range of optical magnitudes for a given X-ray flux, implying a range of emission mechanisms, and many sources have high LX/Lopt ratios, implying absorption at moderate redshift. Comparison with the earlier ROSAT survey shows that the accuracy of the ROSAT positions agrees very well with the predictions from simulations by McHardy et al. and that the large majority of the identifications were correct.


ROSETTECXO Catalog

The authors of this study have explored the young stellar populations in the Rosette Molecular Cloud (RMC) region with high spatial resolution X-ray images from the Chandra X-ray Observatory, which are effective in locating weak-lined T Tauri stars as well as disk-bearing young stars. A total of 395 X-ray point sources are detected, 299 of which (76%) have an optical or near-infrared (NIR) counterpart identified from deep FLAMINGOS images. From X-ray and mass sensitivity limits, the authors infer a total population of ~1700 young stars in the survey region. Based on smoothed stellar surface density maps, they investigate the spatial distribution of the X-ray sources and define three distinctive structures and substructures within them. Structures B and C are associated with previously known embedded IR clusters, while structure A is a new X-ray-identified unobscured cluster. A high-mass protostar RMCX 89 = IRAS 06306+0437 and its associated sparse cluster are studied. The different subregions are not coeval but do not show a simple spatial-age pattern. Disk fractions vary between subregions and are generally <~ 20% of the total stellar population inferred from the X-ray survey. The data are consistent with speculations that triggered star formation around the H II region is present in the RMC, but do not support a simple sequential triggering process through the cloud interior. While a significant fraction of young stars are located in a distributed population throughout the RMC region, it is not clear if they originated in clustered environments.

This HEASARC table contains the 348 primary sources listed in Table 1 of the reference paper, as well as the 47 tentative sources listed in Table 2 (the latter having a likelihood > 10-3 of being a spurious background fluctuation based on Poisson statistics), to make a total of 395 X-ray sources. The information on optical and infrared counterparts to these X-ray sources which was provided in Table 4 of the reference paper has also been included herein. In order to allow users to clearly identify these 2 samples, the HEASARC has created a parameter source_sample which is set to 'P' for the Table 1 primary sources and to 'T' for the Table 2 tentative sources. This HEASARC table also contains the X-ray spectroscopic information derived for 158 sources which have photometric significance (the snr parameter) >= 2.0 which was presented in Table 3 of the reference paper. All spectral fits used the "wabs(apec)" model in XSPEC and assumed 0.3 * Z_Sun abundances. The quoted emission measures and X-ray luminosities assume a distance to the Rosette molecular cloud of 1.4 kpc.


S254258CXO Catalog

The aim of this study was to find an explanation for the remarkable morphology of the central part of the S254-S258 star forming complex. The authors performed a deep Chandra X-ray observation of the S254-S258 region in order to efficiently discriminate young stars (with and without circumstellar matter) from the numerous older field stars in the area. They detected 364 X-ray point sources in a 17' x 17' (~ 8 x 8 pc) field. This X-ray catalog provides, for the first time, a complete sample of all young stars in the region down to about 0.5 M_{sun}_. A clustering analysis identifies three significant clusters: the central embedded cluster S255-IR and two smaller clusterings in S256 and S258. Sixty-four X-ray sources can be classified as members in one of these clusters. After accounting for X-ray background contaminants, this implies that about 250 X-ray sources constitute a widely scattered population of young stars, distributed over the full field-of-view of the X-ray image. This distributed young stellar population is considerably larger than the previously known number of non-clustered young stars selected by infrared excesses. Comparison of the X-ray luminosity function with that of the Orion Nebula Cluster suggests a total population of ~ 2000 young stars in the observed part of the S254-S258 region.

The S254-S258 complex was observed (PI: Preibisch) in November 2009 with the Imaging Array of the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I). ACIS-I provides a field of view of 17' x 17' on the sky. At the 1.6 kpc distance of S254-S258 this corresponds to 7.9 x 7.9 pc. The aimpoint of the observation was RA(J2000) = 06h12m54.0s, Dec(J2000) = +17d 59' 24". The observation was performed in the standard 'Timed Event, Faint' mode (with 3 x 3 pixel event islands). The total net exposure time of 74725 s (20.76 h) was split into two parts, separated by about 4 days. The details of these two observation parts are given in Table 1 of the reference paper.

The authors first employed the wavdetect algorithm (Freeman et al. 2002, ApJS, 138, 185, a CIAO mexican-hat wavelet source detection tool) for locating X-ray sources in the merged image, and used a rather low detection threshold of 10-5. This step was performed in three different energy bands, the total band (0.5 - 8.0 keV), the soft band (0.5 - 2.0 keV), and the hard band (2.0 - 8.0) keV, and with wavelet scales between 1 and 16 pixels. They also performed a visual inspection of the images and added some 30 additional candidates to the merged catalog from the wavelet analysis, resulting in a final catalog of 511 potential X-ray sources. To clean this catalog from spurious sources, they then performed a detailed analysis of each individual candidate source with the ACIS Extract (AE hereafter) software package (Broos et al. 2010, ApJ, 714, 1582). The Poisson probability (PB) associated with the "null hypothesis", i.e. that no source exists and the extracted events are solely due to Poisson fluctuations in the local background, was computed for each source using AE. All candidate sources with PB > 0.01 were rejected as background fluctuations. After 8 iterations of this pruning procedure the final catalog consisted of 364 sources. It contains 344 primary sources with PB < 0.003, and 20 tentative sources with 0.003 < PB < 0.01.

To obtain an estimate of the intrinsic, i.e. extinction-corrected, X-ray luminosity for sources that are too weak for a detailed spectral analysis, the authors used the XPHOT software, developed by Getman et al. (2010, ApJ, 708, 1760). XPHOT is based on a non-parametric method for the calculation of fluxes and absorbing X-ray column densities of weak X-ray sources. X-ray extinction and intrinsic flux are estimated from the comparison of the apparent median energy of the source photons and apparent source flux with those of high signal-to-noise spectra that were simulated using spectral models characteristic of much brighter sources of similar class previously studied in detail. This method requires at least 4 net counts per source (in order to determine a meaningful value for the median energy) and can thus be applied to 255 of the 364 sources in this table. To calculate luminosities, a distance of 1.6 kpc was assumed. The resulting intrinsic X-ray lumonosities range from 1029.4 to 1032.3 erg s-1.


SDSSCXOQSO Catalog

The authors have studied the spectral energy distributions and evolution of a large sample of optically selected quasars from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) that were observed in 323 Chandra images analyzed by the Chandra Multiwavelength Project (ChaMP). Their highest-confidence matched sample (which this HEASARC table comprises) includes 1135 X-ray detected quasars in the redshift range 0.2 < z < 5.4, representing some 36 Msec of effective exposure. In their paper, the authors provide catalogs of QSO properties, and describe their novel method of calculating X-ray flux upper limits and effective sky coverage. Spectroscopic redshifts are available for about 1/3 of the detected sample; elsewhere, redshifts are estimated photometrically. The authors have detected 56 QSOs with redshift z > 3, substantially expanding the known sample. They find no evidence for evolution out to z ~ 5 for either the X-ray photon index Gamma or for the ratio of optical/UV to X-ray flux Alpha_ox. About 10% of detected QSOs show best-fit intrinsic absorbing columns greater than 1022 cm-2, but the fraction might reach ~1/3 if most nondetections are absorbed. The authors confirm a significant correlation between Alpha_ox and optical luminosity, but it flattens or disappears for fainter (M_B >~ -23) active galactic nucleus (AGN) alone. They report significant hardening of Gamma both toward higher X-ray luminosity, and for relatively X-ray loud quasars. These trends may represent a relative increase in nonthermal X-ray emission, and their findings thereby strengthen analogies between Galactic black hole binaries and AGN. For uniformly selected subsamples of narrow-line Seyfert 1s and narrow absorption line QSOs, they find no evidence for unusual distributions of either Alpha_ox or Gamma.

Much more information on the SDSS is available at the project's web site at http://www.sdss.org/.


SDSSS82CXO Catalog

This table contains some of the data from the latest release of the Stripe 82 X-ray (82X) survey point-source catalog, which currently covers 31.3 deg2 of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS) Stripe 82 Legacy field. In total, 6,181 unique X-ray sources are significantly detected with XMM-Newton (> 5 sigma) and Chandra (> 4.5 sigma). This 31 deg2 catalog release includes data from XMM-Newton cycle AO 13, which approximately doubled the Stripe 82X survey area. The flux limits of the Stripe 82X survey are 8.7 x 10-16 erg s-1 cm-2, 4.7 x 10-15 erg s-1 cm-2, and 2.1 x 10-15 erg s-1 cm^=2^ in the soft (0.5 - 2.0 keV), hard (2 - 10 keV), and full (0.5 - 10 keV) bands, respectively, with approximate half-area survey flux limits of 5.4 x 10-15 erg s-1 cm-2, 2.9 x 10-14 erg s-1 cm-2, and 1.7 x 10-14 erg s-1 cm-2, respectively. The authors matched the X-ray source lists to available multi-wavelength catalogs, including updated matches to the previous release of the Stripe 82X survey; 88% of the sample is matched to a multi-wavelength counterpart. Due to the wide area of Stripe 82X and rich ancillary multi-wavelength data, including coadded SDSS photometry, mid-infrared WISE coverage, near-infrared coverage from UKIDSS and VISTA Hemisphere Survey (VHS), ultraviolet coverage from GALEX, radio coverage from FIRST, and far-infrared coverage from Herschel, as well as existing ~30% optical spectroscopic completeness, this study is beginning to uncover rare objects, such as obscured high-luminosity active galactic nuclei at high redshift. The Stripe 82X point source catalog is a valuable data set for constraining how this population grows and evolves, as well as for studying how they interact with the galaxies in which they live. The authors derive the XMM-Newton number counts distribution and compare it with their previously reported Chandra log N - log S relations and other X-ray surveys.

Throughout this study, the authors adopt a cosmology of H0 = 70 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.27, and Lambda = 0.73.

The XMM-Newton and Chandra X-ray sources were matched with sources in the SDSS, WISE, UKIDSS, VHS, GALEX, FIRST and Herschel databases using the maximum likelihood estimator (MLE) method, as discussed in detail in Section 4 of the reference paper. This table contains the list of 1,146 Chandra sources detected in the SDSS Stripe 82. A related table SDSSS82XMM contains the list of 5,220 XMM-Newton sources detected in the SDSS Stripe 82.


SELHCGCXO Catalog

This table contains the Chandra X-ray point source catalogs for 9 Hickson Compact Groups (HCGs, 37 galaxies) at distances of 34 to 89 Mpc. The authors perform detailed X-ray point source detection and photometry and interpret the point source population by means of simulated hardness ratios. They thus estimate X-ray luminosities (LX) for all sources, most of which are too weak for reliable spectral fitting. For all sources, they provide counts, count rates, power-law indices (Gamma), hardness ratios, and LX, in the full (0.5-8.0 keV), soft (0.5-2.0 keV) and hard (2-8 keV) bands. In their paper, the authors use optical emission-line ratios from the literature to re-classify 24 galaxies as star-forming, accreting onto a supermassive black hole (AGNs), transition objects, or low-ionization nuclear emission regions. Two-thirds of their galaxies have nuclear X-ray sources with Swift/UVOT counterparts. Two nuclei have full-band X-ray luminosities >= 1042 erg s-1, are strong multi-wavelength AGNs, and follow the known alphaOX - nu L_nu(near-UV)_ correlation for strong AGNs. Otherwise, most nuclei are X-ray faint, consistent with either a low-luminosity AGN or a nuclear X-ray binary population, and fall into the 'non-AGN' locus in alphaOX - nu L_nu(near-UV)_ space, which also hosts other normal galaxies.

Each group was observed at the aim point of the back-illuminated S3 CCD of Chandra's Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS), with the exception of HCG 90, which was observed with the ACIS-I array. The details of the 9 Chandra observations analyzed herein are given in Table 1 of the reference paper. The full details of the X-ray analysis and point source detection procedures are given in Section 3 of the reference paper.


SFGALHMXB Catalog

Based on a homogeneous set of X-ray, infrared and ultraviolet observations from Chandra, Spitzer, GALEX and 2MASS archives, the authors studied populations of high-mass X-ray binaries (HMXBs) in a sample of 29 nearby star-forming galaxies and their relation with the star formation rate (SFR). In agreement with previous results, the authors find that HMXBs are a good tracer of the recent star formation activity in the host galaxy and their collective luminosity and number scale with the SFR, in particular, LX ~ 2.6 x 1039 x SFR. However, the scaling relations still bear a rather large dispersion of rms ~ 0.4 dex, which the authors believe is of a physical origin.

This table contains the catalog of 1055 compact X-ray sources detected within the D25 ellipse for galaxies of this sample which the authors used to construct the average X-ray luminosity function (XLF) of HMXBs with substantially improved statistical accuracy and better control of systematic effects than achieved in previous studies. The XLF follows a power law with slope of 1.6 in the log(LX) ~ 35 - 40 luminosity range with a moderately significant evidence for a break or cut-off at LX ~ 1040 erg/s. As before, the authors did not find any features at the Eddington limit for a neutron star or a stellar mass black hole.

In their paper, the authors discuss the implications of their results for the theory of binary evolution. In particular, they estimate the fraction of compact objects that once during their lifetime experienced an X-ray active phase powered by accretion from a high mass companion and obtain a rather large number, fX ~ 0.2 x (0.1 Myr/taux), where taux is the life time of the X-ray active phase. This is about 4 orders of magnitude more frequent than in low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs). The authors also derive constrains on the mass distribution of the secondary star in HMXBs.

Note that, in their paper, the authors estimate that ~ 300 of the 1055 sources are likely to be background AGNs (cosmic X-ray background or CXB sources) and that the majority (<~ 700) of the remaining ~ 750 sources are young HMXB systems associated with star formation in their host galaxies.


SFINCSPCM Catalog

The Star Formation in Nearby Clouds (SFiNCs) project is aimed at providing a detailed study of the young stellar populations and of star cluster formation in the nearby 22 star-forming regions (SFRs) for comparison with the authors' earlier MYStIX survey of richer, more distant clusters. As a foundation for the SFiNCs science studies, in the reference paper homogeneous data analyses of the Chandra X-ray and Spitzer mid-infrared (MIR) archival SFiNCs data are described, and the resulting catalogs of over 15,300 X-ray and over 1,630,000 mid-infrared point sources are presented. On the basis of their X-ray/infrared properties and spatial distributions, nearly 8500 point sources have been identified as probable young stellar members of the SFiNCs regions. Compared to the existing X-ray/mid-infrared publications, the SFiNCs member list increases the census of YSO members by 6%-200% for individual SFRs and by 40% for the merged sample of all 22 SFiNCs SFRs.

Sixty-five X-ray observations of the 22 SFiNCs SFRs made with the imaging array on the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) were extracted from the Chandra archive (spanning from 2000 January to 2015 April). See Tables 1 and 2 of the reference paper for the list of SFRs and the log of Chandra ACIS observations, respectively. The final Chandra-ACIS catalog for the 22 SFiNCs SFRs comprises 15,364 X-ray sources (presented in Tables 3 and 4 and section 3.2 of the reference paper, and available as the HEASARC table, SFINCSXRAY).

To obtain MIR photometry for X-ray objects and to identify and measure MIR photometry for additional non-Chandra disky stars that were missed in previous studies of the SFiNCs regions (typically faint YSOs), the authors have reduced the archived Spitzer-IRAC data by homogeneously applying the MYStIX-based Spitzer-IRAC data reduction methods of Kuhn et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 29) to the 423 Astronomical Object Request (AORs) data sets for the 22 SFiNCs SFRs (listed in Table 5 of the reference paper). As in MYStIX, the SFiNCs IRAC source catalog retains all point sources with the photometric signal-to-noise ratio > 5 in both [3.6] and [4.5] um channels. This catalog covers the 22 SFiNCs SFRs and their vicinities on the sky and comprises 1,638,654 IRAC sources with available photometric measurements for 100%, 100%, 29%, and 23% of these sources in the 3.6, 4.5, 5.8, and 8.0um bands, respectively (see table 6 and section 3.4 of the reference paper).

Source position cross-correlations between the SFiNCs Chandra X-ray source catalog and an IR catalog, either the "cut-out" IRAC or 2MASS, were made using the steps described in section 3.5 of the reference paper.

Using the ensemble of X-ray and infrared data that they have obtained, the authors selected probable YSOs in the 22 SFRs using selection criteria described in section 4.1 of the reference paper. Tables 7 and 8 of the reference paper provide the list of 8,492 SFiNCs probable cluster members (SPCMs: but see below for a caveat on this number) and their main IR and X-ray properties (see section 4 of the reference paper). This present HEASARC table comprises the contents of these two tables. A fuller list of the X-ray properties of the X-ray-detected SPCMs is available in the HEASARC's SFINCSXRAY table (q.v.).


SFINCSXRAY Catalog

The Star Formation in Nearby Clouds (SFiNCs) project is aimed at providing a detailed study of the young stellar populations and of star cluster formation in the nearby 22 star-forming regions (SFRs) for comparison with our earlier MYStIX survey of richer, more distant clusters. As a foundation for the SFiNCs science studies, in the reference paper homogeneous data analyses of the Chandra X-ray and Spitzer mid-infrared archival SFiNCs data are described, and the resulting catalogs of over 15,300 X-ray and over 1,630,000 mid-infrared point sources are presented. On the basis of their X-ray/infrared properties and spatial distributions, nearly 8500 point sources have been identified as probable young stellar members of the SFiNCs regions. Compared to the existing X-ray/mid-infrared publications, the SFiNCs member list increases the census of YSO members by 6%-200% for individual SFRs and by 40% for the merged sample of all 22 SFiNCs SFRs.

Sixty-five X-ray observations of the 22 SFiNCs SFRs made with the imaging array on the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) were extracted from the Chandra archive (spanning from 2000 January to 2015 April). See Tables 1 and 2 of the reference paper for the list of SFRs and the log of Chandra ACIS observations, respectively. The final Chandra-ACIS catalog for the 22 SFiNCs SFRs comprises 15,364 X-ray sources (presented in Tables 3 and 4 and section 3.2 of the reference paper, and the contents of this HEASARC table, SFINCSXRAY).

To obtain MIR photometry for X-ray objects and to identify and measure MIR photometry for additional non-Chandra disky stars that were missed in previous studies of the SFiNCs regions (typically faint YSOs), the authors have reduced the archived Spitzer-IRAC data by homogeneously applying the MYStIX-based Spitzer-IRAC data reduction methods of Kuhn et al. (2013, ApJS, 209, 29) to the 423 Astronomical Object Request (AORs) data sets for the 22 SFiNCs SFRs (Table 5 of the reference paper). As in MYStIX, the SFiNCs IRAC source catalog retains all point sources with the photometric signal-to-noise ratio > 5 in both [3.6] and [4.5] um channels. This catalog covers the 22 SFiNCs SFRs and their vicinities on the sky and comprises 1,638,654 IRAC sources with available photometric measurements for 100%, 100%, 29%, and 23% of these sources in the 3.6, 4.5, 5.8, and 8.0um bands, respectively (see table 6 and section 3.4 of the reference paper).

Source position cross-correlations between the SFiNCs Chandra X-ray source catalog and an IR catalog, either the "cut-out" IRAC or 2MASS, were made using the steps described in section 3.5 of the reference paper.

Tables 7 and 8 of the reference paper provide the list of 8,492 SFiNCs probable cluster members (SPCMs) and their main IR and X-ray properties (see section 4 of the reference paper): this list as available at the HEASARC as the SFINCSPCM table (q.v.).


SMCDFSCXO Catalog

This table contains the results of a pair of 100 ks Chandra observations of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC) to survey high-mass X-ray binaries (HMXBs), stars, and low-mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs)/cataclysmic variables down to LX = 4.3 x 1032 erg s-1. The two SMC Deep Fields (DFs) are located in the most active star-forming region of the SMC bar, with Deep Field-1 positioned at the most pulsar-rich location identified from previous surveys. Two new pulsars were discovered in outburst, CXOU J004929.7-731058 (P = 892 s) and CXOU J005252.2-721715 (P = 326 s), and three new HMXB candidates were identified. Of the 15 Be-pulsars now known in the field, 13 were detected, with pulsations seen in 9 of them. Ephemerides demonstrate that 6 of the 10 pulsars known to exhibit regular outbursts were seen outside their periastron phase, and quiescent X-ray emission at LX = 10(33-34) erg s-1 is shown to be common. Comparison with ROSAT, ASCA, and XMM-Newton catalogs resulted in positive identification of several previously ambiguous sources. Bright optical counterparts exist for 40 of the X-ray sources, of which 33 are consistent with early-type stars (MV < -2, B-V < 0.2), and are the subject of a companion paper to the reference paper. The results point to an underlying HMXB population density up to double that of active systems. The full catalog of 394 point sources is presented in this table; detailed analyses of the source timing and spectral properties are available in the reference paper.

The aim-points for these Chandra observations were as follows: DF1 had J2000.0 coordinates of 00 53 34.50 -72 26 43.2 and DF2 had J2000.0 coordinates of 00 50 41.40 -73 16 10.3.


SMCWINGCXO Catalog

The authors have detected 523 X-ray sources in a survey of the Small Magellanic Cloud (SMC) Wing with the Chandra X-ray Observatory. By cross-correlating the X-ray data with optical and near-infrared catalogs, they have found 300 matches. Using a technique that combines X-ray colors and X-ray to optical flux ratios, they have been able to assign preliminary classifications to 265 of the objects. The identifications include 4 pulsars, 1 high-mass X-ray binary (HMXB) candidate, 34 stars and 185 active galactic nuclei (AGN). In addition, the authors have classified 32 sources as hard AGN which are likely absorbed by local gas and dust, and 9 soft AGN whose nature is still unclear. Considering the abundance of HMXBs discovered so far in the Bar of the SMC the number that have been detected in the Wing is low.

Observations in the Wing of the SMC were made from 2005 July to 2006 March with Chandra. The survey consisted of 20 fields, with exposure times ranging from 8.6 - 10.3 ks. X-ray parameters for 523 sources detected in the Wing of the SMC with Chandra are presented. For each source equatorial coordinates, positional error, net counts (total counts minus background counts) in the 0.5 - 8.0 keV band, signal-to-noise of the detection and source flux in the 0.5 - 8.0 keV band are given. The median, compressed median and normalized quartile ratio of the photon energy distribution, determined using quantile analysis, are given for sources with three or more counts. For the sources that have optical counterparts the V- and R-band magnitudes, B-V color, X-ray to optical flux ratios based on the V- and R-band magnitudes, and a preliminary classification for the sources are given.


SPICESCXO Catalog

This table contains the first results on field X-ray sources detected in a deep, 184.7 ks observation with the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) on the Chandra X-Ray Observatory. The observations target the Lynx field (J2000.0 RA = 08h 48m and Dec = +44d 54') of SPICES, the Spectroscopic Photometric Infrared-Chosen Extragalactic Survey, which contains three known X-ray-emitting clusters at redshifts of z = 0.57, 1.26, and 1.27. Not including the known clusters, in the 17' x 17' ACIS-I field the authors detect 132 sources in the 0.5 - 2 keV (soft) X-ray band down to a 2.1-sigma limiting flux of ~ 1.7 x 10-16 erg/cm2/s and 11 sources in the 2 - 10 keV (hard) X-ray band down to a 2.1-sigma limiting flux of ~ 1.3 x 10-15 erg/cm2/s. The combined catalog contains a total of 153 X-ray sources, of which 42 are detected only in the soft band and 21 are detected only in the hard band.

Confirming previous Chandra results, the authors find that the fainter sources have harder X-ray spectra, providing a consistent solution to the long-standing "spectral paradox". From deep optical and near-infrared follow-up data, 77% of the X-ray sources have optical counterparts to I = 24, and 71% of the X-ray sources have near-infrared counterparts to Ks = 20. Four of the 24 sources in the near-IR field are associated with extremely red objects (EROs; I - Ks >= 4). The authors have obtained spectroscopic redshifts with the Keck telescopes of 18 of the Lynx Chandra sources. These sources comprise a mix of broad-lined active galaxies, apparently normal galaxies, and two late-type Galactic dwarfs. Intriguingly, one Galactic source (number 72) is identified with an M7 dwarf exhibiting non-transient, hard X-ray emission. Thirteen of the Chandra sources are located within regions for which the authors have Hubble Space Telescope imaging. Nine of the sources are detected, showing a range of morphologies: several show compact cores embedded within diffuse emission, while others are spatially extended showing typical galaxy morphologies. Two of the Chandra sources in this subsample appear to be associated with mergers.

ACIS-I observations of the Lynx field were obtained on 2000 May 3 (65 ks; OBS-ID 1708) and 2000 May 4 (125 ks; OBS-ID 927). Time intervals with background rates larger than 3 sigma over the quiescent value of ~ 0.30 counts s-1 per chip in the 0.3 - 10 keV band were removed. This procedure gave 60.7 ks of effective exposure out of the first observation and 124 ks out of the second, for a total of 184.7 ks. The two observations are almost coincident on the sky, so that the total coverage is 298 arcmin2. The aim point for the observations was RA = 08h 48m 54.79s, Dec = +44d 54' 32.9" (J2000.0), and both exposures were obtained in the faint mode when ACIS was at a temperature of -120 C. The Galactic absorbing column for this field is NH = 2 x 1020 cm-2. The position angle of the observations was 258.45 degrees.

Cosmology-dependent parameters are calculated for two models: an Einstein-de Sitter (EdS) universe consistent with previous work in this field (H0 = 50 h50 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 1, and OmegaLambda = 0) and the dark energy cosmology (DEC) universe favored by recent work on high-redshift supernovae and fluctuations in the cosmic microwave background (H0 = 65 km s-1 Mpc-1, OmegaM = 0.35, and OmegaLambda = 0.65).


SSA22CXO Catalog

This table contains the main X-ray point-source catalog for a deep ~400-ks Chandra ACIS-I (Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer) exposure of the SSA22 field. The observations were centred on a z = 3.09 protocluster, which is populated by Lyman break galaxies (LBGs), Lyman-alpha emitters (LAEs) and extended Lyman-alpha-emitting blobs (LABs). The survey reached ultimate (3 count) sensitivity limits of ~5.7 x 10-17 and ~3.0 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1 for the 0.5-2 and 2-8 keV bands, respectively (corresponding to L(2-10 keV) ~ 5.7 x 1042 erg s-1 and L(10-30 keV) ~ 2.0 x 1043 erg s-1 at z = 3.09, respectively, for an assumed photon index of Gamma = 1.4). These limits make SSA22 the fourth deepest extragalactic Chandra survey yet conducted, and the only one focused on a known high-redshift structure. In total, the authors detect 297 X-ray point sources and identify one obvious bright extended X-ray source (not included in the current table) over a ~330 arcmin2 region. In addition to the X-ray data, the authors provide all available optical spectroscopic redshifts and near-infrared and mid-infrared photometry available for their sources. The basic X-ray and infrared properties of their Chandra sources indicate a variety of source types, although absorbed active galactic nuclei (AGN) appear to dominate. In total, they have identified 12 X-ray sources (either via optical spectroscopic redshifts or LAE selection) at z = 3.06 - 3.12 that are likely to be associated with the SSA22 protocluster. These sources have X-ray and multiwavelength properties that suggest they are powered by AGN with 0.5 - 8 keV luminosities in the range of ~ 1043 - 1045 erg s-1. The authors have analysed the AGN fraction of sources in the protocluster as a function of local LAE source density and find suggestive evidence for a correlation between AGN fraction and local LAE source density (at the ~96 per cent confidence level), implying that supermassive black hole growth at z ~3 is strongest in the highest density regions.

SWIRECXO Catalog

This table contains results from deep combined observations with Spitzer and Chandra of the Spitzer Wide-Area Infrared Extragalactic Survey (SWIRE) in the ELAIS N1 region. This survey was used to investigate the nature of the faint X-ray and IR sources in common, to identify active galactic nucleus (AGN)/starburst diagnostics, and to study the sources of the X-ray and cosmic infrared backgrounds (XRB and CIRB). In the 17' x 17' area of the Chandra ACIS-I image there were approximately 3400 SWIRE near-IR sources with 4-sigma detections in at least two Infrared Array Camera (IRAC) bands and 988 sources detected at 24 micron (um) with the Multiband Imaging Photometer (MIPS) brighter than a 24-um flux S_24 ~ 0.1 mJy. Of these, 102 IRAC and 59 MIPS sources have Chandra counterparts, out of a total of 122 X-ray sources present in the area with 0.5 - 8 keV flux > 10-15 erg cm^-2 s^-1.

The SWIRE ELAIS N1 field was imaged by the IRAC multiband camera on Spitzer in 2004 January and with MIPS in early 2004 February. The observations were centered at the position (16h 00m, +59d 01'). The X-ray observations were taken as part of the ELAIS Deep X-ray Survey (EDXS) and are described in detail in Manners et al. (2003, MNRAS, 343, 293). For this analysis, the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS) observation of 75 ks centered on (16h 10m 20.11s, +54d 33' 22.3") (J2000.0) in the ELAIS N1 region. The aim point was focused on the ACIS-I chips, which consist of four CCDs arranged in a 2 x 2 array covering an area of 16.9' x 16.9' (286 square arcmin). Bad pixels and columns were removed, and data were filtered to eliminate high background times (due to strong solar flares), leaving 71.5 ks of good data after filtering. Counts-to-photon calibration assumed a standard power-law model spectrum with photon index Gamma = 1.7. Sources were detected to flux levels of 2.3 x 10^-15 erg s^-1 cm^-2 in the 0.5 - 8 keV band, 9.4 x 10^-16 erg s^-1 cm^-2 in the 0.5 - 2 keV band, and 5.2 x 10^-15 erg s^-1 cm^-2 in the 2 - 8 keV band. Sources are detectable to these flux limits over 90% of the nominal survey area. For this analysis, the authors used sources detected in the full band of ACIS-I only, of which there are 122 in the N1 region. Of the 102 sources in common between Chandra and SWIRE, 83 have significant detections in the separate soft X-ray band (0.5 - 2 keV) and 64 are detected in the hard (2 - 8 keV) band.

A simple near-neighbor search was performed to cross-correlate the Spitzer and Chandra source catalogs within the Chandra ACIS-I chip image, using a d = 5" search radius (roughly the quadratic sum of the astrometric errors). All together, the authors found reliably associated counterparts for 102 of the 122 Chandra sources (84% in total). The vast majority of these were detected with the IRAC channels 1 and 2 (3.6 and 4.5 um): 100 of the 122 Chandra sources in each case. As many as 59 Chandra objects are reliably associated with MIPS 24 um sources (all of them having IRAC counterparts), and just 1 had a MIPS 70 um counterpart. Of the 102 Spitzer-identified Chandra sources, three turned out to correspond to Galactic stars on the basis of their position on color-magnitude plots and optical morphology and were excluded from the subsequent analysis (and this table).


SWIRELHCXO Catalog

The authors have carried out a moderate-depth (70 ks), contiguous 0.7 square degrees Chandra survey in the Lockman Hole Field of the Spitzer/SWIRE Legacy Survey coincident with a completed, ultra-deep VLA survey with deep optical and near-infrared imaging in-hand. The primary motivation is to distinguish starburst galaxies and active galactic nuclei (AGNs), including the significant, highly obscured (log NH > 23 cm-2) subset. Chandra has detected 775 X-ray sources to a limiting broadband (0.3 - 8 keV) flux of ~4 x 10-16 erg cm-2 s-1. This table contains the X-ray catalog, fluxes, hardness ratios, and multi-wavelength fluxes. The log N versus log S agrees with those of previous surveys covering similar flux ranges. The Chandra and Spitzer flux limits are well matched: 771 (99%) of the X-ray sources have infrared (IR) or optical counterparts, and 333 have MIPS 24-micron detections. There are four optical-only X-ray sources and four with no visible optical/IR counterpart. The very deep (~2.7 microJansky rms) VLA data yield 251 (> 4 sigma) radio counterparts, 44% of the X-ray sources in the field. The authors confirm that the tendency for lower X-ray flux sources to be harder is primarily due to absorption. As expected, there is no correlation between observed IR and X-ray fluxes. Optically bright, type 1, and red AGNs lie in distinct regions of the IR versus X-ray flux plots, demonstrating the wide range of spectral energy distributions in this sample and providing the potential for classification/source selection. Many optically bright sources, which lie outside the AGN region in the optical versus X-ray plots (fr/fx > 10), lie inside the region predicted for red AGNs in IR versus X-ray plots, consistent with the presence of an active nucleus. More than 40% of the X-ray sources in the VLA field are radio-loud using the classical definition of RL. The majority of these are red and relatively faint in the optical so that the use of RL to select those AGNs with the strongest radio emission becomes questionable. Using the 24-micron to radio flux ratio (q24) instead results in 13 of the 147 AGNs with sufficient data being classified as radio-loud, in good agreement with the ~10% expected for broad-lined AGNs based on optical surveys. The authors conclude that q24 is a more reliable indicator of radio-loudness. Use of RL should be confined to the optically selected type 1 AGN.

TRIFIDCXO Catalog

This table contains a list of the Trifid Nebula (M 20) X-Ray point sources detected by the Chandra X-ray Observatory (CXO) in an observation carried out on 2002 June 13. The Trifid Nebula, a young star-forming H II region, was observed for 16 hr by the Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer imaging array, ACIS-I, detector. 304 X-ray sources were detected, 30% of which are hard sources (defined as those sources having a 0.5-2.0 keV to 2.0-8.0 keV hardness ratio > -0.2) and 70% of which have near-infrared counterparts.

ULXNGCAT Catalog

One hundred and seven ultraluminous X-ray sources (ULXs) with 0.3-10.0 keV luminosities in excess of 1039 erg s-1 are identified in a complete sample of 127 nearby galaxies. The sample includes all galaxies within 14.5 Mpc above the completeness limits of both the Uppsala Galaxy Catalogue and the Infrared Astronomical Satellite survey. The galaxy sample spans all Hubble types, a four-decade range in mass, 7.5 < log (M/Msun) < 11.4, and in star formation rate, 0.0002 < SFR(Msun yr-1) <= 3.6. ULXs are detected in this sample at rates of one per 3.2 x 1010 Msun, one per ~0.5 Msun yr-1 star formation rate, and one per 57 Mpc3 corresponding to a luminosity density of ~2 x 1037 erg s-1 Mpc-3. At these rates, the authors estimate as many as 19 additional ULXs remain undetected in fainter dwarf galaxies within the survey volume. An estimated 14 objects, or 13%, of the 107 ULX candidates are expected to be background sources. The differential ULX luminosity function shows a power-law slope alpha ~ -0.8 to -2.0 with an exponential cutoff at ~20 x 1039 erg s-1 with precise values depending on the model and on whether the ULX luminosities are estimated from their observed numbers of counts or, for a subset of candidates, from their spectral shapes. Extrapolating the observed luminosity function predicts at most one very luminous ULX, LX ~ 1041 erg s-1, within a distance as small as 100 Mpc. The luminosity distribution of ULXs within the local universe cannot account for the recent claims of luminosities in excess of 2 x 1041 erg s-1, requiring a new population class to explain these extreme objects.

VLACDFSCAT Catalog

This table contains some of the results from 20 and 6 cm VLA deep observations of the Chandra Deep Field-South (CDF-S), including the Extended CDF-S (E-CDF-S). In the reference paper, the authors discuss the radio properties of 266 cataloged radio sources, of which 198 are above a 20-cm completeness level reaching down to 43 microJanskies (uJy) at the center of the field. Survey observations made at 6 cm over a more limited region cover the original CDF-S to a comparable level of sensitivity as the 20-cm observations. Of 266 cataloged radio sources, 52 have X-ray counterparts in the CDF-S and a further 37 have counterparts in the E-CDF-S area not covered by the 1 Ms exposure. Using a wide range of material, the authors have found optical or infrared counterparts for 254 radio sources, of which 186 have either spectroscopic or photometric redshifts. Three radio sources have no apparent counterpart at any other wavelength. Measurements of the 20-cm radio flux density at the position of each CDF-S X-ray source detected a further 30 radio sources (not included in this table) above a conservative 3-sigma detection limit. X-ray and sub-millimeter observations have been traditionally used as a measure of AGN and star formation activity, respectively. These new observations probe the faint end of both the star formation and radio galaxy/AGN population, as well as the connection between the formation and evolution of stars and SMBHs. Both of the corresponding gravitational and nuclear fusion-driven energy sources can lead to radio synchrotron emission. AGN and radio galaxies dominate at high flux densities. Although emission from star formation becomes more prominent at the microJansky levels reached by deep radio surveys, even for the weakest sources, an apparent significant contribution from low-luminosity AGN as well as from star formation is still found.

Notice that are 319 entries in this table corresponding to the 266 catalogued radio sources, due to the fact that some of these sources have multiple components. In such cases, the composite source as well as each of its components are listed as separate entries, e.g., source 7 which has 3 components (A, B and C) has 4 entries in this table.


VLAECDFSOI Catalog

This table contains a sample of 883 sources detected in a deep Very Large Array (VLA) survey at 1.4 GHz in the Extended-Chandra Deep Field South (E-CDFS). The reference paper focuses on the identification of their optical and infrared (IR) counterparts. The authors use a likelihood-ratio technique that is particularly useful when dealing with deep optical images to minimize the number of spurious associations. They find a reliable counterpart for 95% of their radio sources. Most of the counterparts (74%) are detected at optical wavelengths, but there is a significant fraction (21%) that are only detectable in the IR. Combining newly acquired optical spectra with data from the literature, the authors are able to assign a redshift to 81% of the identified radio sources (37% spectroscopic). They also investigate the X-ray properties of the radio sources using the Chandra 4 Ms and 250 ks observations. In particular, the authors use a stacking technique to derive the average properties of radio objects undetected in the Chandra images. The results of their analysis are collected in this new catalog containing the position of the optical/IR counterpart, the redshift information, and the X-ray fluxes. It is the deepest multi-wavelength catalog of radio sources, which will be used for future study of this galaxy population.

The E-CDFS was observed at 1.4 GHz with the VLA between 2007 June and September (Miller et al. 2008, ApJS, 179, 114). The mosaic image covered an area of about 34 by 34 arcminutes with near-uniform sensitivity. The typical rms is 7.4 microJy for a 2.8 by 1.6 arcseconds beam. The second data release (N. Miller et al. 2012, in preparation) provides a new source catalog with a 5-sigma point-source detection limit, for a total of 883 sources. The median value of the distribution is 58.5 microJy and the median signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) is 7.6. The authors note that ~ 90% of the sample has a flux density below 1 mJy, a regime where radio-quiet AGNs and star-forming galaxies (SFGs) become the dominant populations


VLULXCAT Catalog

Using Chandra archive data, the authors conducted a thorough survey of luminous X-ray sources. They directly analyzed about 9400 Chandra ACIS observations and cross-correlated the detected X-ray sources with 77,000 galaxies within a distance of 250 Mpc. The final catalog includes 119 unique luminous X-ray source candidates with LX > 3 x 1040 erg/s from 93 galaxies or 41 HLX candidates with LX > 1 x 1041 erg/s from 35 galaxies. The authors derive a moderate contamination rate due to foreground or background sources. In the reference paper, they also cross-correlate the catalog with FIRST, perform variability and periodicity tests, and analyze one HLX candidate in particular. This catalog could be a starting point to perform follow-up observations.

In order to know whether an X-ray source falls within a particular galaxy, for each galaxy, the authors collected its center's RA, Dec, distance, and D25 isophotal info, which includes major axis length, minor axis length, and the position angle of the major axis from the PGC2003 Catalog (Paturel et al. 2003, A&A, 412, 45), which includes the full RC3 catalog and has all of the necessary parameters except for distance. The authors restricted the minimum major axis length to be 10 arcseconds, and collected their distances from NED as much as possible. Their final sample includes 77,000 galaxies within 250 Mpc.

The authors used all of the Chandra ACIS data in TE mode that were released before 2014, which includes 9400 ObsIDs. A roughly linear relation between the flux and count rate derived by PIMMS 4.6b was established assuming a power-law spectral shape and galactic foreground extinction (Kalberla et al. 2005, A&A, 440, 775). Any source with a PIMMS luminosity larger than 5 x 1039 erg s-1 would be recalculated by the CIAO script model flux assuming a power-law index of 1.7 in the 0.3 - 8.0 keV energy band. After the recalculation, 1,809 X-ray sources with Lx > 3 x 1040 erg s-1 falling within 640 D25 contours covered by 905 ObsIDs were picked out. A large fraction of the 1,809 sources are galactic nuclei and some of them are repeated. Only off-nuclear sources are considered in this paper. In addition, the centers of the galaxies given by PGC2003 are not necessarily precise and the specific environments of the 1,809 sources are different. Therefore, the authors visually checked the Chandra and DSS images simultaneously, since two-band inspection can help to exclude the nuclear sources, bright knots, and extended sources. X-ray sources with clear DSS features would be dropped because, for a source with a visual magnitude <20 and a distance >30 Mpc, its absolute magnitude would be brighter than -12.4, which is beyond the limit of the brightest star clusters.


W40SFRCXO Catalog

The young stellar cluster illuminating the W40 H II region, one of the nearest massive star-forming regions (SFRs), has been observed with the ACIS detector on board the Chandra X-ray Observatory. Due to its high obscuration, this is a poorly studied stellar cluster with only a handful of bright stars visible in the optical band, including three OB stars identified as primary excitation sources. The authors detect 225 X-ray sources, of which 85% are confidently identified as young stellar members of the region. Two potential distances of the cluster, 260 pc and 600 pc, are used in the paper. Supposing the X-ray luminosity function of SFRs to be universal, it supports a 600 pc distance as a lower limit for W40 and a total population of at least 600 stars down to 0.1 Msun under the assumption of a coeval population with a uniform obscuration. In fact, there is strong spatial variation in Ks-band-excess disk fraction and non-uniform obscuration due to a dust lane that is identified in absorption in optical, infrared, and X-ray. The dust lane is likely part of a ring of material which includes the molecular core within W40. In contrast to the likely ongoing star formation in the dust lane, the molecular core is inactive. The star cluster has a spherical morphology, an isothermal sphere density profile, and mass segregation down to 1.5 Msun. However, other cluster properties, including a <= 1 Myr age estimate and ongoing star formation, indicate that the cluster is not dynamically relaxed. X-ray diffuse emission and a powerful flare from a young stellar object are also reported in the reference paper.

WD1CXO Catalog

The nature of the X-ray point source population within the young massive cluster Westerlund 1 (Wd 1) is investigated. Chandra X-ray Observatory (CXO) observations were used to determine the X-ray properties of emitters within Wd 1, while a comprehensive multi-wavelength dataset was employed to constrain their nature. Wd 1 (l=339.5, b=-0.4) was observed with the CXO Advanced CCD Spectrometer Spectroscopic array on 2005 May 22 for 18 ks (sequence 6283) and 2005 June 20 for 42 ks (sequence 5411). 241 sources were found above a sensitivity threshold that corresponded to a 10-6 chance per PSF element of detecting a spurious source. X-ray emission from a multitude of different stellar sources within Wd 1, including both evolved high mass and low-mass pre-MS stars, is found.

XBOOTES Catalog

The XBootes table contains the X-Ray point source catalog from a Chandra survey of the 9 square degrees Bootes field of the NOAO Deep Wide-Field Survey (NDWFS). This XBootes survey consists of 126 separate contiguous ACIS-I observations each of approximately 5000 s in duration. These unique Chandra observations allowed the authors to search for large-scale structure and to calculate X-ray source statistics over a wide, contiguous field of view with arcsecond angular resolution and uniform coverage. Optical spectroscopic follow-up observations and the rich NDWFS data set will allow the authors to identify and classify these X-ray-selected sources. Using wavelet decomposition, they have detected 4642 point sources with n >= 2 counts. In order to keep their detections ~ 99% reliable, they have limited their list to sources with n >= 4 counts. For a 5000 s observation and assuming a canonical unabsorbed active galactic nucleus (AGN) type X-ray spectrum, a 4 count on-axis source corresponds to a flux of 4.7 x 10^-15 ergs cm^-2 s^-1 in the soft (0.5-2 keV) band, 1.5 x 10^-14 ergs cm^-2 s^-1 in the hard (2-7 keV) band, and 7.8 x 10^-15 ergs cm^-2 s^-1 in the full (0.5-7 keV) band. The full 0.5-7 keV band n >= 4 count list contained in this HEASARC table has 3293 point sources. In addition to the point sources, 43 extended sources (not included in this HEASARC table) have been detected, consistent with the depth of these observations and the number counts of clusters. Presented here in the X-ray point source catalog for the XBootes survey are the source positions, X-ray fluxes, hardness ratios, and their uncertainties, for the 3293 sources with >= 4 counts in the full band.

XBOOTESOID Catalog

The XBootes Survey is a 5 ks Chandra survey of the Bootes Field of the NOAO Deep Wide-Field Survey (NDWFS). This survey is unique in that it is the largest (9.3 square degrees) contiguous region imaged in X-ray with complementary deep optical and near-infrared (near-IR) observations. The authors present a catalog of the optical counterparts to the 3213 X-ray point sources detected in the XBootes survey. Using a Bayesian identification scheme, they successfully identified optical counterparts for 98% of the X-ray point sources. The optical colors suggest that the optically detected galaxies are a combination of z < 1 massive early-type galaxies and bluer star-forming galaxies whose optical AGN emission is faint or obscured, whereas the majority of the optically detected point sources are likely quasars over a large redshift range. This large-area, X-ray-bright, optically deep survey enables the authors to select a large subsample of sources (773) with high X-ray to optical flux ratios (fX/fo > 10). These objects are likely high-redshift and/or dust-obscured AGNs. These sources have generally harder X-ray spectra than sources with 0.1 < fX/fo < 10. Of the 73 X-ray sources with no optical counterpart in the NDWFS catalog, 47 are truly optically blank down to R ~ 25.5 (the average 50% completeness limit of the NDWFS R-band catalogs). These sources are also likely to be high-redshift and/or dust-obscured AGNs.

The 9.3 square degrees region of sky chosen to match the area covered with the NDWFS was observed by ACIS-I on the Chandra X-Ray Observatory over a 2 week time interval in 2003 March and April. The data were taken in 126 separate pointings, each observed for ~ 5 ks. The CIAO 3.0.2 wavelet detection algorithm (wavdetect; Freeman et al. 2002) was used to detect X-ray sources in the total (0.5 - 7.0 keV) band data. A probability threshold of 5 x 10-5 was chosen as the best compromise between maximizing the completeness while minimizing the number of spurious detections. The X-ray catalog comprises 3293 unique X-ray sources with >= 4 counts in the total-band images (Paper II). The authors expect only ~ 35 of these sources to be spurious in the full survey (Paper II). For the matching with cataloged optical counterparts, the authors only considered the 3213 X-ray sources that overlap with the NDWFS area. The authors include all multiply matched sources with >1% probability of being the correct optical counterpart.

This table contains the X-ray and optical characteristics of the matched optical/X-ray catalog for the Chandra sources in the XBootes and NDWFS survey, and is Version 1.0, dated 21st June 2005.


XDEEP2 Catalog

This table contains the X-ray point-source catalog produced from the Chandra Advanced CCD Imaging Spectrometer (ACIS-I) observations of the combined ~3.2 deg2 DEEP2 (XDEEP2) survey fields, which consist of four ~ 0.7 - 1.1 deg2 fields. The combined total exposures across all four XDEEP2 fields range from ~ 10 ks to 1.1 Ms. The authors detect X-ray point sources in both the individual ACIS-I observations and the overlapping regions in the merged (stacked) images. They find a total of 2976 unique X-ray sources within the survey area with an expected false-source contamination of ~ 30 sources (<~ 1%). In their paper, the authors present the combined log N-log S distribution of sources detected across the XDEEP2 survey fields and find good agreement with the Extended Chandra Deep Field and Chandra-COSMOS fields to f_(X,0.5-2keV)_ ~ 2 x 10-16 erg cm-1 s-1. Given the large survey area of XDEEP2, they additionally place relatively strong constraints on the log N-log S distribution at high fluxes (f_(X,0.5-2keV) ~ 3 x 10-14 erg cm-1 s-1), and find a small systematic offset (a factor ~ 1.5) toward lower source numbers in this regime, when compared to smaller area surveys. The number counts observed in XDEEP2 are in close agreement with those predicted by X-ray background synthesis models. Additionally, the authors present a Bayesian-style method for associating the X-ray sources with optical photometric counterparts in the DEEP2 catalog (complete to RAB < 25.2) and find that 2126 (~ 71.4% +/- 2.8%) of the 2976 X-ray sources presented here have a secure optical counterpart with a <~ 6% contamination fraction. The present table provides the DEEP2 optical source properties (e.g., magnitude, redshift) as part of the X-ray-optical counterpart catalog.

XSHZAGNCXO Catalog

This table contains the results from an analysis of the largest high-redshift (z > 3) X-ray-selected active galactic nucleus (AGN) sample to date, combining the Chandra Cosmological Evolution Survey and Chandra Multi-wavelength Project surveys and doubling the previous samples. The sample comprises 209 X-ray-detected AGNs, over a wide range of rest-frame 2-10 keV luminosities log LX = 43.3 - 46.0 erg/s. X-ray hardness ratios show that ~39 per cent of the sources are highly obscured, NH > 1022 cm-2, in agreement with the ~37 per cent of type-2 AGNs found in this sample based on their optical classification. For ~26 per cent of objects, there are mismatched optical and X-ray classifications. Utilizing the 1/Vmax method, the authors confirm that the comoving space density of all luminosity ranges of AGNs decreases with redshift above z > 3 and up to z ~ 7. With a significant sample of AGNs (N = 27) at z > 4, it is found that both source number counts in the 0.5-2 keV band and comoving space density are consistent with the expectation of a luminosity-dependent density evolution (LDDE) model at all redshifts, while they exclude the luminosity and density evolution (LADE) model. The measured comoving space density of type-1 and type-2 AGNs shows a constant ratio between the two types at z > 3. These results for both AGN types at these redshifts are consistent with the expectations of LDDE model.

The high-redshift AGN sample used in this work has been selected from the C-COSMOS X-ray catalog, combining the spectroscopic and photometric information available from the identification catalogue of X-ray C-COSMOS sources (Civano et al. 2011, ApJ, 741, 91; 2012, ApJS, 201, 30) and the ChaMP (Chandra Multi-wavelength Project) X-ray catalog using only the 323 ChaMP ObsIDs overlapping with Sloan Digital Sky Survey (SDSS; Richards et al. 2006, AJ, 131, 2766) DR5 imaging.


Browse Feedback